
The Jigsaw Man – Read Now and Download Mobi
T H E
JIGSAW
M A N
G O R D R O L L O
L E I S U R E B O O K S
1 =
N E W Y O R K C I T Y
This novel is dedicated to my father, James Rollo, who gave
me my love for reading and helped inspire my first steps to—
ward becoming a writer. While this book might not exactly be
his cup of tea, I think he'll get a kick out of it....
No book is ever truly written alone, so I'd be remiss if I didn't
acknowledge some of the people who have helped make this
happen: Gene O'Neill, MichaelLaimo, J. E Gonzalez, Da
vid Nordhaus, Brian Keene, Jimmy ZJohnston Shane Stal-
ey, and Don D 'Auria I also want to give a shout-out to my
brothers Tony, Brian, and Stuart, and a special thank-you to
my wife Debbie for putting up with me.
P R O L O G U E
The Reason
Drummond Brothers Rock and Bowl,
North Tonawanda, New York
Hell of a place, Drummond's, an old-fashioned, family-run
bowling alley suffering from an identity crisis of late. The
comfy wooden tables and chairs have been replaced with ugly
black plastic stools with shiny chrome legs; the soft overhead
fluorescent lighting with purple and red retina-destroying
spotlights; the soothing background music with bass-heavy,
blow-out-your-eardrums heavy alternative rock. People used
to come here with family and friends to bowl, have some good
clean fun, and the best damn cola floats in Western New
York. Now the rowdy young crowds come to get drunk, fight,
shot put the bowling balls at their buddy's head, and scream
out obscenities and pickup lines over the horrendously loud
musk.
If old Mr. Drummond were still around to see what his
sons had done to the family business, he'd have burned the
place to the ground, his good-for-nothing prodigies still
trapped inside. Still, the Rock and Bowl, with all its gaudi-
ness and utter contempt for its humbler beginnings, was
making money hand over fist—even the old man couldn't
have argued with that.
Thursday night. A big crowd.
Two guys sitting at the end of the bar, a bit older than the
usual early twenties crowd, three more friends standing at
their backs cheering wildly as the seated pair raise their frosty
mugs to their lips and start chugging.
The phone rings on the wall behind the bar, twice, three
times, hard to hear over the pulsing hypnotic beat of Rob
Zombies " L i v i n g D e a d G i r l " blaring on the overhead speak
ers. Finally, the overweight bartender waddles over, answers
it, cupping his free band around the earpiece to hear what the
caller wants. His face drains ofcolor as he slowly turns to look
at one of the beer drinkers.
He lays the phone down on the back counter, approaches
the group offve men joking and arguing over who won the
chug contest, and leans over the bar to interrupt them.
"It's the police," he tells the thin drunk sitting on the right.
"Lookinforyou. You'd better come take this"
The man looks worried but is still trying to play it cool in
front of his friends. He rises to his feet, almost trips over the
chair, and stumbles and weaves his way toward the far end of
the bar where it's open and he can walk around to grab the
phone. Fear has him by the short hairs but he isn't sure why.
For a moment, vertigo hits hard and the noisy room starts to
spin. He grabs the counter to steady himself, closing bis eyes
tightly until the nauseous sensation passes. Then, the phone—
"Hello?"
MichaelFox?"A cold voice. Irish accent.
"Ub-bub. Who's this?"
The inebriated man listens quietly for several minutes,
swaying on his feet, threatening to go down at any minute.
He remains upright, it's the phone that drops to the floor,
already forgotten as the man screams and runs for the exit.
Outside, ifs raining hard. He's bad far too much to drink
tonight to be sprinting but that doesn't stop him from trying,
the police officer's words still haunting him, urging him on—
ward.
"I'm sorry, Mr. Fox, but there's been an accident. ... "
PART ONE
T H E B R I D G E
C H A P T E R O N E
Asleep in the gutter, middle of the afternoon, the con
crete curb not a very comfortable pillow. I don't actu
ally remember waking up, but I know I lay there for
several minutes in the grip of the dragon, shaking like I
had Parkinson's, waiting for the pain in my bones to go
away before even trying to open my eyes. W h e n I did,
it was a mistake, the sunlight burning into my head,
setting my drug-saturated brain on fire. My skull felt
like it was going to crack wide open. Part of me wished
it would.
Why the fuck do I keep doing this to myself? How can I be
so weak? So stupid?
Good questions. N o t so easy to answer. Everyone on
the street has their own dragon,, their own personal
demon that keeps them in check. Whatever it is, it'll
make you feel good, sure, let you soar with the eagles
for a while, but it's a hell of a fall back to ground level.
Dreams were for regular people, not guys like me. Ev¬
ery time I got too cocky, started thinking I might make
it out of here back to the real world, the dragon reared
up and bit me on the ass again, making damn sure I
knew my place.
To each his own, but my dragon's name was Sterno,
that stinky blue-flamed fuel people used to warm their
hands on ski trips or to caramelize brandy inside those
big glasses when they ordered dessert coffees in fancy
restaurants. You can buy Sterno easily enough but it's
expensive and to be honest, I didn't need to buy it. I
broke into cars for mine. It's common knowledge for
hardcore street folks, especially the people who've sur
vived long enough to learn what's what up here in the
colder climates, that the emergency kits people carry
around in the glove box or under their front seat are
mini gold mines. They held the kind of things we reg
ularly needed: matches, Band-Aids, aspirins, needle and
thread, chocolate, and—surprise—a little container of
Sterno fuel, in case you broke down in the snow and
needed a little heat to make it through a cold night un
til help arrived.
You strained it through a slice of bread, which got rid
of most of the poisonous shit, then drank the alcohol
base that was left. Don't try it; it's horrible tasting, a lot
like wood alcohol, but man does it make your problems
go away in a hurry.
So I finally dry-heaved my way into a sitting posi
tion, reminding myself that it had been a few days
since my last meal. I was thirsty. Really thirsty, and like
magic this bottle of water appeared in front of my
eyes. There's a hand attached to the bottle, and my
eyes followed the dark-skinned arm up, surprised to
see the only real friend I had left in the world smiling
down at me. -
Blue J was an all right dude, once you got by his ever-
increasing penchant for sniffing glue, and his rather
nasty habit of vomiting on himself while sleeping it
off.
His name had been Jason when I first met him, a
real good-looking guy. Tall, dark piercing eyes, smooth
black skin—looked a bit like Wesley Snipes, without
the attitude. Unfortunately, life on the street had sto
len his good looks. His pretty-boy ebony skin had
turned pasty and discolored, for some strange reason
turning a shade closer to blue than black. I didn't know
it it was all the glue he sniffed or the cheap booze he
guzzled, but that was why I changed his name. What
ever I called him, he was a decent guy, bad complexion
and all.
"Hey, buddy," he said. "Wanna sip?"
Man, did I. I had this god-awful taste in my mouth,
and I could just imagine the foul smell of my breath
right now. I grabbed the water and drained the whole
bottle in a greedy series of gulps. It wasn't until I was
done and handing the bottle back that I noticed my
friend wasn't alone. He had a woman with him. Well,
more of a girl than a woman, but who was I to judge.
She was pretty: dark hair, nice legs, and a big set of cans
squeezed into a dress two sizes too small. She was a lit
tle dirty and rough-looking around the edges but hey,
weren't we all?
"This here's my man, Mike," Blue J said to her.
She nodded, apparently satisfied. I might have asked
what her name was but I had a good idea where this was
leading so her name wasn't really important. I put a half
smile on my face—the best I could do with my head
still pounding—and went with the flow.
"What's up, J?" I asked, eyeing the girl's curvy body,
quickly moving from one vice to the next as I climbed
shakily to my feet.
"Well, unless you got 'portant places to go, this here
fine lady say she wanna party with us. Dig?"
I dug.
Blue J wasn't the handsome man he'd once been, and
Lord knows I wasn't anyone's definition of a lady-killer,
but we still made out all right. Why? Simple: at the
start of each month—for as long as they lasted—we had
drugs. J received a monthly prescription of Valium,
clonazepam, and Haldol as part of his Vets disability.
He'd only spent five months over in Desert Storm, but
he'd convinced some doctor at the VA hospital he was
suffering from depression and combat dementia. He
rarely took any of his own drugs, instead saving them
to barter for food, booze, and, like today, the services
of a young runaway.
Don't read too much into that. J and I weren't bad
guys. This was just the way life worked on the street, a
business deal for people who had nothing else to offer.
Drugs for sex—where was the harm in that?
"I'm in," I said. "Lead the way."
Blue J winked at me, dug in his pocket to hand each
of us a blue pill. The girl and I dry-swallowed the pills
without even asking what they were, then she marched
off down the sidewalk. J and I hurried to keep pace.
She took us several blocks uptown, then veered into
an alleyway between a Chinese restaurant and a Bank
of America. She was living beneath a rusty, metal stair
case that led to the second floor of the restaurant.
Somewhere she'd found a big green tarp and had strung
it under the stairs to make a fairly effective roof. The
tarp draped down near the ground, giving her shelter
from the elements and, more importantly, us a small
degree of privacy.
Inside, J and I went right to work, getting her out of
her gear in a hurry. None of us were expecting romance,
and foreplay just wasn't happening when three drugged-
up losers were huddled inside a four-by-ten-foot shel
ter. I was getting ready to do my thing when J blew the
whole deal.
"What's your name again, sugar doll?" he asked.
"Arlene," she smiled, her eyes already glassing over
from whatever it was J had given her.
Oh sbit.
. . .rain pouring down as 1 run, tears just as heavy flood
ing from my eyesy stumbling blind past the dark buildings
and parked cars until I spot the flashing lights of the police
cars and ambulance. I run harder, panic and desperation the
only things keeping me on my feet. Then Vm there among
the twisted metal, policemen pushing me around until I can
stammer out who I am. Their attitude changes then, but
all I notice is the upside-down car, and the diluted puddles
of crimson staining the pavement below the driver-side
door . . .
That was it for me. My hard-on did a nosedive, and I
made a dash for the alleyway, throwing up my stomach-
full of water with my jeans around my ankles. Blue J
poked his head out of the tarp to see what was wrong
but I waved him away, pulled up my pants, and bolted
for the street.
Arlene was my daughter's name. Is her name, I should
say. She survived the crash that killed my wife and son
that awful, night, but not her old man's stupidity in the
months and years to come. Good thing my sister-in-law
Gloria was good enough to take care of her when I couldn't.
I haven't seen Arlene in nearly three years. I wanted to, of
course, but by the time my head had straightened enough
to know what was important in life, she refused to see
me. Can't say I blame her.
Arlene'll be seventeen now, a young woman all set to
head to college next fall. She's probably—
Probably a lot like the young girl you just left stoned on
her~back with Blue J. You're a real fuckin1 hero, Mike.
Fdther-of~the-year candidate, once again.
"Shut up!w I screamed out loud, causing several nearby
pedestrians to take a wide path around me.
One thing crazy people in the city never had was a
lack of elbow room. Was I crazy, though?
Truly crazy?
I dropped to my knees on the sidewalk, sobbing un
controllably, on one hand ignoring the question, but
then again, perhaps answering it all in the same mo
tion. Who knows? Who cares?
I was so sick of living like this.
I just wanted to end the suffering. Mine, Arlene's . . .
everybody's. From my knees I eyed up the traffic roar
ing by on the street beside me. It would be so easy to
just get up and stumble out in front of—
Stop, I scolded myself. You know thafs not the way it
should go down.
True.
I had a better plan.
For months I've been thinking about it, setting
things up, ironing out the kinks. Now all it took was
having the balls to go through with it. I could do it,
though. No worries there. It had nothing to do with me
anyway. It was all for Arlene. I'd destroyed any chance
of a life we might have had together, but if I could pull
my shit together one last time, I could maybe give her a
start on the life she deserved. The life I'd selfishly sto
len away.
Do it then. No more bullshit. For once in your pitiful life
do the right thing.
Climbing to my feet, tears dried up and long gone, I
stood still, eyes closed, thinking about Arlene while
I swayed to the music of the city. I was in no hurry and
didn't give a shit if I was blocking people's way.
Tomorrow, I decided.
I still had a letter to write and a package to drop in
the mail, but tomorrow afternoon would be perfect. I
could have pulled it off tonight but screw it; tonight I
was going out to get rip-roaring drunk.
Why the hell wouldn't I?
CHAPTER TWO
Trust me, I wasn't about to get all teary-eyed leaving
my home and worldly belongings behind. Good rid
dance, as far as I was concerned. Everything I owned
was crap anyway, someone else's tossed-out garbage. I
wouldn't need them again, that was for sure. It was one
of the few perks of planning to kill yourself—you didn't
need to pack luggage.
I should introduce myself better. Sorry, my head
wasn't screwed on quite right yesterday. My name's Mi
chael Fox, Mike to my friends, but unfortunately most
people just called me a bum. I was homeless, that much
was true, but for the record I certainly wasn't a bum. I
was a fairly regular-looking white boy, thirty-nine
years old, five foot ten, one hundred and seventy pounds,
with dark hair and a baby-stubbie beard that steadfastly
refused to grow more than a few downy curls. Sure, I
begged for money and food, but I also worked here and
there, whenever I could. Some of the money I earned I
used to buy clothes, and I washed them regularly at the
local Laundromat. Basically I tried to stay clean, to stay
human, as best I could.
For the last year and a half, I'd lived in Buffalo, New
York, not that it mattered much. The name of the city
was sort of irrelevant. Where I actually lived, was in a
blue metal Dumpster beneath the rusted-out Carver
Street Railway Bridge. For whatever reason, the Dump
ster wasn't used by the city anymore, so me, Blue J, and
another street loser named Puckman had inherited it,
flipped it on its side, crammed it full with our individ
ual yet collectively useless junk, moved in, and called it
home sweet home. Lovely.
It was always cold, always crowded, and it reeked of
cheap booze, vomit, and layer after layer of filthy piss-
and shit-stained clothing. The roof leaked so badly
we were forced to huddle together at one end to avoid
getting soaked, and that was if it was only a light sprin
kle. If it was a downpour—forget it—we may as well
stand outside. The Carver Street Bridge, about thirty
feet above, helped shelter us a bit, but we had to put up
with the rickety old freight trains thundering across it
day and night, every twelve hours.
It was a terrible way to live. Degrading. We were like
sewer rats—worse—at least the rats were too ignorant
to realize how much life like this really sucked. The
best thing I could say about our crummy little corner
of the world was that being located beneath the bridge,
at least I wouldn't have to walk very far to kill myself.
Good thing, too, because I was exhausted, mentally
and physically. So goddamned weary, I wasn't sure if
I'd have enough energy to climb the muddy embank
ment in time to make the next train or not.
As quietly as I could, small brown package in hand, I
stepped over the passed-out prone body of Blue J,
sprawled in his usual late afternoon position blocking
our makeshift plastic tarp doorway. Dropping my last
forty cents—a quarter and three nickels—into his shirt
pocket, I silently wished him luck and eased out the
door without disturbing him.
Outside, Puckman was sitting on the ground, leaning
up against one of the rectangular concrete bridge abut
ments, about fifteen feet to my left. He was busy eating
what looked like a large rat but might just as easily have
been a small brown kitten. Normal society might frown
on such a feast, but around here a meal was a meal. It
had probably been hit by a car and left sticking to the
road somewhere. Roadkill wasn't exactly one of the sta
ples of any homeless person's well-balanced diet, but
when times were tough you ate whatever was available.
Nothing better than a half-burnt/half-raw hunk of un
recognizable meat with the tread marks from a truck
tire still visible on it. It might be disgusting and make
you want to puke—hell, sometimes it did make you
puke—but you did whatever you had to do to survive
on the street.
Anyway, Puckman was chewing away on something,
when his beady little eyes turned and locked on mine.
His face contorted into an angry grimace and, believe
it or not, he actually started to growl. Obviously, he
had no intention of sharing his meal with me. Not that
he had to worry. I didn't want anything to do with the
crazy bastard today.
Puckman wasn't my friend. Never had been, never
would be. Blue J and I put up with him because he paid
us rent, if you could call it that, to share our Dumpster.
Sometimes he paid with money but more often he sup
plied us with food and clothing. He was good at begging
and was an even better pickpocket and thief. Other than
that, he was a no-good lousy bum. It was guys like him
that gave the rest of us homeless people a bad name.
Puckman was a short fet Mexican with greasy black
hair hanging halfway down his back. He didn't even
know where he was most of the time, far too whacked-out
on homemade Screech to realize he wasn't still pining
away in sunny Acapulco, or wherever the hell it was he
came from. He'd been brought up to Canada three
summers ago on a temporary work visa, to pick to
bacco. It was real hard work but they were treated well
and the pay was excellent. The manual labor was too
much for his fat lazy ass, though, and he'd made a dash
for the U.S. border, swimming across the Niagara River
near Fort Erie to illegally enter this home of the brave
and land of the freeloader.
The name Puckman came from his annoying obses
sion with collecting hockey pucks. He'd gathered hun
dreds of them from all over the city and they were
stashed away in dozens of white plastic bags in his cor
ner of the Dumpster. There were so many of the damned
things he was forced to sleep on top of them but he
didn't seem to mind. He told me I'd understand if I'd
ever lived in Canada where hockey was like a religion.
Yeah, right. He'd spent three weeks in Canada, on a
tobacco farm, in the hottest part of August, and some
how he'd become an authority on their favorite winter
sport. What a crock of shit. Puckman wasn't an author
ity on anything; he was just a lunatic and definitely not
someone I was sad to be leaving behind.
"Adios, asshole, see you in hell," I called over to him,
then started walking away.
He growled at me again, smiling triumphantly, like
he'd won some tough-guy macho battle because I hadn't
asked for a nibble of his yummy supper. He wouldn't be
smiling so much if he'd known I had one of his beloved
hockey pucks stuffed in the pocket of my ragged jacket.
When that freight train was screaming toward me,
ready to bust my body into hundreds of pieces, my hope
was that God would grant me one last wish. I wanted to
look down from the bridge, hurl that stupid hard rub
ber disc at Puckman's big fat head, and bean him one
right square in the kisser. Then I could die a happy
man. It probably wouldn't pan out that way but I could
always hope, right?
Without another glance, I began climbing the steep
muddy embankment leading up to Carver Street. From
there, I could walk straight out onto the bridge and wait
for my ticket out of this shitty life. I slipped and stum
bled on the way up but within a minute I was standing
on the first railway tie, at the foot of the bridge.
The Carver Street Railway Bridge was a fine ex
ample of human stupidity at its best. As far as I knew,
bridges were usually constructed to span the distance
over the top of something: things like rivers, canyons,
or other roads and train tracks. Not this bridge; it
stretched a track across an expanse of about eighty feet
over the top of—nothing. Well, Blue J and Puckman
were down there, but I seriously doubted they were in
the city planner's mind when the bridge was designed.
Maybe at one time a road had been planned, but for
whatever reason, hadn't been built? I have no idea. Doesn't
matter.
I started out onto the bridge, only to remember the
brown envelope under my arm. Idiot, How could I
possibly forget something so important? It was vital I
drop my package in the mail before going through with
this. Luckily, that wouldn't take too long. There was a
postal box only half a block south of Carver on Dupont
Street,
The package was addressed to Gloria Churchill, the
sister-in-law I mentioned. Inside were the last three
things I would ever give to my daughter. There was
an envelope of cash—only a hundred and thirty dollars
from my last SI check—a letter, and an insurance pol
icy I'd taken out on myself. The cash was meaningless,
but it was all I had. The letter was short and sweet, tell
ing Arlene things you don't have the need or the right
to hear, but the insurance policy, that was the impor
tant thing. I'd been making the premiums through
Gloria for well over a year now, and if anything was to
happen to me, like say, being accidentally run over by a
freight train, I'd set it up so Arlene would be the recipi
ent of the death benefits. It wasn't a lot, just twenty-five
thousand dollars, but that would be more than enough
to get her first few years in college out of the way. Might
even pay for it all. Either way, it would give her some
breathing room to pursue whatever dreams she had
for life.
I'll admit, I selfishly hoped she'd think nice things
about me, maybe tear down the wall she'd built around
her heart to keep me out, but in the end none of that
would really matter. At least I'd finally be helping her
out, finally be her dad, instead of the forgotten loser who
always buggered things up.
At the mailbox, I checked and rechecked the address
and made sure the postage stamps were stuck on securely.
With a tear in my eye, I kissed the package good-bye
and prayed to whatever gods were listening for the en
velope to make it safely to Arlene's door. If my death
could give her the key to a happy life, it would be worth
it. I hoped she was old enough to understand that.
Hurrying back to the tracks, I paused to catch my
breath, gazing out across the bridge's rusty rails to a
spot on the horizon about three miles away. There, cut
ting a line across an elevated grassy knoll on the out
skirts of the city, was another set of railway tracks.
Twice a day, six days a week, a freight train out of Erie,
Pennsylvania, would roll down that hill, snake through
the bowels of the city, and then rocket across the Carver
Street Bridge on its way to Rochester, New York. Twelve
hours later, the same train—or more likely, one that
just looked a lot like it—would rumble back across this
bridge, reversing its route, heading home to Erie. After
all the times this train had roared over my pathetic ex
cuse for a home, I still had no idea what type of cargo it
carried.
I guess I never would.
Almost as if my thinking about it caused it to hap
pen, the train slowly chugged into view, temporarily
reducing its speed as it descended into the city. I watched
the train until it disappeared behind the tall build
ings and then immediately began walking out onto the
bridge. If the freight train didn't experience any un
usual delays, I had approximately eight minutes left
to live.
CHAPTER THREE
September in Buffalo was a great time of year. Beauti
ful. The trees were turning a million different colors,
the temperature had finally dropped back into the six
ties and seventies, and the stale city air felt clean again
after a long summer filled with sweat and smog. Fall
was by far my favorite time of year, but unfortunately
clean air and pretty leaves just weren't enough to post
pone today's plan.
There were many reasons why I wanted to kill my
self, but other than the insurance policy, none of them
were particularly important. I had the same sad sob
story most homeless people tell. Had the good job,
nice family, nice little house with the white picket
fence, blah, blah, bla"h. None of it mattered. I lost it all;
that's what counted. You know some of it already, and
can probably guess the rest. My wife, Jackie, and my
little boy, Daniel, were killed during a heavy rain
storm in an automobile accident. No other vehicles
were involved. Jackie was driving, but it was a hun
dred percent my fault. A few buddies had talked me
into going bowling of all damn things. We played a
few games, hit the bar, and before long I was drunk
out of my mind and called Jackie to come pick me up.
"It's only a few raindrops, honey, what could possibly
happen?"
Famous last words.
Anyway, I lost everything important to me that day—
my wife and son to death, my daughter to hatred—lost
my job and the house about seven months later, moved
into the whiskey bottle on a full-time basis, and ended
up here on this bridge ready to say, Fuck it, I'm out of
here. I don't need to explain myself. I don't need a rea
son to die. I'm doing it for Arlene, but to tell you the
truth I'm also fed up with the rest of life's bullshit.
Plain and simple—I've had enough.
I never heard the car pull up behind me, lost in my
sorry-for-myself thoughts, but when I made it to the
bridge's halfway mark and turned around, there it was.
It was one of those big stretch limousines—sparkling
white with golden trim and matching gold wire spoke
rims. Christ, it looked about thirty feet long. A car like
that stuck out almost as much as a dancing elephant
would've, in this neighborhood. I was momentarily taken
aback at the sight of it, but not because of how out of
place this fancy car was. What surprised me most was
how familiar it looked. I couldn't remember where or
when, but I was positive I'd seen this limo before.
The rear driver's-side door suddenly opened and a
tall muscular man in an expensive gray pinstripe suit
stepped out onto Carver Street. He looked at me, bent
down to say something to the driver, and then started
walking out onto the bridge. He was white, bald-headed
with a neatly trimmed goatee, stood maybe six foot four,
and guessing, Fd say he weighed at least two hundred
and sixty pounds. My surprise was quickly turning
into shock because as he approached, I realized that he
too looked familiar. Where the hell had I seen this
guy and his car before? I tried, but just couldn't re
member.
What does he want}
Now there was a good question. All kinds of nasty
scenarios spun through my head. Did I owe somebody
money and this monster had been sent to collect it?
That would be just my luck—I'm out here ready to com
mit suicide, and some big ape was going to break my
legs before I got the chance. I seriously considered run
ning for the far side of the bridge but what he said
stopped me dead in my tracks.
"Wait, Mr. Fox. I need to speak with you about some
thing important. Really important."
How did he know my name? I was scared, but I didn't
run. I waited until he came within fifteen feet.
"That's close enough," I said. "What do you want?"
"Nothin'. Just to talk for a minute. Trust me, it'll be
worth your while."
I laughed at that one. If I had a nickel for every time
someone on the street told me I could trust them, well,
I guess I wouldn't be a homeless bum anymore. But I
was homeless, and I wasn't falling for it.
"You may not believe this," I said, "but I think I've
heard that line before. If my so-called friends screwed
me, why should I trust a complete stranger like you?"
"Because I'm not really a stranger, am I? Don't you
remember me, Mr. Fox? We met briefly last night. You
were pretty out of it. Maybe you've forgotten?"
His words triggered a memory of me being punched
in the face and tossed roughly to a threadbare green-
carpeted floor. Not a very nice recollection and I'd heard
enough. I decided to run from this mysterious man af
ter alii Before I'd taken my first step, though, my jum
bled memories of last night cleared and I did remember
meeting him. It hadn't been him who'd hit me. It had
been someone else. This man had tried to help.
Yeah, now I remembered. I wanted to go out with a
bang, try one last time to fit into this crazy world before
calling it a life. After leaving Blue J and the young
woman behind, I picked out some new clothes at the
local Catholic Church. They weren't anything fancy
but they were clean, dry, and best of all, free. I cleaned
myself up and went to one of the local bars to have a
drink. It was a stupid mistake. I'd been drinking with
Puckman before leaving the Dumpster—grape Kool-
Aid and cheap gin—and had smuggled a flask of it into
the bar. I was almost too drunk to stand up, but nobody
seemed to care about that. It wasn't until the bartender
caught me sipping out of the flask instead of buying my
drinks that all hell broke loose. He sent a bouncer over
to toss me, but I was too stupid to go quietly on my merry
way. Not me. I picked a fight with this man-mountain
and soon I'm eating his considerably large fist and pick
ing myself up off the floor.
"You helped me, didn't you? That bouncer was ready
to mop the floor with me and you stepped in to drag
him away. Everybody started fighting, but I ducked out
the side entrance and took off. Your car, your white
limo there, it was parked outside by the curb. I knew I'd
seen it before."
"That's right. Now let's get off this bridge and go
have a drink. The train will be wandering by in about-
what, three, four minutes?"
" H o w . . . how—" I tried but he cut me off.
"We've been watching you. You've been timing the
train all week but this is the first time you've wandered
out onto the tracks. Suicide's not the answer, Mr. Fox."
Had I been that obvious? It terrified me that this
muscle head had been following me around without me
having the slightest clue, but it also pissed me off at the
same time. What right did he have to talk to me like
that? I'd kill myself if I damn well pleased—thank you
very much. To hell with this clown if he didn't approve.
Let him try to survive on the street like I had. Take
away his fancy car and expensive clothes and he proba
bly wouldn't last six months.
"Suicide's not the answer?" I asked sarcastically. "But
I suppose you are, right?"
"Not me, Mr. Fox, the man I work for."
He walked over to me, removed his billfold from his
pants pocket and pulled out two crisp hundred-dollar
bills. He handed them over and started walking away
toward the safety of Carver Street. I glanced down at
the money in my hand—the most money I'd possessed
at one time in three years—and had to ask.
"What's this for?"
Looking back over his shoulder, he paused to say,
"Chump change, Mr. Fox. You get that for simply com
ing down off the bridge. There's two hundred more if
you'll come into the limo and listen to my proposition.
You're under no obligation to accept, but I'm pretty
sure you'll like what you hear. We've been looking for a
guy like you for weeks, and you're perfect for what we
have in mind. It's simple really. Let's go have a drink
and I'll tell you about it. There's more money where
that came from, Fox, a hell of a lot more. Come get your
self some."
Without another glance, the muscular bald man
quickly retraced his steps back to the limo and disap
peared inside. He left the door to the car open, an obvi
ous invitation for me to join him. Was I prepared to do
that? Was I really that stupid? Sure, he'd helped me out
in the bar and he'd given me two hundred bucks for
nothing, but was that enough to risk trusting him? I
had no idea who this guy was or who he worked for. I
didn't have a clue what he wanted with me or what this
offer was all about. This had all the makings of a big,
big mistake.
What did I have to lose, though, really? The worst
thing that could happen was it was all a sham and he was
inside, the limo with a knife, waiting to slit open my
throat when I entered. That might be a nasty way to die,
but was getting run over by a freight train any better?
Maybe he was queer, out trolling around for a date? No,
if that was his game, he could buy it for a lot less than
the four hundred he was offering me. He wouldn't have
been following me around for days either.
My feet were walking before I'd even made a con
scious decision to do so. I suppose they knew that when
it came to the prospect of money, I was a weak-willed
jellyfish at heart and would cave eventually, so why
not get it over with. Maybe it was crazy, but to me at
least, it was worth the risk. Besides, I could always catch
the train again twelve hours from now if things didn't
work out.
I was near the bottom of the bridge, maybe ten feet
from street level, when the Erie freight rounded a cor
ner, speeding into view. I had lots of time to hurry to
the bottom and step out of harm's way, but for a second
I hesitated, thinking maybe I should just stick to plan A
and find out if things were any better in the afterlife.
The thought of the additional two hundred bucks was
something I just couldn't resist, though. To hell with it,
it was stupid to die with all this money in my pocket,
especially if there was a chance of—how had he put it—a
hell of a lot more.
How much more?
I made it onto Carver Street in plenty of time and
watched as the train rocketed by me like a huge metal
lic serpent snaking its way toward Rochester. When it
was gone and there was nothing left to hear, save for
the normal loud din of the chaotic city, I turned to find
the limo door still open. It was too dark inside to make
anything out, but I had the feeling the bald-headed
roan was watching me with a big icy smile on his face.
Come into my parlor, said the spider to the fly.
Two thoughts swirled through my head as I ap
proached the fancy vehicle. The first was that if I got
into the back of this car I'd probably be dead by mid
night, and the second was that up on the bridge, I'd
missed my chance to cream Puckman in the yap with
the rubber hockey puck in my pocket. I must really be
in a weird mood because the second thought upset me
far more than the first.
"What the hell am I getting myself into?" I won
dered aloud, but as the cliche goes, there was only one
way to find out.
I climbed into the back seat.
PART TWO
T H E OFFER
CHAPTER FOUR
While it's true we all have to choose our own paths in
life, it's fair to say that other people we meet can heav
ily influence those choices.
And so can their snazzy cars.
The spacious interior of the white limo was, in a word,
amazing. There was seating for ten on the softest, most
comfortable leather I'd ever had the pleasure of touch
ing. A fully stocked bar, complete with an ice-making
refrigerator, sink, and hanging glass racks. A 14" color
television, a DVD player, and a killer stereo unit with
surround-sound speakers and a five-disc revolving CD
tray.
To the average Joe, this beautiful car symbolized
status, glamour, and delightful extravagance, but to
me—considering the seedy places I'd been spending
time lately—this excessive luxury was an assault on
my senses. The odor of expensive leather mixing with
the smell of brand-new plush carpet was incredible,
almost intoxicating. I took deep breath after deep breath,
savoring the sweet aroma like a rare treat, which to me
it was.
It smelled truly wonderful, but what it smelled the
most of was money. Cold hard cash. It was impossible
to sit in this magnificent vehicle and not realize that its
owner had to be not just rich, but rolling in the bucks. I
felt weird sitting there, stunned. It was like a
heavyweight's punch to my gut of all the things I had
lost in this world but still secretly desired. Like I'd en
tered a forbidden fantasy place, a land as strange and
foreign to me as a space shuttle trip to the surface of
the moon.
Obviously: I was impressed, but I was smart enough
to realize these people wanted something from me and
this show, of obscene wealth was a part of their game
plan. It was bait—dangle the money in front of the pen
niless bum's nose and see if he'd bite. Admittedly, it was
working. I liked what I saw and wanted more of it. Not
ready to swallow the hook quite yet, but getting mighty
hungry.
My muscular host was the only other occupant in the
back of the lima and he was seated across from me with
his right ankle draped over his left knee, relaxing casu
ally while talking softly on a tiny cellular phone. He
pretended to ignore me, concerned only with his phone
conversation, but I kept catching him sneaking a peek,
observing me checking out the surroundings. I didn't
hear much of his call as I'd come in near its completion,
but I did hear him say "Yes, sir" a few times so he was
presumably talking to the boss he'd referred to earlier.
Probably assuring his employer how I'd be an easy mark,
what with the way I was staring around with wide-eyed
wonder like a kid on Christmas morning.
"Sorry about that," he said, clicking shut his phone
and slipping it into the inside pocket of his suit jacket.
"Had to check in with the office, so to speak. Anyway,
let's get the introductions out of the way. I already know
who you are: Michael Benjamin Fox. But I'm not sure
what name you'd prefer I use?"
"Most people call me Mike. That'll work."
"Fine, Mike it is. I told you who I was last night in
the bar but obviously you don't remember. No big deal.
My name's Drake, Alexander Drake, but I prefer just
using my last name. Fair enough? Good. Let's have
that drink and we'll get into this."
Drake tapped twice on the smoked glass partition
separating us from the driver and the car immediately
started to roll. I had no idea where they were taking me
but it really didn't matter. Anywhere was better than
here. Without bothering to ask what I wanted, he poured
us both three fingers of single malt scotch over ice and
handed oneto me. To someone used to drinking cheap
gin or Homemade Screech, the single malt went down
like it was nectar of the gods. Realizing it made me
look like the proverbial bum but not caring, I slurped
the whole glass dry and held my hand out for more.
Drake smiled knowingly and topped me up without
saying a word. Managing to control myself this time, I
only took one small sip before setting the glass into a
built-in cup holder beside me. I settled back in the
plush seat and tried to relax.
"So now that we've been introduced," I said, "what's
this fabulous offer you have for me?"
Drake took a tiny sip of his scotch—barely wetting
his lips^then set his glass aside and began his spiel.
"As I've already hinted, I'm employed by a very
wealthy and important man. His name is Nathan Mar
shall, Dr. Nathan Marshall, to be more precise. He's
one of this country's top neurosurgeons, the holder
of twenty-seven medical patents for various surgical
and research related innovations. The man's a genius,
no doubt about it, Mike. His work on brain stem inju
ries and spinal column nerve regeneration is second
to none. ,
"Dr. Marshall has made a fortune on his medic#f
patents, not to mention the private and government
grants that came pouring in after all his success, but
he was filthy rich before his career even started. His
family had money coming out of their wazoos from
way back. He never needed a nickel right from day one,
which is why, when he became furious with the medical
community and fed up with their restrictive rules and
regulations, he simply dropped completely out of the
public eye to devote his time and vast wealth into his
own private research.
"He's one of a kind, Mike, you'll like him, I know
you will. What's not to like? He's got the four G's."
"The four G's?" I asked.
"Yeah, he's good-looking, he's a genius, he's gener
ous with his money, and he's got gazillions of it to
toss around. The four G's, man. He's Bill Gates, with
a scalpel!"
It was obviously a line Drake used often, but he still
managed to laugh at his own joke. Personally, I didn't
find it very funny, but I chuckled anyway to play along.
When Drake settled, I decided to get down to business.
"And. what does this rich and famous doctor want
with a broken-down bum like me?"
Drake's smile disappeared immediately, as if it had
never existed, replaced with a condescending scowl.
"Now, Mike," wagging his finger, in my face, "that's
not a nice way to describe yourself, is it? You're for
getting I've been following you around and I know
you better than you think. You're not a bum. I don't
think so anyway, and I don't think you believe it either.
You're a guy who's down on his luck, that's all. A guy
who knows there's more to life than living in a Dump-
ster. Even though you were getting ready to kiss the
front grille of that freight train, I dunk you still want
to get back up on your feet and live again. Not this
pointless existence you're so sick of, I mean really live.
Am I right?"
Drake had no idea about my plan for helping out Ar-
lene, but what the big brute said-did stir me a little.
Then again, words were cheap. It was way too early to
answer his question and sometimes my mouth gets me
in more trouble than I'd like to admit, so I decided to
just shut up and listen to what my host had to say. He
apparently took my silence as an affirmative and car
ried on.
"I knew it, I just knew you were the right guy, Mike.
That's why Pm here today, to help you get back on your
feet. On my recommendation, Dr. Marshall is prepared
to offer you a great deal of money for helping him con
tinue his research. What he wants you to do is perfectly
legal and no one is going to get in trouble. Everything
you've lost, you can get back, and more. Everything
you've ever dreamed of or desired, you can have it. It's
simple, Mike* If you're willing to give Dr. Marshall what
he wants, he's willing to make you rich."
I <lidii't like the way this was starting to sound. No
amount of money would get me my wife and son back,
which is what tdesired most, but this big steroid mon
key would never understand that. Money was the only
tiling that mattered to guys like him. Speaking of money,
they knew I was homeless and didn't have a nickel-*-
making me rich probably meant forking over two or
three thousand bucks. That wouldn't do me any good.
Wouldn't do my daughter any good, either. Sure, I
could live it up for a few months, but then it would be
right back to where I was now. And what about that
helping the doctor out with his research part? What
the hell did that mean? Did they want to sign me on as
a human guinea pig? Maybe inject my balls with radio
active soap bubbles to see how big testicles can swell
before exploding? N o , I didn't like the way this was
shaping up one bit but I'd come this far. I may as well
hear the rest.
"And what does Dr. Marshall want from me, exactly?"
Drake set his scotch down again and looked me
straight in the eye. In a hushed tone, almost a whisper,
he said, "He wants your right arm."
For a second, I thought he was joking again, but some
thing in his eyes and the set of his shoulders and jaw
tipped me off that he was indeed serious.
"He wants WHAT}" I screamed, suddenly angry
with myself for getting involved in this nonsense. "Stop
the car, Drake. IVe heard enough of your bullshit. You
can tell Dr. Bigbucks he can go straight to Hell. Just
because I'm homeless, dirty, and sometimes eat out of
trash cans, it doesn't make me an animal he can play
with in his sick twisted little experiments. Fuck bim,
and for that matter, fuck you too. You come down to
the slums in this fancy car looking for an easy mark.
Well, start looking elsewhere because I'm out of here.
Now stop the goddamned car!"
I wasn't in much of a position to be making threats
and I was worried I'd gone too far. There was no doubt
this huge man could easily snap my spine in two like
a twigbut screw it, I was mad. Fortunately, I>rake re
mained perfectly calm throughout my little tirade, wait
ing patiently until I was finished before responding.
"Whatever, Mike. I told you from the start the choice
was yours and you weren't under any obligation what
soever,"
He made the same tapping gesture on the glass di
vider as earlier and the limousine driver pulled over to
the gravel shoulder and stopped the car. Drake reached
over and opened the door for me, then sat back to allow
me passage.
"You sure about this, Mike?" he asked. "You're toss
ing away a lot of money."
"I'm sure all right. He wants my arm? You've got to
be out of your mind! Where's the other two hundred
bucks you promised me for listening to this crap?"
Drake gave me a coy little smirk, meaning either he
was laughing at me or perhaps respecting my pathetic
display of bravado. Either way, he reached for his bill
fold and peeled off two more hundreds. He crumpled
them up in a ball like garbage-—chump change he'd called
it—and slapped them into my hand. Pocketing the
money, I quickly shuffled across the seat, headed for
the door.
I fully expected Drake to stop me before I made it
out of the car. His large baseball mitt of a hand would
roughly grab me by the shoulder and he'd yank me back
ward onto the floor. Hovering above me, he'd scream,
"You're not going anywhere, mister. We want your arm
and I damn well mean to take it right here, right now!"
Drake would then put his shiny size-twelve dress shoes
onto the center of my chest and rip my arm off with his
bare hands.
Nbne<rf thatiiappened, of course, but I couldn't seem
to shake die image of my blood spraying all over the nice
new carpet until I was safely clear of the limo and stand
ing on the sidewalk. Having paid no attention to where
the driver had taken us, I wasn't exactly sure where I was,
but it was no big deal. I could just walk until I came to a
main intersection, one I recognized, and then find my
way back to Carver Street easy enough.
Already trying to put this nasty episode behind me, I
started planning how Blue J and I could go out on the
town tonight first class with the fburbig bills in my
pocket. If all went well, Fd be wined, dined, and drunk
out of my mind just in time to play chicken with my
freight train returning from Rochester in about eleven
and a half hours. My feet had just started heading for
home when Drake stuck his massive head out of the
limousine's door and said something that stopped me
before I'd taken my fourth step.
"No hard feelings, Mike?" he said. "Believe it or not,
I give you a lot of credit. It's not every day you meet a
guy with enough balls to just get up and walk away
from two million dollars."
CHAPTER FIVE
Two million dollars?
Two MILLION dollars?
Had I really heard Drake say that? No way, it had to
be a mistake, or possibly another joke. Then again,
Drake had said his employer was filthy rich. Maybe—
TWO, MILLION, DOLLARS?
The number was so staggeringly immense, when I
tried to visualize it, all the zeroes kept ricocheting
painfully back and forth through my brain like the metal
spheres in an arcade pinball machine. I was rooted to
the sidewalk, unable to resume walking, but deathly
afraid to turn back around. Instinctively, I sensed that
if I"turned around to listen to any more of this mad
ness, I'd be sunk for sure.
Just walk away Mike. Get out of here, I warned myself,
but I couldn't do it. I just couldn't. How could I justify
leaving behind that kind of money? Think of every
thing I could buy. The places I could visit and the things
I could do with a stash like that—right arm or no right
arm. Think about Arlene. Man, that twenty-five grand
insurance policy was nothing compared to this. If I
played my cards right, maybe I could get back together
with her, actually be a part of her life again.
Easy fella. Don't get carried away. It'll never happen.
Still, it could happen. Couldn't it? What's that old
saying? Damned if I do and damned if I don't. That
pretty much summed up how I felt.
Eventually I did turn to face the limo again. If I was,
going to be damned,.I may as well be rich, right? Drake
was trying his best not to let his Cheshire-cat grin out
of the bag, but tactfulness obviously wasn't one of his
strong traits. He knew he had me right where he wanted,
playing the fool, thinking about the money.
"You heard me right, Mihz. Two million for your right
arm. If you'll just listen for a second, it's nowhere near as
sinister as it sounds. Nathan Marshall isn't some B-movie
mad scientist performing, as you so colorfully put it^ sick
twisted little experiments. He's a highly respected physi
cian for God's sake, a renowned medical researcher and
neurosurgeon. What did you think he was going to do,
chop off your arm with an axe while I held you down?"
As if from a great distance, I heard myself say, "I'm
not sure—" but my brain felt detached from my mouth,
drifting elsewhere in a vision of me lying comfortably
in a lush green meadow, relaxing on a bed of two mil
lion one--dollar-bill blades of grass.
It felt strange, really weird, and so unlike me to day
dream like this. Drake was speaking to me again.
"What?" I asked.
"I said, come on back into the limo and let me explain
exactly how this deal would work. Come have another
drink, listen to xhefull story* then make your decision.
At the very least, we can give you a lift back home."
I didn't need a lift back home. What I needed was to
run far away from here as fast as my legs could carry
me, ibut damned if my feet didn't take a couple steps
back toward the open car door
Don't da it, Mike, my practical side silently scolded.
Don't he a fool. Take the money you've already pocketed and
bead for the bills. Go out and live it up with Blue J like you'd
planned, and forget all about this crazy offer. He's talking
about cutting off.your arm, your motherfucking arm, man!
Wake up and get out of here\
But hey, Fox, think about all that money, the greedy
part of my conscience shot back. Think ofeverything you
could have with that kind of dough, not the least of which is
your daughter maybe loving you again. The possibilities,
Fox> just think of the possibilities!
And I was.
There was no use denying it. No matter how hard I
tried, and no matter how fueked up this whole scenario
was, I couldn't stop thinking about how much money
was at stake.
Visions of sprawling houses, cobalt blue pools, tennis
courts, luxury cars, vacations in Europe, and beautiful
long-legged women all flashed before my eyes. Before I
could stop myself, I was climbing into the backseat of
the limo for a second time and accepting another glass>
of single malt scotch;
Drake tapped on the divider and the driver had us on
our way again. "Good man," he applauded me.
"Now let me explain this properly, so it's not so much
of a shock. It*s true Dr. Marshall wants to remove your
right arm, but he won't just hack it off Like I said earlier,
he's a world-class surgeon. He's working on damaged
nerve regeneration. Don't ask me to go into the specifics
because I haven?t got a clue. Dr. Marshall will explain ev
erything when you meet him. All I can say is that a long
time ago, he progressed as far as he could go in his re
search, using test animals and computer simulations. He
needs to test out his advanced theories using Hve human
subjects. Themedical community would never allow this
type of thing, of course, which is precisely the reason Dr.
Marshall funds his own research. Although this might be
frowned upon, that doesn't make it illegal You have every
right to donate your arm to medical science, just as he has
every right to compensate you for your trouble. People do
it all the time. All over the country people are selling part
of their livers, or one of their kidneys, and they're getting
compensated for it. Why shouldn't you?"
I sat rigid as a stone, not even sipping my expensive
scotch. I'd heard the stories of people selling their kid
neys for big bucks but hadn't really thought much about
it. This wasn't that much different, was it? I wasn't com
pletely convinced it was legal, but who really cared? Dr.
Marshall wouldn't be calling the cops to report me;
that was for sure. By the time anyone found out, if ever,
Arlene and I'd be nestled away on some warm tropical
island somewhere.
"Where and when would all this happen, if, and I do
mean if I decided to go through with it?"
"This weekend. You'll be brought to his private medi
cal center about three hours from here, where you'll
meet Dr. Marshall and his top-notch medical staff. You'll
get a tour of the facility and have a chance to ask any and
all questions you have before giving your final consent.
The money will be wired into a bank account for you
and you'll receive confirmation of its deposit before the
operation begins. The operation itself I'm told is simple,
a couple of hours, tops. You won't feel a thing.
"After it's over^ you'll be eared for and pampered for
as long as it takes your wound to properly heal. About
the worst thing you have to worry about will be fevers
and the risk of infection, but the doctors and nurses will
be monitoring you closely. They won't release you from
the hospital until you've been given a one hundred per
cent clean bill of health and you're free of pain. Hell,
they'll even give you a rehabilitation course to help you
cope with getting by using only one arm. Luckily you're
left-handed, so that should make things-—"
"How do you know that?" I interrupted liim, more
than a little shocked that these strangers knew so much
about me. I was in fact left-handed, as he'd said.
"What? Oh, well that's easy. You're holding your
drink in your left: hand,"
I screwed up my face and started to protest but Drake
immediately started laughing.
"I'm kidding, Mike. I'm a little more professional
than that. I asked around, found out your name, and
then anything and everything about you can be found.
I checked all your records. You name it—financial, med
ical, educational. I checked them all.
"When are you going to realize this is the real deal
here, Mike? We're not just fucking around, wasting
time. Dr. Marshall is a very important man who's will
ing to make you rich if you'll help him. Obviously, los
ing a limb will be hard on you for a while, I know that,
and he knows that. That's why he's willing to give you
so much money. It's a huge sacrifice you'd be making.
Huge, but I'm willing to bet within a year you'll be
mighty happy you met me.
"Just say yes and show'Tip. Meet Dr. Marshall and ask
him anything you/ want. Spend a few months in the
hospital and bang, you're a multimillionaire. It's up to
you, Mike. What do you say?"
It was a good question. One I didn't have an answer
for yet. To stall for time I started taking sip after sip of
my drink, giving myself time to think. Drake sat back
with his own scotch and left me alone.
Fact one: I hated my current lifestyle and earlier had
been fully prepared and more than willing to kill my
self to escape it.
Fact two: I didn't want to lose my right arm. Self-
explanatory, what can I say? After thirty-nine years, I was
rather attached to my limb—literally and figuratively.
Fact three: I believed every thing -Drake was telling
me. I might be a fool,but that was my gut feeling.
Fact four: I badly wanted the money. It was absurd,
but the four hundred in my pocket was already starting
to feel like the chump change Drake described it as.
Even if Arlene never loved me again, I could still set the
both of us up for life.
I sat sipping my scotch, going over and over these
points, trying my best to sort everything out. Maybe I
should just flip a coin? Christ, I was confused. It was
almost inconceivable that I was considering this ridicu
lous offer. I couldn't let someone cut off my arm, could
I? No, when it came right down to it, probably not-
That's right, Mike, now you're thinking straight. I know
the money's te?npting, but just forget it. You've got the four
hundred, enjoy it, but get out of this car, and don't look back.
Stick to plan A.
Almost as if the limo driver had a direct link to my
brain and could hear my thoughts, the car suddenly
pulled to a stop. I looked out the window and was mildly
surprised to see we were back to where we'd started.
From my comfortable soft leather seat, I could easily
see our rusty Dumpster beneath the Carver Street Rail
way Bridge and Puckman sitting outside of it still sav
agely biting red juicy chunks out of his disgusting
supper.
I was free to make my escape, just open the door and
walk away. Why wasn't I halfway out the door, then?
After all, I'd already made up my mind, right? I couldn't
go through with it, right? I took one more look at the
life of poverty and humiliation waiting for me outside
the window. Made up my mind? Yeah, I guess I had.
"Sign me up, Drake," I said. -I'm in."
CHAPTER SIX
Feeling like a dorky little kid waiting impatiently for
the school bus, I stood on the side of Carver Street
bundled up in my blue bomber jacket with my ratty
suitcase in my hand, ready for Drake to come pick me
up in the white limb. He'd told me to be ready by 7:30
A.M. but I don't own a watch, so I'd been standing here
since just after sunrise to be sure I didn't miss my ride.
The last three days had swept past in a blur. It's
funny, I never noticed before how time slowed down to
a crawl, becoming basically irrelevant when you're a
homeless man. When there's absolutely no schedule to
follow, no job to go to, no calls to make, no mail to open,
no bills to pay, no appointments to keep, and no family
to interact with, what did it matter what time it was?
Or what day of the week, month, or year it was, for
that matter? Every minute of every day was the same
old static waste of life. Ever since agreeing to Drake's
bizarre offer, though, time, or perhaps the lack of it,
had suddenly become important to me again.
I couldn't stop thinking about my right arm, and how
soon it would be gone. Every time I used that arm to
pick something up, or drink a glass of water, or scratch
my ass, I'd be thinking, Hey, you're not gonna be able to do
this anymore, Mike. Never, ever, again.
I tried to stop thinking about it, but it was next to im
possible. What about shoes? You're not going to be able to wear
shoes with laces anymore because you won't be able to tie them
by yourself The list of things I'd never be able to do
again was-endless. How was I going to manage?
Fortunately, two million dollars has a heck of a way
of making a guy feel optimistic about almost anything
and deep down I believed I'd get used to whatever hard
ships lay ahead. I'd still have my good arm—my left—to
use, and if it Was busy I could always hire someone to
scratch my ass, right?
Gallows humor; it's good for the soul.
"Come on, Drake, hurry up before I change my
mind."
I had no intention of doing any such thing, but say
ing it out loud helped channel my thoughts away from
my arm.
The four hundred dollars Drake had given me was
gone. Blue J and I went out on the town Wednesday,
getting a suite in the swanky Four Seasons hotel up
town. We really lived it up too, compared to our usual
standards anyway. Our room was huge, with separate
areas for sitting and for sleeping. The sitting room
came complete with leather couch, chairs, rolltop oak
desk, and a complete home theater set up with stereo,
surround-sound speakers and big-screen satellite televi
sion. The bedroom had a four-post king-size canopy
bed with shiny satin sheets and a balcony overlooking
nearby Lake Erie.
The best part was our bathroom, which had a four-
person hot tub and enough free soaps, shampoos, and
bubble baths to clean an army. Blue J and I ordered
steak and wine, then later on, pizza, chicken wings, and
beer, and spent almost the whole night partying in the
tub. Unfortunately, four hundred bucks doesn't go very
far in a high-class hotel, so first thing Thursday morn
ing we were out on the street and back in our Dump-
ster again. Oh, well, it was fun while it lasted.
For some reason, I .couldn't tell Blue J what I was
about to do. I said the money for the hotel binge had
come from my wife's sister, Gloria, who had tracked
me down and invited me to visit her and Arlene for a
couple months. Blue J believed me, and we sat talking
about how I might be able to get back on my feet, start
a new life with my family again. I hated lying to my
only friend, but I just didn't feel right about telling
him the truth. Maybe I thought he'd laugh and call me
a fool, or maybe I thought he'd want to come along. I
don't know. My plan was to come back and get him once
I had my money. He deserved better than this. Puck-
man, on the other hand, I told nothing, not even good
riddance. I wouldn't be coming back to his rescue.
Fuck him.
The sound of an approaching car caught my atten
tion and I looked to my right to see the white limo
headed my way. A maroon-colored van followed closely
behind it and I was surprised to see both vehicles pull
over and stop near me. The passenger door at the back
of the limousine opened and I walked around the car
ready to climb in. Drake stepped out of the car, holding
his hand out to stop me. He looked bigger than I re-
membered* meaner, and far more like the hired muscle
he really was, wearing an all-black jogging suit with
white running shoes.
"Whoa there, Mike," he growled. "Where doyou think
you're going?"
I was confused. "I'm coming with you, aren't I?"
"Not in the limo you're not. Why should you get
special treatment? Get in the van. You can ride to Dr.
Marshall's estate with the other guys."
• Other guys?
I looked back at the maroon van parked ten feet away,
but the windows were tinted dark enough I couldn't
make out anyone inside. I looked back at Drake.
"What do you mean, ride with the other guys? Other
people are selling their arms, too?"
"When did I say you were the only one?"
"I don't know? I guess I just pre—"
"Look, Mike, I don't have time to explain all this.
We're already late, so get in the van. Dr. Marshall will
explain everything when we get there, okay?"
Drake climbed back into the limo and slammed the
door. I Was about to re-open it and ask another craes-
tion, but I heard the door locks engage, putting an end
to that idea. I was still confused, but I didn't have much
choice except walk to the van and do what I was told.
It was a fairly new Dodge Caravan, and the big slid
ing rear passenger door opened just as I was reaching
for the handle. I took One last look at the Carver Street
Bridge and the hovel of a place I'd called home sitting
below, steeled my nerves then climbed into the van.
Ther6 were four other people inside; one driver and
three nervous scruffy-looking dudes sitting in the back.
The driver, a black man in a gray pinstripe suit and dark
sunglasses, was probably employed by Nathan Marshall,
which meant there would be four of us going under the
knife. Looking at the guys in the back was like looking
in the mirror: allwhite guys in their thirties dressed in
clean but obviously hand-me-down clothes. Every one
of them also had a littlebeat-up suitcase or knapsack sit
ting beside him. We all looked different of course; two
guys had beards, but we were basically the same—bums.
From just one glance I could tell they were also home
less, or, if not already Out on the street, they weren't far
from it. That made sense, though. It would have to be a
guy down on his luck to accept such an offer.
"Come on, fella," the driver told me. "Grab a seat,
the limo's already pulling away."
"Yeah, okay," I said, and since no one was sitting up
front in the passenger seat, I dropped my suitcase and
climbed up beside the driver. "Mind if I sit up here?"
"Don't mind at all. Hold onto your hat, though, 'cause
it's my ass if I lose track of the limo."
That said, he floored the pedal and we rocketed off
in pursuit of the rapidly fading limousine. He cranked
on the stereo and really loud jazz blasted out of the
speakers. The music was good, but way too loud for my
tastes. Conversation would be almost impossible, but
then again, that was probably a good thing and maybe
the sole reason for it. The driver leaned over and prac
tically had to scream in my ear.
"Relax, buddy, we've got a good three, three and a
half hour drive ahead of us."
He gave me a little wink and then turned his full atten
tion back on the road. Those were the only words I would
hear for the entire trip, which only ended up taking two
hours and fifty minutes according to the digital clock on
the dash. God knows where we were. Somewhere south
of Buffalo I guess* probably close to the southern border
of Western New York. I'd seen a sign saying we were near
Allegheny State Park and some small town named Mill-
haven, wherever that was. When the driver finally turned
down the music to inform us we were almost "home," as
he put it, I let out a nervous sigh of relief and stretched
my legs and back like an awakening cat.
Sure enough, within minutes the big white limo
pulled off onto a paved road marked PRIVATE and through
the trees in the distance I could just make out a huge
redbrick building. The road twisted and turned through
the trees for perhaps a mile until breaking dear of the
forest and: giving me my first good look at Nathan Mar
shall's estate.
I was disappointed, to tell the truth. It was a dirty
four-story rectangular building with what looked like a
tower room on the front left corner, A U.S. flag flew on
the peak of the tower, looking a bit tattered, like it hadn't
been lowered in twenty years. The rest of the building
was in disrepair also, looking more like a crumbling me
dieval castle than any state-of-the-art medical research
center I'd ever seen. Mind you, I'd never seen a state-of-
the-art medical research center so what did I know? I'm
not sure what I'd been expecting, but this ugly build
ing, this architectural monstrosity, sure wasn't it.
"Not very pretty, is it?" I said to the driver.
"You got that right, buddy, but don't let it fool you.
Doc Marshall is a hell of a surgeon and this place is
equipped with nothing but the best. You've heard that
expression, you ean't judge a book by its cover? Well,
that fits this place. You'll see."
The linvx pulled up to the huge double front doors
and we stopped behind it. .
"Everybody out," the driver said. "Oh, you two in
the back just hold on a sec and I'll get your chairs." He
gave me a slap on the arm and said, "Can you give me a
hand with their wheelchairs?"
"Ah, sure, I guess."
We went to the back of the van, removed two rickety
old chairs, and helped the two bearded guys into them.
I was shocked to see that both were missing one of their
legs, although not the same one. I hadn't noticed that
"when I'd climbed into the van. I had to ask.
"Jesus, guys, don't take this the wrong way, but both
of you have already lost a leg. Don't you need both of
your arms to get around?"
"Yeah," the red bearded guy missing his left leg an
swered. "What's that got to do with anything?"
"Well, everything. If you're already in a wheelchair,
how can you sell your arm? You won't be able to push
yourself around. Not very easily anyway."
I had a brief image of a frustrated one-armed/one-
legged man trying to cross a street in his wheelchair, go
ing nowhere but around and around in circles.
" Whatareya talMngabout,mister? "the brown-bearded
man said. "I'm here to sell my left leg, not my arm. Like
you said, I need my arms."
"Me too," Red Beard said. "Only I'm selling my right
leg. I don't got no use for it anyway. May as well take the
cash, right?"
Wait a minute, Mike. What's going on here?
I turned to the other man standing quietly over by the
front door. "What about you? What are you selling?"
"My left arm. That's what I thought you guys were
selling too. It doesn't matter though, as long as we all
get our money."
I guess he was right. It didn't really matter. It just
caught me off guard for a moment, that's all
"I suppose. It's just a bit of a surprise," I said. "Two arms
and two legs. I mean; I know this place looks like Fran
kenstein's castle but nobody told me we were here to sup
ply the parts for Dr, Marshall to build a body."
It was an attempted joke but looking around at each
other, this creepy place we were in, and thinking about
what I'd just said, nobody laughed—nobody at all.
Jesus H Christ!
What was I getting myself into?
PART THREE
T H E CASTLE
C H A P T E R S E V E N
Drake opened the massive door leading into the medi
cal center, and hurried the four of us inside. I helped
push Red Beard's chair, while the limo driver aided the
other wheelchair-bound man. Once we were all inside
the building and clear of the door, Drake told us to stay
put while he checked to see if they were ready for us.
The moment he walked around the corner, the Hmo
driver hurriedly said good-bye and exited through the
front door, leaving us alone.
There was n o t h i n g to do except stare at each other
and wait for Drake to come back. The hallway we were
in was made entirely of concrete;, including the floor,
with a set of stairs leading up to our left. The ceiling
towered fifteen feet above our heads and even though
sound would probably echo quite well in here, no one
said a word and it was as quiet as a tomb. So quiet, irwas
making me nervous, so I took the initiative and intro¬
duced myself.
"The name's Smith " the other nondisabled man said—
the man donating his left arm. "William Smith, but I'd
rather you call me Bill."
"Hey, imagine that, I'm a Bill too," said the brownbearded man missing his right leg. "Bill Tucker. Just so we
don't get confused, most people back home called me
Wheels, on account of this chair and all."
We all agreed W h e e l s would do just fine.
Red Beard's name was Sinclair Anderson. I think I
preferred calling him Red Beard and when I jokingly
mentioned this to him he smiled and said that was all
right with him.
"Lot's of people call me Red. You can t o o , M i k e , if
you'd like."
"Sure," I said. "We're in this crazy adventure to¬
gether, and who better to have on an adventure than a
pirate, huh? Red Beard it is."
Together, we laughed and it seemed to break the ten¬
sion a little. Everyone was uptight and nervous about
what we were getting into, but at least we were approach¬
ing it properly, with a sense of humor. It felt good to
laugh; we needed it. Soon we were kidding each other
about what we should do with all the money once this
was over. I also learned that I'd been right with my
original assumption: all four of us had been living on
the street before accepting Drake's offer.
Only for a moment did I pause to wonder how this
Dr. Marshall could possibly be willing to shell out eight
million dollars to us four misfits of society. Didn't that
sound like a little too much money to just toss away?
Maybe—
My mind started to think things through, but then
Drake reappeared and yelled at us to get a move on. I
might have continued with my train of thought but
when we followed him around the corner, what lay ahead
made me gasp out loud and forget all about any linger¬
ing doubts I may have been harboring.
The featureless concrete hallway opened up into a lav¬
ishly decorated four-story, glass-roofed atrium. A highly
polished emerald-green marble floor spread out across
the grand expanse of a room measuring seventy-five
feet aeross, and what had to be damn near sixty feet
high. To our left was a long cherrywood reception
desk, a stunning depiction of a flock of doves skillfully
hand-carved along its length. Luxurious black-leather
couches and chairs were artistically spaced out around
the room, along with several glass display cases filled
with statues, paintings, and other valuable treasures.
My eye was particularly drawn to a display of jewelencrusted swords lying on a carpet of ancient gold coins.
All the seating and displays faced the north wall,
drawing my eyes to where a massive ten-foot-high fire¬
place was cut into the colorful fieldstone wall. On ei¬
ther side of the fireplace, twin fifty-foot-high tapestries
were hung, both gloriously depicting the rising sun
majestically suspended over the tips of two godlike
outstretched hands.
I'd never been in a room quite like it. It was simply
incredible—breathtaking in its beauty compared to the
building's shabby, crumbling exterior. Earlier, I'd com¬
pared this place to a medieval castle rather than a med¬
ical center; seeing this immense fireplace and the
exquisitely woven twin tapestries only intensified my
initial impression.
What would all this extravagance cost? This doctor must
be loaded!
This room alone would have cost a fortune. Maybe
eight million for us losers wasn't as big a deal as I'd
originally thought.
Drake led us through the atrium, past the reception
desk, and into a smaller room, which at first glance I
mistook for a movie theater. There were five rows of
ten high-backed seats arranged in a semicircle sloping
down toward a large white projection screen. Beside
the screen, on the right-hand side, was a raised wooden
pulpit with an attached silver microphone available
for someone to address a crowd. This room was obvi-ously a conference room of sorts, where m e e t i n g s ,
media interviews, and video presentations could be
held.
"Everyone grab a seat," Drake barked. "Dr. Mar¬
shall will be here in a minute to go over everything
with you. If you have questions, this will be the time to
ask them. There's room for the wheelchairs at the end
of each row. You other t w o , sit anywhere you'd like."
I helped Red Beard get settled at the end of the third
row of seats, then plopped down in the same row a
couple of chairs in. Wheels rolled down the wheelchair
ramp to the first row, while Bill Smith took a seat at the
back on the far side of the aisle.
"Good enough," Drake said. He peeked out into the
atrium, smiled, waved at somebody, then walked down
the wheelchair ramp to the front of the room. "Well,
no big fanfare or anything, 'causeI'm no good at speeches,
but it's time you guys met the man responsible for
bringing you here today. It's my pleasure to introduce
you to the most brilliant man I've ever known. Treat
him right or I'll break your heads. Anyway" he ges¬
tured to the doorway, "Dr. N a t h a n Marshall."
Drake was right; he certainly wasn't much of a
speechmaker, but I suppose that introduction was as
good as any. I turned, as did everyone, just as N a t h a n
Marshall entered the room. I doubt I was the only one
surprised to see a man sitting comfortably in a blue
metal wheelchair with shiny chrome wheels, his legs
concealed beneath a thin yellow wool blanket. Taking a
quick glance at Bill, Red Beard, and W h e e l s , it was ob¬
vious none of us had known the good doctor was dis¬
abled. N o t that it really mattered—it just wasn't how I'd
pictured him in my mind.
He was just as handsome as Drake had alluded, with
thick wavy black hair crowning his thin, regal-looking
face. He had to be at least sixty years of age, but looked
remarkably younger if you didn't study him too close. It
was his eyes, I think—powerful, piercing blue eyes that
glimmered with just a hint of green. His skin was quite
pale but not from sickness; it was probably because he
spent so much time indoors.
He was casually dressed in a dark blue pullover
sweater with the sleeves bunched up around his elbows.
The yellow blanket hid his legs, but below that he was
wearing brand-new white Adidas runners. His legs ap¬
peared to be thin and somewhat wasted away, but his
upper body was very well developed. Dr. Marshall obvi¬
ously spent countless hours in the gym despite his dis¬
abilities. All eyes were on him as he slowly made his way
down to the podium.
"Good m o r n i n g , gentlemen " Dr. Marshall said when
he finally positioned himself on the raised platform. He
ignored the microphone and just spoke to us in a strong
clear voice. "I'm so glad we can finally meet."
He had a slight accent when he spoke—European for
sure, maybe German. It was slight but detectable, espe¬
cially when he said finally, pronouncing the word with
a V sound, rather than an F. His tone was friendly and
he seemed genuinely happy to be meeting us. Right off
the bat, just as Drake had predicted, I liked him. I couldn't
help but feel a little in awe. I'd never accomplished any¬
thing in my whole worthless life and here was this
courageous man who'd earned worldwide recognition
and countless achievements all from the seat of that
chair. He'd been dealt a bad hand in this world and had
probably never complained half as much as I had. Made
me feel like a first-class loser. I didn't deserve to sit in
the same room as this guy.
Drake took care of the introductions for everyone.
"You'll have to excuse me if I don't get up to shake
everyone's hand," Dr. Marshall said, and everyone
chuckled, especially Red Beard and W h e e l s , who could
appreciate the humor far more than Bill or I.
"First of all, I want to thank you for agreeing to come
here today. I know how great your sacrifices will be and
I want you to know I don't fake them lightly. W h a t you
are about to do is a very special thing, not only for m e ,
but also for medical science and all the future people
who will surely benefit from our successes. I have a
much more personal reason to be grateful to the four of
you, but I'll get to that later."
Dr. Marshall paused to whisper something in Drake's
ear. Drake, in return, nodded, stood up, and exited the
room through a metal door off to our left. The door
swung shut, cutting off my view of him, so I turned my
attention back to the man on the podium.
"Okay," Dr. Marshall said." We've got a lot to cover, so
let's get started. As Mr. Drake has surely informed you,
I'm a surgeon who left behind years of public service to
concentrate my efforts on private research. My work here
is basically no different than any average research scien¬
tist, except I fund all the projects myself without the need
to grovel at the feet of the various bankers, government
agencies, and private sector financial backers. You'd be
amazed how much time is wasted by wonderfully tal¬
ented people who have to delay their research to beg for
further grants and loans. Trust me, delays and insuffi¬
cient funding can destroy you in this game.
"Fortunately, money has never been an issue here. Con¬
sequently, my research tends to flow along much smoother
and fester than m o s t If there's some new advancement or
technology available that will help whatever I'm working
on progress quicker, I go out and get it. Cost be damned.
Money is rather insignificant Knowledge is far more im¬
portant to me than dollars and cents."
One t h i n g was for sure. Dr. Marshall was a good
speaker. His compelling words and the conviction in
his voice as he said them had everyone's rapt attention.
The small conference room was silent while he spoke
and when I glanced at my three companions, they were
all nodding along with the good doctor's spiel, all of
them obviously j u s t as adamant in their thirst for knowl
edge over the lowly pursuit of cash.
W h a t a crock of shit!
This man was a billionaire—he could afford to talk
like that. We were all street b u m s , two or three missed
meals away from starving to death. N o n e of us wanted
knowledge. We wanted cash. Two million bucks' worth
to be exact, or why else would we be sitting here in this
room? I personally wasn't here to give my arm away for
the benefit of mankind—screw that—I was here for the
benefit of Michael Fox.
Still, the doctor's words were sincere and moved me
enough that I found myself bobbing my head at all the ap¬
propriate spots along with the other guys. W h o was I to
disagree with a billionaire, especially one who was about
to make me rich? If Dr. Marshall said we were here for the
beneftof our fellow man and to acquire knowledge—right
on, dude—that's what we were here for.
"For over thirty years," Dr. Marshall continued, "I've
concentrated the bulk of my studies on the human ner¬
vous system, or more precisely, the repairing and heal¬
ing of these nerves when they are damaged or accidentally
severed. Things like spinal column injuries, paralysis,
and accidental amputations are my specialties. Someday
I hope to tackle dreadful diseases such as Parkinson's,
epilepsy, and multiple sclerosis, which are all ailments
caused by genetically faulty or accidentally damaged
nervous systems, but cures for them are still a pipe dream
and a long way off in the future.
"When I started, people publicly called me a fool. No
one wanted to mess with the nervous system because it
was considered a losing battle. By losing, I mean there
was no money in it. If you couldn't get positive results,
you couldn't get the funds to further y o u r research, so
why bother? It was easier for scientists to choose other
.areas of specialization, where funding and results were
more attainable. I disagreed, and by the time I went
into private research, no one was calling me a fool any¬
more.
"Since then, there have been great strides m a d e ; not
only by m e , but by many dedicated scientists the world
over. I j u s t happen to have made more strides than
most."
Drake casually reentered the room, gave his employer
an affirmative nod of his head, and sat back down in the
first row of seats. As if this was the signal he'd been
waiting on, Dr. Marshall sat up straighter in his chair
and started rubbing his hands together, his excitement
clearly visible. W h e n he spoke, his voice was louder
than before and his slight accent even more pro¬
nounced.
"I could probably sit and talk for hours about medical
advancements and breakthroughs, but it's doubtful
you'd understand much of it, No disrespect, of course,
but sometimes the details can be a bit dry and confus¬
ing. I'd much rather show you what we've accomplished
so you can see for yourself how far we've come.
"We'll be taking a tour of the facility after lunch, but
for now, I've taken the liberty of creating a video pre¬
sentation of some of the highlights of our program.
That's why we've met here in this cramped room, in¬
stead of somewhere more comfortable. Mr. Drake has
assured me the video is ready to roll, so why don't we
watch it and then discuss things after it's done. Fair
enough?"
We all agreed that was fine—what else were we go¬
ing to say? Drake waited for his employer's approval,
then went over to the switch on the wall, ready to dim
the lights.
"Oh, wait a minute, Mr. Drake," Dr. Marshall stalled.
"Perhaps I should say a few words about what we'll be
seeing on this video before we j u m p right in. It's j u s t
that the material you're about to see, well, it's a little
graphic in nature. Probably more so than you're used t o ,
I'm afraid. Medical science isn't pretty, to be bluntly
honest. Sometimes it can be downright nasty, but that
can't be helped. If the sight of blood makes you squea¬
mish or nauseous, feel free to close y o u r eyes or look
away. I thought it would be easier for you to see it here
first, on video, rather than simply marching you into
the labs unprepared.
"This will certainly prepare you for our tour later,
but the point of the video isn't to shock anyone; it's to
prove what we are about to attempt here can and is be¬
ing done. I truly believe we are going to succeed."
I wasn't sure about the rest of the guys, but I was sit¬
ting there wondering what he meant by that. W h a t was
it we were about to attempt? I considered asking the
doctor but he was busy shuffling his chair off to the side
so he wouldn't block anyone's view of the video.
"Anyway," the doctor continued, once he'd finished
repositioning himself, "enough said. Mr. Drake, let's
have a look, shall we?"
Drake immediately hit the lights, and a m o m e n t later
the large white video screen blazed into life.
C H A P T E R E I G H T
In total, the presentation probably only lasted fifteen
minutes, but it seemed three or four times that long.
It's hard to describe what I saw—body parts, blood, and
these strange machines that looked straight out of some
futuristic science-fiction movie. It was horrifying yet
strangely exhilarating at the same time.
Dr. Marshall had obviously developed ways to keep
organs and limbs alive, I guess was the best word. Some¬
how, he could take a severed leg, for instance, and hook
it up to this machine that continually pumped blood
through it, as if the leg were still attached to a body.
H u n d r e d s , maybe thousands, of these tiny wires were
attached to the stump and they must have been trans¬
mitting electrical stimuli to the exposed nerve endings,
causing the leg to move. The wires must have been
pumping j u i c e pretty good too, because in every exam¬
ple we were shown, the arm, leg, heart, or whatever,
would be twitching and dancing to beat the band.
It was an unusual sight indeed to sit and watch a dis¬
embodied hand open and close, flutter its fingers, then
flop around spastically on the top of a lab table. It scared
the hell out of me at first—creepiest damn thing I'd
ever seen—-but the more I watched the steady stream of
examples, it became more bizarre than creepy. Bizarre
is probably too strong of a word. Strange, maybe? Yeah,
I like that better. It was so damn strange to see a foot,
cut off j u s t above the ankle, rhythmically tapping its
toes to some unheard beat.
The most amazing thing by far—and if I'd seen it
anywhere else I'd have laughed and sworn it was faked—
was a human head severed below the chin, with its spi¬
nal column still attached but openly exposed in a glass
chamber filled with some milky amber-colored fluid. It
was the head of a male, a dark-haired man whose age
was virtually impossible for me to even guess at. His
eyes would open and close every four or five seconds,
his nose twitched steadily, and once during the thirty
seconds the head was on film, his mouth opened up wide
in what appeared to be a soundless scream.
Below the chin, where the neck should have been,
several red and blue color-coded tubes disappeared up
into the neck cavity, somehow connected to the poor
man's brain to supply it with life-sustaining blood. Be¬
low, submerged in the glass tank, a vast network of wires
and electrodes were connected along the length of the
man's spinal column, causing it to thrash around in its
watery home like the tail of a filleted fish that stub¬
bornly refused to die.
W h e n the video finally ended and Drake hit the lights,
the conference room was bathed in an uncomfortable
silence. No one seemed to have a clue what to do or say.
I mean really, what could you say after seeing something
like that? It would be different if you knew this was
some cheesy horror flick made with ketchup and cheap
special effects, but that wasn't the case. This was
real—all of it—even the severed head.
Still, as shocking and grotesque as Dr. Marshall's ex¬
periments certainly were, in the aftermath of the video, I
found myself far more amazed at the doctor's work than
"How on earth did you do it?" Red Beard wondered.
"How do you keep them alive?"
"That's the million-dollar question, isn't it? That's
always been the crux of the problem. For years, sur¬
geons have been able to reattach severed limbs and other
areas of massive nerve damage, but the problem has al¬
ways been with the nerves dying and no longer being
able to function. It's useless to sew someone's arm back
on if the nerves are dead and it's j u s t going to hang there
uselessly. Things are getting better and sometimes the
surgeons are getting lucky with eighty to ninety per¬
cent function return, but more times than not, the pa¬
tient is only regaining about thirty to forty percent of
their original dexterity.
"Is that adequate? I, for one, say no. My goal here is,
and always has been, one hundred percent. My patients
will achieve total use and control of their damaged limbs.
That's a rather lofty, and some would say arrogant,
claim, but I firmly believe it's realistic.
"The trick is stopping the nerves from dying, which
is far easier said than done, but it isn't fantasy anymore.
W h a t you have to understand is that the human neuro¬
logical system is made up of billions and billions of
individual nerve cells, all lined up in rows like,' s a y . . .
a marching band. Not a great analogy but it works.
W h e n the bandleader, the brain in other words, wants
the trumpet player to perform a certain tune, it tells the
first nerve cell in the line. This first link in the chain
then passes the request along to the next cell until the
t r u m p e t player gets the message and starts playing the
song, or in human terms, the foot starts to walk, or the
fingers start to wiggle, or whatever. Get it?
"Well, when one of the nerve cells is damaged or dead,
the message from the brain can't be passed along prop¬
erly, but we've come up with a way to fix that. There are
a few factors that are vitally important in order to succeed,
repulsed. W h a t he'd accomplished was nothing short of
miraculous, and sitting thinking about it left me speech¬
less. I had a million questions I wanted to ask, but couldn't
seem to find the words to start. Apparently my fellow
body part donors had been similarly affected by what
they'd seen. The looks on their faces clearly expressed
the same mixed feelings of horror, disbelief, acceptance,
curiosity, and fascination likely mirrored on my own
face. It was Drake who eventually broke the silence.
"Do you still need m e , sir?" he asked his boss.
"Err ... n o , Mr. Drake. You can run along if you'd
like. Why don't you check and see how Cook is coming
along with lunch. I'll j u s t answer whatever questions
our guests have, then we'll meet up with you in the din¬
ing room "
Drake nodded and flew out of the room without an¬
other word. Maybe my eyes were playing tricks on m e ,
still getting used to the bright lights again, but I was
fairly sure I'd seen the front of Drake's tracksuit pants
bulging out as if he'd had an erection. W a s that possi¬
ble? I found it inconceivable anyone could find anything
we'd been shown remotely arousing. Incredible, yes, but
erotic—not a chance. Drake would have to be one to¬
tally sick fuck to be turned on by—
"Any questions, gentlemen?" Dr. Marshall asked, in¬
terrupting my dark thought. "Come now. Surely some¬
one has something they'd like to ask?"
"Were those things real}" Wheels asked, absently
scratching the stump of his missing leg.
"Things?" the doctor asked, being playfully coy. "The
body parts? Of course they were real. I should apolo¬
gize. I underestimated how shocking this all must look.
I did warn you the video was a bit graphic."
I almost burst out laughing. That had to be the un¬
derstatement of the year. It was like saying the Pacific
Ocean was a bit wet.
though. Time is one of those factors. The severed limb
can't be allowed to j u s t he around. Blood is another. A
steady and strong blood flow must be reestablished as
soon as possible. The faster this can be done, the better.
"This is where most scientists and surgeons go wrong.
In their haste to reestablish blood flow, they immedi¬
ately reattach the severed limb back onto the patient's
body. The blood flow is returned, but the nervous sys¬
tem is usually dead or dying and now there's no way to
try repairing it. They j u s t sit back and hope time and
rest will eventually heal the damage.
"At this institute we've taken a radically different ap¬
proach. Blood supply must be reestablished, of course,
but nobody said we had to sew the limb back onto a
body to accomplish that."
W h e e l s , in the front row closest to the doctor, let out
a little gasp, drawing all of our attention. Slapping
the armrest of his chair for emphasis, he finally made
the connection I'd figured out earlier while watching the
video. "It's those damn machines, isn't it? They're what
p u m p the blood. They're how you reestablish the blood
supply without a body, right?"
"Exactly. It's relatively simple too. We j u s t connect
the tubes right into the existing main veins and arter¬
ies. If you've ever known anyone who's undergone a
heart transplant, or more common still, heart bypass
surgery, you'll know that the doctors stop the patient's
heart so they can work on it. To do this, they hook the
patient up to a machine called a cardiopulmonary by¬
pass machine, or CBM for short. The surgeon redirects
the flow of blood away from the heart into this C B A ' ,
which will perform the function of the human heart
and lungs for as long as the operation takes.
"It's an amazing machine. N o t only does it rhythmi¬
cally p u m p blood throughout their bodies, it also warms
the blood to maintain the patient's core temperature,
and oxygenates the blood as well, acting as a set of
healthy lungs.
"An interesting fact a lot of people don't know is that
when a patient flatlines in ICU after bypass surgery,
they bring him or her into the OR and hook them back
up to the cardiopulmonary bypass machine. That way,
the doctors can work on the patient's heart without the
frantic pressure of the ticking clock working against
them. Instead of minutes, their window of opportunity
can be expanded, and they will often resurrect someone
whose heart has been literally stopped for hours. I've
always found that fascinating.
"Normal CBMs are quite bulky and heavy to move,
but ours have been redesigned smaller, more efficient,
and portable so they can be moved from operating
rooms, to the labs, to anywhere they might be needed.
We have a minor problem keeping up with our con¬
stant need for fresh blood, but besides that, the system
works fabulously.
"In the medical community, the record for the lon¬
gest a patient has been kept alive on one of these ma¬
chines is twenty-eight days. Most people would agree
that's an impressive number, but not around here it isn't.
Using a specially modified version of this heart bypass
machine, which I hold the patent on, some of the body
parts shown on the video were kept alive for several
m o n t h s . Our personal record is one hundred and n i n e
teen d a y s . . . and counting. That's right, it's still alive.
It's a left leg, and if you're np to it, we'll check on how
it's doing when we tour the labs after lunch."
Everyone agreed they'd like to see the doctor's work
with their own eyes. I put my hand up to ask a question
but Bill Smith beat me to it.
"Hey, Doc? W h a t about those wires r u n n i n g all over
the place? I figured out they were what was making the
body parts move, but can you tell us how?"
"Certainly, Mr. Smith, but the how is the easy part,
it's j u s t electrical stimuli. The real question is 'why? It's
not just to freak you guys out. Far from it, in fact. The
motion you witnessed is the most crucial part of our
research here. Let me go back a bit and explain.
"Blood supply is obviously important, but what
we've found is even more vital is electrically stimulat¬
ing the multitude of exposed nerve endings. Remember
we talked about how the nerve ceils line up in a row?
Well, the human nervous system is incredibly complex,
but basically it's made up of the nerve cells, the syn¬
apses, or gap between the cells, the spine, which acts as
the highway for the stimuli, and the brain itself, which
runs the whole show. The brain is a type of huge bat¬
tery source, which produces and sends an electrical im¬
pulse down the spine and along a certain nerve chain,
cell by cell, to reach a specific spot. It's called electrotonus, which is the altered state of a nerve during the
passage of an electric current through it. You under¬
stand this all happens almost instantaneously and it's
far more complicated than I've gotten into, but not
nearly as complex as We once thought.
"Take the hand you saw in the video. Normally, the
brain would send the signal down the proper n e u r o pathway to tell the hand to, let's say, flex its index finger.
My fiber-optic network can do the exact same thing.
The hand in the video has no idea that it isn't still at¬
tached to an arm and a body, as it once was. It's still re¬
ceiving the electrical signal to move one of its fingers. It
doesn't make any difference, as far as the hand is con¬
cerned, that the stimuli are being transmitted along a
wire rather than a chain of nerve cells. The function of
the brain in these experiments is performed by a highly
sophisticated computer program, nowhere near as com¬
plex as an organic brain, but more than capable of carry¬
ing out the rudimentary tasks we're asking it to do."
The scientist paused long enough to see if we were
managing to keep up with what he was saying. It was
making some sense to me but a couple of the other guys
were kind of shaking their heads in confusion. Rather
than answering a ton of questions, Dr. Marshall held
his hand up to quiet us down, and carried on with his
explanation.
"Let me walk you through it. I hope it will make
things clearer. Okay, when a limb suffers the kind of se¬
vere trauma associated with an accidental amputation,
it's inevitable that many nerve cells will be too damaged
to survive. There's n o t h i n g anyone, including m e , can
do about it. This is why it's wrong to try reattaching the
limb to the patient's body right away. All you're doing is
connecting two dead nerve cells together, effectively
blocking the path the brain signals travel along.
"We've discovered that if we place tiny electrical re¬
ceivers and transmitters into the exposed body tissue,
the nerves below are still healthy and wondering what
the hell is going on. N o t on the surface tissue, where the
nerve cells are mostly dead or far too damaged, but be¬
low that, into the next link in the chain, if you will.
These nerves are still ready and waiting for the brain's
next signal.
"Our mainframe computer tracks the transmitting
signal it is sending out, and when it is received by a
neuropath inside the limb, the computer locks on its
location and continues to feed it electrical stimuli. It's a
bit hit and miss, but we try and locate as many undam¬
aged neuropathways as we can, then sit back and wait.
If all goes as planned, the traumatized limb settles back
down and starts to act as if n o t h i n g has happened. It's
receiving a more than adequate blood supply and a con¬
stant transmission of brain-simulated electrical stimuli.
I'm oversimplifying again, but basically those are the
only two things the limb needs.
"Those spastic, jerky motions you noticed in the
video are actually induced by us. The body parts don't
really need that much stimulation to stay healthy, but
we do it anyway j u s t to keep the muscles from succumb¬
ing to atrophy.
"It's not a perfect system, by any means, and some¬
times all our efforts still end up going for naught, but
our success rate now stands at j u s t over ninety-one per¬
cent. N o t too shabby, h u h ? "
He stopped talking and once again the small confer¬
ence room was silent, but this time it wasn't uncomfort¬
able. Unlike the tension-61'ed silence that had succeeded
the video presentation, this quiet was more of a ponder¬
ing, absorbing all the facts kind of quiet. We'd been fed
a lot of information, both visually and verbally, and we
each needed a minute or two to chew it and digest it at
our own speed. Realizing this, Dr. Marshall remained
quiet, busying himself with straightening out and tuck¬
ing in the blanket covering his legs. It didn't need
straightening, but it gave us the time we needed to
gather our thoughts.
My thoughts weren't particularly nice ones. In fact,
they were downright nasty. I couldn't quite get the im¬
age of my own arm out of my head. I kept picturing it
severed from my body and twitching on some lab table
with thousands of those little colorful wires trailing
out from its ragged bloody end. It wasn't a pretty im¬
age to sit and think about so I stood up to ask the doc¬
tor a question, just to derail my morbid thoughts.
"Doctor?" I asked. "Earlier, before you showed the
video, you said the point wasn't to shock anyone but to
prove what we were going to attempt here could be done.
Maybe I'm missing something but with the obvious
success you're having with this type of thing, isn't it
becoming old hat for you? I mean, you've done this
over and over with various body parts, and to me at
least, you seem to have it down pat. W h a t do you need
us for? W h a t are you planning to attempt with our
limbs that's so special?"
Dr. Marshall seemed to deflate in his wheelchair and
for a moment I thought I'd blown my chance at getting
rich. I was sure he was about to get mad and have me
tossed out on my ear. Instead, he rolled his chair closer
to us and asked Bill and I to move down so he wouldn't
have to shout anymore. I helped move Red Beard down
beside Wheels and Bill and I grabbed chairs in the first
row too.
"Much better," Dr. Marshall said with a smile, then
took a deep breath. "I was going to save this until after
lunch but what the heck, now's as good a time as any.
Mr. Fox has brought up a very good point. There comes
a time in any research project when simply repeating
the experiment becomes redundant. What's the point
of doing something again if you already know it can be
done? It's a waste of time and resources.
"Our research, while miles ahead of the public sec¬
tor, has basically slammed up against that proverbial
redundant wall, so I've decided it's time to take the next
step up the ladder. It's time we used the knowledge
we've acquired not only to keep a severed limb alive and
healthy but to go ahead and reattach it to a h u m a n host,
fully functional and strong as ever. This is where you
people come in. Yours will be the first limbs we ever try
this with, which is why I felt it was important to have
this talk today."
"Are you saying you're going to remove our different
parts like we'd agreed, set them up on those machines
to keep them healthy, then reattach them to us?" Bill
Smith wondered aloud. "I'm actually going to walk out
of here looking j u s t like I do now?"
There was a giimmer of hope in his voice and my
thoughts were racing too, but the look on Dr. Marshall's
face made it clear our hopes were in vain.
"No, Mr. Smith," the doctor said. "I'm afraid that's
not going to happen. I have other plans in place. I'm sorry,
but I've already promised your limbs to someone else."
" W h o ? " all four of us asked, speaking in quadstereo.
Dr. Marshall seemed to shrink even further into his
chair and with a heavy sigh, whispered, "If you remem¬
ber, I mentioned that I had a personal reason for thank¬
ing you. Well, that personal reason is my son. I'm
planning on giving your arms and legs to him."
C H A P T E R N I N E
"I'm going to attach your arms and legs onto the body
of my son," Dr. Marshall repeated, but even though I'd
heard him say it twice, I was still having trouble grasp¬
ing what he was telling us.
"I don't understand," I said, my confusion obviously
shared by my companions. "You can't be serious. Your
son, he needs all four of o u r . . . I mean ... he doesn't
have any of his own ..."
I couldn't even finish the sentence. Jesus! H o w could
I ask this man if his kid was n o t h i n g but a torso? Maybe
I had this situation all screwed up. His son might have
both his arms and legs intact, but something was wrong
and he j u s t couldn't use them. That sounded more like
it—for a minute there my imagination got away from
me. I apologized to Dr. Marshall for my callousness,
then decided to shut the hell up before I put my foot in
my m o u t h again.
"No need, Mr. Fox," he said. "Actually, your assess
ment of my son's situation was right on the money. At
least for the moment, he has no arms or legs. He's con¬
fined to one of my hospital beds upstairs."
The doctor was looking directly at me, seemingly
expecting a response. His tone of voice had been light
but the way he was looking at me was anything but
friendly. Then again, I could be reading him wrong. I
was trying to imagine what it must be like to He in a bed
day after day without being able to move, but I couldn't
comprehend it. The doctor was still staring at m e —
really staring—and I felt a chill envelop me as I strug¬
gled to come up with something to say. Unable to come
up with anything that might change the subject, but
feeling like I should say something, I asked, "How did
your son lose his Limbs? Was it an accident?"
"No, no accident," he said. "I cut them off him my¬
self, about three weeks ago."
For a moment, his eyes stayed locked on mine and I
can honestly say I'd never seen such cold, penetrating
eyes before. They were like dark marbles, almost rep¬
tilian in appearance, but then he laughed, and all traces
of maliciousness were instantly gone. Might not have
been any to begin with.
"That came out a little more sinister sounding than
I'd intended." The surgeon smiled. "I did have to remove
my son's arms and legs, but that was only in preparation
for his operation in the near future. Let me explain.
"My son's name is Andrew, Andrew N a t h a n Mar¬
shall, and I love him with all my heart. He's had a fairly
happy life but it's also been a difficult one. He's been
severely disabled since birth and every pain-filled day
he's endured has been my fault. It was me who caused
his disabilities and I've never forgiven myself for it. N o w
I'm hoping to finally make it up to him.
"I was a y o u n g man back in the early 1960s, a prom¬
ising doctor and surgeon who thought he knew it all.
W h a t I was, was a first-class fool. My wife, Julia, was
pregnant with our first child and was having a terrible
time with m o r n i n g sickness. M e , being the brilliant
doctor I thought I was, prescribed her the drug thalidomide, which in those days was being used during
pregnancies to stop nausea in the first trimester. There
were reports out that thalidomide was causing birth
defects but I didn't pay attention to them. I thought I
knew what was best for my wife and unborn child. I was
wrong.
"Andrew was born in the summer of 1963, and was a
perfect example of the classic thalidomide baby. His
head and torso were completely normal-sized, his brain
and spinal column fully developed and normal in every
way, but something in the drug had stunted the devel¬
opment of his arms and legs. They formed, but not the
way they should have. Basically he had small paddlelike
flippers where his arms should have been, and his legs,
although somewhat better formed, were still grotesquely
underdeveloped and have never been able to hold his
weight.
"I lost the use of my legs in a freak car accident, but I
at least knew the joy of walking for my first forty-five
years. Because of my stupidity, my son has never walked
a day in his life. He's never played a game of baseball,
never ridden a bike. He's never done any of the things a
normal child would take for granted, but I vowed I'd
never give up trying to help. That's why I chose this
particular line of study. From day one, my only objec¬
tive has been to help my son.
"Maybe now you can understand why I'm so grateful
to you four gentlemen. It's too late to give Andrew back
the t h i n g s he missed in childhood, but with your help,
it's not too late to give him the one thing he desires
most, to stand on his own two feet and go outside for a
walk."
A single tiny tear dribbled down the doctor's left cheek
and he licked it away when it touched the corner of his
mouth. To tell the truth, my eyes were getting a little
damp, too. It was j u s t such a beautiful story. This bril¬
liant man had been pushing the boundaries of science
for decades, not for the love of fame or money, but for
the love of his invalid child. That child was a fully grown
adult now, but Dr. Marshall had never faltered, never
given up h o p e , in his quest to help him, and at that mo¬
ment I admired the doctor more than any other man I
could think of.
I was more than ready to help out. Although nor¬
mally a cynical son of a bitch by nature, from what I'd
already seen, I truly believed Dr. Marshall would be
able to pull it off and deliver his promise to his poor
son. Although it made no real difference in my life—I
was going to be rich either way—somehow it made me
feel a hell of a lot better about donating my arm know¬
ing what I knew.
N o t surprisingly, the other guys had been affected
by the doctor's words, also. He'd been so open and hon¬
est with us, how could we not be? He didn't have to share
this personal stuff with us. We wanted the money, sure,
but I think we also really wanted to help.
We talked for a few more minutes, everyone quite
comfortable with each other's company by this time.
Dr. Marshall promised to introduce us to Andrew and
talked about what we'd see on the tour we were going to
take. Everyone was excited, including m e .
For a second, I considered asking him about some¬
thing in the video. It had bothered me when I watched it
and it was bothering me even more now. I wanted to
learn more about that severed head with the spine
thrashing around in the glass tank. I mean, the arms and
legs and hands and stuff I could understand, but not the
head. Like ourselves, people could have donated those
other body parts, but that man—whoever it had been—
had died for that particular experiment. Died, for God's
sake! Wasn't that taking things just a bit too far? No
matter how noble and pure Dr. Marshall's intentions
were, wasn't there a line that shouldn't be crossed?
Somehow this didn't seem like the time to get into it,
though, so I bit my tongue. I'd ask him later if I got the
chance; W h o was I to spoil the friendly mood?
Drake poked his head into the room long enough to
inform us that Cook had the food prepared if we were
ready for it. He disappeared without waiting for an
answer.
"Excellent!" Dr. Marshall said. "Is everyone up for a
spot of lunch?"
After the graphic video presentation and everything
else I'd seen and heard this m o r n i n g , lunch didn't sound
all that appealing to m e , but when you've been on the
street as long as I have, you learn never to pass up a free
meal.
"Sure thing," I said, and followed the rest of the gang
up the wheelchair ramp and out the door.
C H A P T E R T E N
Seeing as my normal definition of fine dining included
a W H O P P E R ® and fries from Burger King, when Dr.
Marshall had mentioned "a spot of lunch," Fd been ex
pecting a bowl of soup or maybe a peanut butter and j a m
sandwich. I couldn't believe my eyes when the waiter—
a thin Asian man dressed in the whitest shirt, pants,
and apron on the planet—kept bringing out tray after
tray of gourmet delights.
To start with, we dug into crackers and cheese, dev¬
iled eggs, pickles, and j u m b o shrimp cocktails. Then we
moved on to fresh garden salads with our choice of two
different kinds of thick, delicious soups. By this time I
was already reasonably full, but there was no way I was
going to miss out on the main course, which was honeyroasted ham with creamy scalloped potatoes and as¬
paragus tips in melted butter. There was a dessert tray
too, but I couldn't go anywhere near it without threat¬
ening to burst. If that was what they called lunch
around here, I could hardly wait to see what supper
would be like.
W h e n Dr. Marshall finally managed to drag us w i d e eyed slobs away from the feast, he delivered on his prom¬
ise of the personally guided tour of his incredible
medical facility. We learned that the entire building
had been designed as wheelchair accessible, and not j u s t
for Dr. Marshall's benefit. W h e e l s and Red Beard were
suitably impressed they wouldn't have to "sit out" cer¬
tain areas of the tour like they normally might in a build¬
ing this size.
The first floor we covered quickly, since we'd already
seen the majority of it. Besides the lavish four-story re¬
ception atrium, there were three conference and video
rooms, the dining hall, the kitchen, and a rather impres¬
sive medical library and computer research station.
The second floor was the real heart of the facility,
where Dr. Marshall's laboratories and operating rooms
were. Like the driver who'd delivered us here this morn¬
ing had said, everything was state of the art. N o t a
penny had been spared; lab after lab was filled with the
best surgical and research equipment money could buy.
Some of the equipment here wasn't even available to
scientists in the public sector. Dr. Marshall and his staff
had developed, patented, then produced it strictly for
their own benefit.
Being a layman in every sense of the word, I didn't
have a clue what 99 percent of the gizmos and gadgets
were for, but Dr. Marshall did his best to answer all of
our questions and clue us in as best he could. We got to
see all the experiments up close, which was kind of cool
once you got over the queasy feeling of being in a room
full of severed body parts. They were definitely gro¬
tesque, but for the most part I found them fascinating,
almost like I had somehow walked into one of the sci¬
ence fiction movies I'd enjoyed so much as a kid.
The highlights for me included getting to see the leg
that had miraculously survived for one hundred and
nineteen record days and when I got to shake the hand
of a severed woman's arm. I took hold of the hand as
one of the medical lab assistants punched in a command
on a nearby computer terminal. Almost instantly, the
hand clenched comfortably around m i n e , scaring the
shit out of me, and causing everyone else to laugh at my
reaction/Freaky, man!
After checking out the three spacious and efficientlooking operating theaters, we headed up to tour the
_ third floor. This floor was set up more like a posh hotel
than a hospital ward, with thick luxurious carpet on the
floor and beautiful paintings h a n g i n g on the walls.
This was where the staff lived and also where our bed¬
rooms were going to be for as long as our stay here
lasted. I was anxious to explore my room but Dr. Mar¬
shall gestured for us to stop at room 301 near the end of
the first hallway. He turned, and, when he talked to us,
his voice was barely above a whisper.
"This is Andrew's room. Your rooms are around the
corner at the far end of the building. You'll see your
names on the doors. There really isn't much else to see.
The fourth floor is j u s t for storage and empty space for
future expansion, but before you go get settled in, I
thought you might like to meet my son."
"Of course," I said. Everyone agreed it would be nice
to meet the guy we were here to help.
"Great. I'll j u s t check in on him first and see if he's
up for a visit. He's a little apprehensive about taking
your arms and legs. He thinks you'll all hate him for it.
Maybe you can set his mind at ease. It's the last t h i n g
he needs to be worried about right now. Just stay here a
minute and keep the noise down. I'll be right back."
The surgeon disappeared quietly into room 301 and
we waited patiently in the hall for five minutes. We
were starting to get restless when Dr. Marshall opened
the door and rejoined us.
"I'm afraid this isn't a good time for this. Andrew is
sleeping comfortably and I don't want to wake him. He's
on a lot of medication that tends to keep him pretty
drowsy. I don't want him moving around too much be¬
fore the operation. The nurse tells me that lately he's
been sleeping during the day, and up watching televi¬
sion most of the night.
"Fm going to take you in to have a quick peek but
you have to stay quiet. I want you to meet him more
formally, of course, but that will have to wait for an¬
other day. I'm sure you'll have lots of chances to talk to
each other over the next few months. Come on in."
We paraded into the room as quietly as possible and
gathered just inside the door. Andrew's room was huge,
his hospital bed easily thirty feet away from us, situated
beside a large three-paned picture window so he could
see the fields outside. Andrew was only a small lump
under the sparkling white bed sheets. He was bandaged
up worse than an Egyptian mummy, so much so that
I'd have never been able to guess there was a man on
the bed if I hadn't been told. An oxygen mask covered
his face, obscuring our view of his only exposed skin. It
was a sad, sobering sight, and at that m o m e n t I was glad
he was asleep because I wouldn't have been able to think
of a single thing to say to him.
The rest of the room was taken up with various mon¬
itoring equipment, medical supplies, and a mainframe
computer system. Thousands of tiny wires trailed from
the computer station over to Andrew's bed, where they
split in four directions to connect into the bandaged ar¬
eas where his arms and legs should have been. We only
stayed for a m i n u t e , but it was long enough for us to
realize this poor man needed our help badly.
"Pretty unsettling, isn't it?" Dr. Marshall grimaced,
once we were all back in the hall. "Maybe now you can
fully realize why I've been so driven to help him. He's
my only son. I hope he won't have to live his life in that
room much longer.
"I took you in there because I wanted you to see how
I've prepared his body to accept your donated limbs.
You noticed the fiber-optic connections? The same prin¬
ciple we talked about to keep your limbs alive once they
are surgically removed is applied to his body for the r e attachment procedure. I removed his deformed stumps
and have attached the fiber-optic network to all the
healthy nerve endings we could find. D u r i n g surgery,
I'll be hooking up these healthy nerves to y o u r healthy
nerves, and there should be a minimal amount of func¬
tion loss from your body to his. Essentially, given time
to heal of course, he should be able to get up and walk
away almost as if your donated limbs had been his own
right from birth."
We thanked Dr. Marshall for the tour and each ram¬
bled down the hall to find our rooms. We agreed to
meet back downstairs for supper at 7:00 P.M. sharp. Ater the lunch we'd been treated t o , I for one didn't plan
on being late.
My room was number 332, halfway down the corri¬
dor. It was a lavish suite, which even surpassed the
splendor of the Four Seasons, where Blue J and I had
spent the night earlier this week. It was only half the
size of Andrew's room but seeing as I was used to sleep¬
ing in a Dumpster, this room far exceeded anything
that I'd ever need. I sprawled on the bed, flipped on the
boob tube, and watched a little mindless television for a
while, j u s t trying to mellow out from all the excite¬
ment. W i t h all the information swirling around in my
head, I didn't think I'd be able to relax, but within m i n
utes my eyelids were drooping. I didn't even try fight¬
ing it, drifting off for an afternoon nap.
W h e n I woke up it was already 6:11 P.M., which sur¬
prised me but still left me more than enough time to
have a nice hot bath before heading downstairs to the
dining hall. I was the last guest to show. There were
also twelve men and women I hadn't met yet, probably
staff, but they were eating at another table on the far
side of the room. Dr. Marshall and Drake both ate
with us.
Supper was wonderful. We had seafood chowder,
then our choice of pasta primavera with boneless chicken
strips or pork chops with applesauce. Being a pig, I had
both. I also drank the better part of a bottle of expen¬
sive red wine. Nobody seemed to care. Eat, drink, and
be merry, I guess.
After the meal, Dr. Marshall raised his glass to make
a toast.
"To my new friends," he said. "Together, we make
history."
There was some laughter and a cheer from everyone
at the table; then Dr. Marshall said something else that
made us cheer even louder.
"We only have one more thing to do today. We have
to sign a contract with each other. Anyone interested in
getting rich? Yeah? Well, let's go make each of you mil¬
lionaires. How does that sound?"
Pretty damn good tome.
I followed Drake and his boss out of the dining hall
and back to the glass-domed atrium.
An older secretary with a wrinkled brow and her hair
tied up in a tight bun passed out our contract forms, in
triplicate, and we signed them after giving them the old
once-over. Everything looked fine to me and, by this
time, I suppose that I trusted the doctor.
Once the papers were collected and the secretary
shuffled away with them, Drake had us sit with him
one at a time in front of a fax machine. On the p h o n e ,
he was talking to a representative of the First National
Bank down in the Cayman Islands. Grand Cayman was
a popular choice for anyone wishing to wire-deposit
large amounts of cash into an offshore bank account.
Their strict laws of nondisclosure made it virtually
impossible for anyone—like say, the United States In
ternal Revenue Service—to stick their noses into the
accounts and start asking questions. Dr. Marshall had
previously set up these accounts and Drake was passing
on the final information to activate them in our names.
The fax machine started spewing out confirmation that
I was now the holder of a bank account with an im¬
pressive balance of $2,000,000.00 in cold hard cash.
I held the document with shaking hands, reading it
over four times to make sure it really had as many
zeroes as I thought it did. I couldn't believe it. Yester¬
day I was a penniless, street loser—today, a multimil¬
lionaire.
After the last of us received our confirmation pa¬
pers, we went back to the dining hall and had one hell
of a party. Dr. Marshall and Drake left the four of us
to it and soon we were sloshed out of our minds and
whooping up a storm. If there's one t h i n g homeless
people can do best, it's party like there's no tomorrow,
especially if someone else is picking up the tab for the
booze.
W h e n I left the party, the others were still hard at it
and Red Beard had started to sing. Terribly, I might
add. That's when I knew I'd had enough. It must have
been around eleven o'clock when I stumbled upstairs to
call it a night. It was a good thing they'd put my name
on the door because damned if I could remember my
room number. Anyway, I made it into bed, flicked off
the light, and happily basked for a few minutes in the
alcohol-induced glow. .
"I'm a millionaire!" I rejoiced. "A goddamned mil¬
lionaire. I can't bloody believe it. Yaahooooo!"
I laughed and laughed and could hardly get control
of myself. This was one of the best nights of my entire
life.
Unbe-fucking-lievable!
I curled into the wonderfully soft pillow and easily
floated off to dreamland like a baby cuddled to its
mother's bosom. I hadn't felt that comfortable and to¬
tally contented with life in a very long time.
)
C H A P T E R E L E V E N
Comfortable and contented or not, I only managed to
sleep until 4:07 A . M . I had to piss like a racehorse, and
when I returned to bed I tried my best to get some
more shuteye. Wasn't going to happen. I felt like crap
from all the booze I'd guzzled and my head was throb¬
bing like someone was beating on a bass drum stuck
between my ears. W h e t h e r I liked it or not, I was wide¬
awake. Rather than lie around suffering, staring at the
ceiling, I decided I might as well get dressed and go
find myself a cup of coffee.
Fifteen minutes later, I was digging t h r o u g h the
kitchen cupboards searching for some Java. I'd easily
found the coffeemaker sitting out on the gleaming
stainless steel countertop, but I couldn't locate any cof¬
fee to put in k. On my second search, I found a j a r of
Nescafe instant, and boiled some water in a pot on the
stove to make do. A big mug of double-strength with
cream, and I was feeling more or less h u m a n again.
I wondered what time Red Beard and the others had
finally called it quits. It was a safe bet their heads would
be feeling a lot worse than mine, whenever they even¬
tually crawled out of the sack. My guess, and believe
me I'm speaking from experience, was the other donor
boys wouldn't surface until lunchtime.
So where did that leave me? W h a t was I supposed to
do? It wasn't even five o'clock yet, and I was probably
the only person in the entire medical center up and at
it. Then again, maybe not. I was remembering how Dr.
Marshall had informed us that his son slept most of the
day, but was usually awake watching television through¬
out the night. Maybe this would be a good time to pop
upstairs and introduce myself. Couldn't hurt. If An¬
drew was awake, I'm sure he'd appreciate the company.
If he was asleep, I'd j u s t tiptoe back out without bother¬
ing him.
Up the stairs I went, taking them two at a time. I was
surprised to realize how excited I was to m e e t Andrew.
Part of it was simple curiosity, wondering what it must
be like to lie in that hospital bed all the time, but mostly
I wanted to set this poor man's mind at ease about re¬
ceiving our donated limbs. Yes, I wanted the money, but
I felt a real need to explain to Andrew that I believed in
his brilliant father and I was honestly thrilled to be able
to help him. He'd probably think I was full of shit, but I
could at least try.
As I entered the third-floor hallway, I caught a
glimpse of a tall man heading around the corner ahead
of m e , walking away from the front of Andrew's room.
One of Andrews doctors?
I considered calling out to the man, but I didn't want
to unnecessarily wake anyone up. H u r r y i n g to the cor¬
ner, [ was in time to see the tall man slipping into an¬
other room a few doors down the hall. I only saw the
back of him, as he was halfway through the door, but
what I saw sure didn't look like any doctor I'd ever seen.
He was too big, almost Drake's size, and his hair was
long, greasy, and wild.
Room 301 was unlocked, so I opened up the door
and, without knocking, quietly walked in. Andrew was
bundled up in his bed looking j u s t as small and pathetic
as he had yesterday; the computer terminals and video
screens were still nickering their various electronic
data, but I was taken aback there was no one else in the
room monitoring the patient or the equipment. You'd
think there ought to be someone in here with him. Maybe
the tall man really had been Andrew's doctor? Or his
nurse? N o t that it mattered; I could see for myself the
television was turned off and Andrew wasn't moving.
He was asleep, so I might as well get out before I dis¬
turbed him.
Two steps away from the door, my curiosity got the
better of me. I desperately wanted to get a closer look at
Andrew, and at how his father had managed to attach
all those rainbow-colored wires into his son's living
flesh. In my heart, I realized I was being a first-rate ass¬
hole. Andrew wasn't some sideshow freak people paid a
dollar to point fingers and laugh at—he was a sick, un¬
fortunate man whose life had been a living hell since
the day he'd been born. The least I could do was have
the decency to let him sleep in peace, but damned if I
didn't find myself slowly edging closer and closer to
Andrew's bed.
I felt weird sneaking around, really weird, like a clumsy
amateur burglar trying to build up his confidence be¬
fore attempting to steal his first wallet from a bedside
table. The best thing to do would be to cut the crap and
j u s t walk up to the bed and have a look. If Andrew woke
up, so what? Hadn't I come up here to introduce myself
anyway?
Get on with it, man.
Taking my own advice, I stopped inching around like
a fool, and walked over to Andrew's bed. Dr. Marshall's
son was n o t h i n g more than a small lump in the middle
of the large hospital mattress, even his face hidden from
me by the formhttmg oxygen mask he was wearing.
Now, I'm no doctor, and no one ever accused me of be¬
ing a genius, but I could tell right away that something
was w r o n g with this picture. It was dark, but enough
moonlight filtered in through the nearby window for
me to clearly see Andrew wasn't breathing. No matter
how deeply a person is asleep—even people that are
comatose—you can still count the n u m b e r of times
they're breathing by watching their chest rise and fall.
Under the thin wool blanket covering him, Andrew's
chest wasn't moving at all.
Oh my God... he's dead.
The first thought to race through my head, and I'll
admit I'm not real proud of it, was: Fuck. There goes my
two million bucks down the drain. Dr. Marshall will never
cough up the coin now. Not when there's no—
Then I glanced behind me and noticed the video
display screens over on the wall. Every last one of them
showed Andrew's various life signs as bang-on normal.
Heartbeat, blood pressure, body temperature, oxygen
saturation levels; everything reading in the normal
range. I turned my attention back to the man in bed,
leaning over to really get a good look at his chest. Noth¬
ing. N o t h i n g at all.
Grabbing a corner of the wool blanket, I slowly
peeled back the covers to see if I could get to the bot¬
tom of this strange mystery. I immediately figured out
the problem, but in doing so, received one of the big¬
gest shocks of my life. The reason Andrew wasn't breath¬
ing was because Andrew didn't exist. Under the oxygen
mask and tightly wrapped sheet, the man in the hospi¬
tal bed was a plastic fake—a department store manne¬
quin with its arms and legs removed.
"What the fuck is going on?" I whispered out loud,
no longer worried about waking anyone up.
Looking around for answers, none were readily
found. The video monitors still spewed forth their "ev
erything's normal" nonsense. The uncountable num¬
ber of colorful wires—supposedly attached to Andrew's
nerve pathways—still snaked across the room only to
end in four tangled knots hidden beneath the sheets. It
was crazy. This entire setup was nothing more than an
elaborate sham, a cleverly designed ruse, the reason for
which I couldn't quite get my head around. Why would
Dr. Marshall do this?
Before I could even guess, I heard the sound of a
toilet flushing in a nearby room. Don't ask me how, but
I instinctively knew it was the tall, greasy-haired man
I'd caught a glimpse of a few minutes earlier. N o t a d o c
tor. N o t a nurse. But one of Drake's security team,
taking a break while guarding room 301 from any wan¬
dering eyes. He was supposed to be here, making sure
no one tried to get in, but he'd wandered off to answer
a call from M o t h e r N a t u r e or maybe have a smoke and
stretch his legs. I'd j u s t happened along at the right time.
D u m b luck.
I might have been wrong, but I wasn't planning on
sticking around long enough to find out. I trusted my
instincts, better safe than sorry, and bolted for the door.
I hit the hallway r u n n i n g , flashing by the washroom
door just as it started to open. The security guard only
caught a view of my backside, and I was halfway down
the hall before he started screaming at me to stop. Yeah,
right. I ran like the wind, p u m p i n g my arms and legs as
if the h o u n d s of Hell were nipping at my heels.
I could hear the guard—I was sure that was what he
was, now—yelling frantic orders to someone else. Prob¬
ably using a walkie-talkie to contact Drake, or someone
else from security. I wasn't looking back to find out.
Instead, I turned on the j e t s even more, flying around
the corner leading to the guestrooms. I had a brief m o -
merit of panic trying to dig my room key out of my
pocket on the run, but I managed to yank it out in time,
I had j u s t enough of a lead on die guard to safely make
it into my room, lock the door behind me, and turn off
the lights before I heard his heavy footfalls race by and
continue on down the hall.
Phew! That was cutting it close.
As I undressed and climbed back into bed, I couldn't
help but think about what I'd j u s t seen, sorting through
the events of the last hour trying to make some sense of
them. I wasn't having much luck.
There was a knock at my door, and before my heart
had a chance to leap into my throat, Drake came charg¬
ing into my room without waiting to be invited. Obvi¬
ously he had his own key. He was dressed in a dark green
bathrobe and r u n n i n g shoes, and from the look on his
face I could tell he was surprised to see me lying in bed.
Right away, I knew he'd had me pegged as the culprit,
but his tall, greasy henchman had probably informed
him the suspect was still on the run. Barging into my
room, planning to find it empty, had been Drake's way
of confirming it was definitely me causing all this com¬
motion. N o w he wasn't sure what to think.
"Mr, Fox, are you ... are you all right?" he said.
He was squirming and it looked good on the bastard.
I wasn't about to let him off the hook. I wanted him
thinking it had been someone else prowling the halls to¬
night. Let him chase his tail elsewhere, in other words.
"What's going on, Drake? Christ! You scared the
crap out of me. W h a t ' s the matter?"
"Nothin', Mike. We had a report of a fire on the
third floor. I was j u s t checking things out. False alarm,
of course. Go back to sleep. Sorry I woke you."
And with that he was gone, more confused and an¬
grier than ever. I could relate. I was pretty confused
and angry myself. It simply didn't make sense. So there
I lay, staring at the same ceiling Fd been looking at less
than six hours ago when Fd gone to bed a happy, con¬
tented man, with one question swirling around and
around in the storm building within my head: If Dr.
Marshall could he to us about his supposedly invalid
son, what else might he be lying about?
C H A P T E R T W E L V E
They say breakfast is the most important meal of the
day. Maybe so, but it's also the most nerve-racking, sit¬
ting around trying to keep a poker face while your hosts
know someone at the table knows far more than they
are telling.
"And how did you sleep, Mike?" Dr. Marshall's tone
of voice was light and jovial, but his eyes were dark and
intense.
He's knows that last nights intruder had to be one of us,
and he's smart enough to have it narrowed down to two
people. The greasy-haired guard saw someone running away
from room 301—running—and since Red Beard and Wheels
are confined to their chairs, they're off the hook. That leaves
either Bill Smith or me. He's sizing me up, testing the wa¬
ters to see if Til crack.
"Me? I slept fine. W h y ? " I answered.
"Oh, no reason. I'm j u s t glad Mr. Drake didn't dis¬
turb you too much, that's all. Sorry about him barging
in on you like that."
I nodded and shrugged my shoulders, reaching to
grab another blueberry pancake from the silver platter
in front of me. I wasn't hungry—I'd already eaten my
fill—but I needed a minute to think, and filling my face
was as good a way as any to avoid having to make con¬
versation. Luckily, I wasn't alone at the table. Besides
Dr. Marshall and Drake, all four donors were present,
I'd been wrong when I figured the other three party
animals would sleep the m o r n i n g away. I should have
known none of these bums would ever willingly miss
a free feed, nasty hangover or not. Concentrating on
pouring thick maple syrup over my pancake, I decided
to let them do the talking for a while.
Maybe I should j u s t confess it had been me in An¬
drew's room last night, confront the doctor about what
I'd seen in room 301 right here in front of everyone. If
Dr. Marshall had a valid reason for lying to us about his
imaginary son, let's hear it.
I wouldn't do it, of course: I wasn't that stupid. The
last thing I wanted to do was tip my hat a n d A o m e clean
with them. Why would I? They obviously weren't be¬
ing honest with me, so why should I be with them? N o ,
it would be far better—far smarter—to bite my tongue
and sit in the bush for a while. I needed to figure out
what game Dr. Marshall was playing, before I could
make my next move.
If telling us the sob story about Andrew was a harm¬
less ploy to make us feel better about donating our
limbs, fine. I could live with that. But if something else
was going on around here, something darker than the
rosy picture currently being painted for us, then I planned
on slipping out the back door as quiet as a mouse, disap¬
pearing before anyone caught wind I was on to them.
That was the real problem, wasn't it? Even seeing
what I'd seen, and knowing what I knew, I still had no
idea if things were on the up-and-up here. Had I walked
into a lucky gold m i n e , or stumbled into a sinister trap?
Should I stay here and take my chances, or sneak away
and miss out on all that money? Tough call, but seeing
as there was no way Dr. Marshall or Drake could know
which one of us had been in Andrew's room—they could
guess, but they couldn't be sure—it seemed safe enough
to stick around for a while. Safe, as long as I kept my big
mouth shut and my eyes and ears wide open.
Easier said than done, of course. W h e n I looked up
from my plate, Drake was staring at me hard enough to
make me bruise. Our eyes locked, and I could tell he was
trying to intimidate me, break me by staring me down.
It was going to work, too. I found it terribly hard to
maintain eye contact with this semicivilized Neander¬
thal, and I j u s t knew if I looked away first, Drake would
see the guilt in my eyes. So I quickly thought of some¬
thing to say to him, hoping to deflect his attention
elsewhere.
"So, did you manage to put out the fire?"
Without breaking eye contact, Drake replied, "There
was no fire. I told you this morning it was a false alarm."
N o w he was really staring down my throat, as was
Dr, Marshall. Both of them were actually leaning for¬
ward in their chairs, hovering above me like birds of
prey ready to tuck their wings and swoop in for the
kill.
Fuck, Fuck, FUCK! N o w what was I supposed to do?
"Fire? Hey, what are you guys talkin' about?"
It was Red Beard butting into the conversation, tak¬
ing a break from cramming whole sausages into his cav¬
ernous mouth, unknowingly saving my ass with his
question. He gave me an excuse to break eye contact
with Drake and forced Dr. Marshall to answer him.
I was so relieved I could have kissed him. Instead, I
reached for the pancakes and syrup again, staring back
down at my plate while Dr. Marshall explained to the
table how there'd been a minor electrical glitch this
m o r n i n g that had triggered a fire warning sensor on
their security panel. Drake had investigated, naturally,
but there'd been no cause for alarm. I risked a quick
glance around, and only Red Beard and Wheels looked
surprised by the news. Obviously only Bill's room and
mine had been checked.
"Wow," Red Beard gasped. "Good t h i n g it was only a
false alarm. A fire in a j o i n t like this could do millions
of dollars' worth of damage. Trust me, when I was in
the department, we used to see a lot of nasty ones. A
fire here would put up a hell of a fight."
Red's admission that he used to be a fireman was
enough of a revelation to everyone present, and the focus
of the conversation was turned away from me and onto
Red Beard, who thoroughly enjoyed the attention. He
explained how he'd been a full-time firefighter in N i a g
ara Falls, N Y , for thirteen years before he'd lost his leg in
a warehouse fire. The roof had collapsed, crushing his
left leg beneath a steel girder and tons of flaming rubble.
'You weren't really a fireman, were you?" Drake asked,
sounding positively shocked.
I almost burst out laughing, hearing the skepticism
in the head of security's voice. He was making the same
stupid prejudiced assumption nearly everyone makes
about the homeless. Drake simply couldn't picture it in
his thick head that Red had ever been anything other
than the desperate loser sitting in front of him today.
He thought—and trust me, he wasn't alone—all home¬
less people were lifelong drunks and fools. Sure, those
types of bunis were around, people so messed up on booze
and drugs they'd paved their own way onto the street,
but in my experience, those types of people were the
minority. Most street folk, like Red Beard, Blue J, and
I, were normal, ordinary, hard-working, productive
members of society before our worlds crashed down on
top of us. Don't get me wrong. We were far from in¬
nocent victims—we all make our own beds—but peo¬
ple like Drake would never understand that people like
us were exactly the same as people like him.
"Sure I was," Red Beard shot back, his angry tone
making it clear he was frustrated by the same tired
prejudices I'd j u s t been t h i n k i n g about. "I can prove it,
too. H e r e , take a look at t h i s — "
Red pulled up his left sleeve and showed us a large
colorful tattoo that was inked onto his bicep muscle.
His arm was covered with tattoos but this particular
one was of a bright red fireman's helmet, with a yellow
ladder and an axe crisscrossing in front of it. The words
N . F . S T A T I O N # 5 were boldly written below.
"She's a beauty, huh, Drake?" Red Beard taunted,
pride evident in his defiant voice. "Our whole shift went
out, got right shit-faced, and decided to get these.
Never regretted it for a minute."
Drake glared at the tattoo for a few seconds, then got
up and left the table without saying a word. Contented
smiles spread across all our faces, and Red Beard winked
at me as if to say, That'll teach the bastard to have a
little respect.
Right on, brother, I winked back. Right on!
The rest of the day was a breeze compared to the "un¬
der the microscope" treatment I'd suffered through at
breakfast. Our surgeries were all scheduled for tomor¬
row m o r n i n g — m i n e was penciled in for 10:00 A . M . in
operating room #2—but before we could go under the
knife, we had to pass our pre-op physicals. Records
were made of our blood type, heart rate, blood pres¬
sure, and temperature. They collected blood, urine, and
stool samples, checked our vision, took X-rays, and
brought out another stack of forms that needed to be
filled out in triplicate, again. They asked about aller¬
gies, childhood illnesses, sexual diseases, and any other
relevant health issues—past or present—that Dr. Mar¬
shall needed to know about. It was all bullshit, really.
They'd done their background checks on all four of us,
and I was willing to bet they already knew the answer
to every single question they asked before we'd even been
approached. Still, I guess it didn't hurt to double check
to make sure their records were up to date and correct.
All the running around managed to take up the entire
morning, and we didn't sit down to lunch until 1:15 P.M.
Thankfully, Drake and Dr. Marshall didn't join us so it
was nice and peaceful. After we'd eaten, we had the rest
of the afternoon to ourselves. The other guys took ad¬
vantage of the break to catch up on a little shut-eye. Not
wanting to look out of place, and still trying to avoid
Drake, I also went to my room and hid until supper.
Even supper was rolling along without incident, ev¬
eryone making small talk and stuffing their faces until
Bill Smith silenced the room by asking, "So, any chance
we can pop up and visit your son tonight, Doc?"
The surgeon froze in place with his fork halfway to
his mouth, and Drake nearly swallowed his, he was so
caught off guard. Wheels and Red Beard thought Bill's
idea was marvelous, so I quickly chimed in my two cents'
worth of approval, too. They were serious, but I j u s t
wanted to see how Dr. Marshall was going to get him¬
self out of this predicament.
"There's a small problem, I'm afraid," he began. "To
night's not a good night to visit Andrew. I was up seeing
him earlier, and he isn't feeling very well. He might j u s t
be nervous about tomorrow, but let's give him the beneft of the doubt. Let's get through our surgeries, guys,
and then you'll all have time to get to know Andrew.
Fair enough?"
Small problem, my ass. Not a good night to visit him, on
account he doesn't even exist!
Still, I had to admit that Dr. Marshall sounded sin¬
cere. He either believed what he was saying, or he was
an incredible liar. No one at the table doubted his sin¬
cerity. Even I did a double take when I saw the pain on
his face when he'd said Andrew wasn't feeling well. Maybe
it was me that was crazy here. Maybe, somehow, I had
this all twisted around and was mistaken about the
doctor. Man, I was confused.
Then confront him. Do know, Mike. Stop fucking around
playing secret agent and just flat out ask him about what you
saw.
I was tempted to do j u s t that, and I think I would
have if I hadn't noticed the way Dr. Marshall and Drake
kept giving poor Bill Smith death stares. They'd glare
over at him, then nod slightly to each other as if shar¬
ing some secret message. They thought they had their
man. Bill had inadvertently asked about meeting An¬
drew and the chief of security was on him like a blood¬
hound on a fresh scent. To Drake, Bill's harmless remark
was the slip of the tongue he'd been waiting for all day.
Dr. Marshall remained civil but Drake was practi¬
cally drooling beside him, grinning like the village id¬
iot, t h i n k i n g he'd discovered the nighttime wanderer.
Seeing that deranged look on his face was more than
enough" to make me thank my lucky stars I'd kept my
big mouth shut.
C H A P T E R T H I R T E E N
We went to bed early, all of us needing to rest up for
our operations in the morning. Unfortunately, resting
was a luxury I couldn't afford. Sprawled on my t o o comfortable bed, I tossed and turned until after mid¬
night, trying to decide if I should bolt for h o m e or not.
Something deep inside me was whispering I should
run before it was too late, but t h i n k i n g about that big
chunk of cash kept giving me a reason to stay. Two
million reasons, actually, and as weird as things seemed
around here at times, I didn't really have any concrete
evidence Dr. Marshall was up to anything nefarious.
Truth be told, he'd treated me with n o t h i n g but kind¬
ness and respect since I'd arrived. Could I be overre¬
acting?
It was a fair question, one I didn't have an answer
for—and never would if I j u s t lay here in bed doing
nothing. Time was running out. They were going to cut
my arm off in less than ten hours. I had to do something,
for Christ's sake!
I shot out of bed and put my clothes back on. Rea¬
sonably sure the majority of people here at the medical
center were in their beds, I was going out on the prowl
again. I had no idea where to look, or even what I should
look for, but one way or another I was determined to
find out exactly what Dr. Marshall was up to.
Find bis office, that's the place to start.
My hand was reaching for the doorknob when I heard
a noise outside in the hallway. I froze. There it was again,
and this time I recognized it for what it was—a cough.
N o t a big hacking cough, j u s t someone clearing their
throat, but it was enough to send a chill down my
spine.
There wasn't one of those tiny glass peepholes in my
door, so as quietly as I could, I knelt down on all fours
and pressed the right side of my face against the floor.
Sure enough, just on the other side of my door, I could
see two thick black rubber soles, and a large shadow on
the hall carpet.
That bastard!
Drake had placed a guard outside my room. I was
sure he thought it had been Bill Smith messing around
in room 3 0 1 , but obviously he wasn't taking any chances.
There would be a guard outside of Bill's room, t o o . Drake
was making sure no one was going anywhere tonight. I
had to give him credit. He was smarter than he looked.
W h a t was I going to do now?
The window?
It was the only other exit from the room, and al¬
though I knew I was on the third floor of the building,
I walked over to check it anyway. The moon was out t o
night, but most of it was hidden behind a bank of dark
clouds. It was too dark for me to see much of anything
beyond the glass, save for my shadowy reflection star¬
ing back at m e , but I didn't need to see to know the
ground was way too far below me to consider climbing
or j u m p i n g down. I was trapped in this room, whether
I liked it or not.
The window itself was made up of three separate
pieces of glass, with the biggest pane in the center and
two smaller sections on either side that could be
cranked out to let in some air.
Feeling slightly claustrophobic all of a sudden, I did
j u s t that, spinning the little brass hand crank clock¬
wise to open up the left-hand panel. I took several deep
breaths of the cool night air to calm down, and was about
to close the window when I spotted something clinging
to the outside of the wall a few feet over to my left. I
cranked the window fully open, quietly removed the
bug screen, and stuck my head outside to get a better
look.
A surge of adrenaline shot through me when I real¬
ized it was a trellis covered in thick green foliage. I
might be able to use this to climb down to the ground,
and make my escape. Or up, to climb onto t h e —
Roof, Fd been thinking, but my thought process was
permanently interrupted when I tilted my head to gaze
skyward. The side panel of the window in the room di¬
rectly above my head was cranked open j u s t as mine
was. If I wanted to, I could climb the trellis, re-enter
the medical center one floor u p , and carry on with my
plans to search around this castle of secrets.
W h a t had Dr. Marshall said was on the fourth floor?
Nothing but storage space and room for future expansion.
That meant no one would be up there. I could hit any
of the stairwells, search anywhere I wanted as long as I
was quiet and extra careful, then retrace my steps back
into my room, hopefully without anyone knowing I'd
ever left.
Would the trellis hold me? I could picture myself
reaching out, hearing it crack and break apart in my
h a n d s , then taking the slow-motion drop to land on my
back on some sharp unseen rock far below. N o t a nice
thought. Maybe I should j u s t go back to bed and get
some sleep.
I reached through the ivy (or whatever the hell type
of plant it was), and gave the trellis a good strong tug.
N o t h i n g happened. It was made from some type of metal,
cold and hard to the touch, and from the way it didn't
even budge I could tell the trellis had been securely
fastened into the brickwork of the building. It would
hold my weight, no problem.
Maybe.
Before I had a chance to think too much, I swung
my legs over the ledge, and grabbed for the metal
framework with first one hand, then the other. Seconds
later, I was successfully onto the trellis. I h u n g there for
a minute as still as a display window mannequin, hardly
daring to breathe as I waited to hear the wrenching
noise of metal bolts breaking loose that would precede
my fifty-foot drop to oblivion. N o t h i n g happened, and
if the gods that watch over lunatics had decided to smile
on me tonight, I wasn't one to question their reasons. I
j u s t started up the makeshift ladder hand over hand,
foot over foot, as quickly and quietly as I could manage.
No doubt, I should probably be heading the opposite
direction, down the trellis to the ground and getting
the heck out of here, but I was too stubborn to do that.
Call me a fool, but I still wanted to get my hands (well,
hand, if I went through with this) on the money I'd been
promised. Until I had solid proof Dr. Marshall was
pulling a scam here, I wasn't about to let my vivid imag¬
ination cheat me out of my chance at being rich.
Scaling the trellis was easy, and getting into the fourthfloor room proved even easier. I'd expected to have to
wrestle with the bug screen, popping it off and trying
to catch it while dangling from one hand. Thankfully
there was no screen on this window, so I j u s t reached
over and stepped right in.
Inside, it was too dark for me to risk blindly stum¬
bling around, so I stood my ground and waited for my
eyes to re-accustom to the gloom. Soon, I could make
out enough details to guess I was in some sort of" large
storage room. There were several large bulky items ar¬
ranged along both outside walls, but the center of the
room was free of debris. Straight ahead, about forty feet
away, I could j u s t make out the rectangular-shaped
outline of what had to be the exit into the hallway. I
started walking in that direction, intending to find the
nearest stairwell, but I stopped dead in my tracks be¬
fore I'd taken my second step.
One of the bulky shapes against the wall to my right
began to move. Then my eyes caught another movement
somewhere over to my left. I remained calm, relatively
speaking, anyway, until I heard a sound that sent my
heart straight up into my throat. In that dark, suppos¬
edly empty storage room, someone began to snore.
Okfiuk!
I wasn't alone in this room. Someone was in here with
m e , still sleeping, obviously, but for how long? As my
night vision improved, it became evident things were
even worse than that. The bulky items I'd seen lining
the walls were all beds, and nearly every one of them
was being slept in. I counted ten, n o , eleven people sleep¬
ing around me.
My first thought was I'd walked into a room full of
security guards, slumbering in a barracks-type room un¬
til their shift in the morning. Something wasn't right
about the way the people looked, though. The bodies
looked weird somehow, far too small to be a group of
fully grown men.
The m o o n chose that moment to emerge from be¬
hind the clouds, bathing the room in a soft white glow
through the window behind me. I nearly screamed when
I realized what was wrong with the people lying in the
beds. They were fully grown men after all, but every
last one of them had had their arms and legs removed.
Clear plastic intravenous tubes were stuck in some of
their shoulder stumps, chests, or in the side of their
heads, and a dark fluid ran into several of the mutilated
men from small machines sitting on the floor beside
some of the beds.
What happened to these poor people?
I noticed the industrial-sized refrigerator with the
sliding glass doors on the front of it, and the stacks of
small liquid-filled bags separated into sections with la¬
bels like A NEG or O POS. Then I grasped the true
horror of what was happening here in this secret room.
The machines on the floor and the IV tubes weren't
giving the limbless men the dark fluids—they were tak¬
ing it.
My ears were ringing, vividly recalling how Dr. Mar¬
shall had said they had a problem keeping up with the
constant need for fresh blood for his experiments.
Sweet mother of God!
This awful room was the solution to the surgeon's
ongoing supply problem. They were his Bleeders: men
kept alive for the sole purpose of being continually
tapped and re-tapped for that most precious of human¬
ity's resources. This wasn't a room full of sick men—it
was Dr. Marshall's blood bank.
C H A P T E R F O U R T E E N
I couldn't move. I tried, but I couldn't. My feet felt like
they were nailed to the floor. I'd seen a lot of weird
things in my life, and I knew humans were capable of
committing copious amounts of cruel and vicious acts,
but I'd never seen anything as nasty as this. This was
cruelty so extreme my mind was short-circuiting, over¬
loaded trying to somehow justify what I was seeing. I
couldn't do it. This wasn't something that could be ra¬
tionalized. The only explanation for this was madness.
Taking a few deep breaths, I forced myself to calm
down. I needed to think, decide what this meant in re¬
gards to my situation, and then figure out what my next
move should be. I was j u s t getting focused, when a
strong, clear, man's voice said, "Hey, mister, you're not
a guard, are you?"
For a second time I nearly screamed, the booming
voice startling me badly, but at least breaking me out of
reverie. N o t having a clue who the voice belonged to, or
where this man was, I darted my head left, then right,
panic swelling inside me because I couldn't find him.
"Stop flapping your head around, boy, and get over
here. Behind you, second bed from the door."
I turned and finally saw him. A tiny little b u m p of
meat hidden under a blanket with his seemingly large
shaven head turned on its side watching me. He looked
wide-awake, alert, and a little tense. Probably had been
watching me for a while, maybe scared at first, wonder¬
ing who I was, and why I was sneaking around in the
middle of the night. Judging from his rough, gravelly
voice—and from the way he'd addressed me as "boy"—I
figured he was an older man, maybe sixty, but from what
was left of his ravaged body, that was only a guess.
"Who the hell are you?" he asked, once I'd walked
over to the foot of his bed.
He was talking too loud, so I hurried to answer him,
more to shut him up than because I wanted to chat. "My
name's Michael Fox," I whispered, "and n o , I'm not a
guard. I'm just a guest, and I'm not here to hurt you, sir,
so quiet down a little, okay?"
"Quiet down?" he spoke in the same loud tone.
"Why? For these veggies, you mean?" sweeping his
eyes around the room. "You don't have to worry about
bothering any of these fellas. Trust me. Their cabooses
are still here, but the rest of the trains left the station a
long time ago, if you catch my drift. The only one who's
somewhat with it is Charlie, the guy snoring his head
off over there, but he fades in and out. The rest, well,
they're in a better place, I hope."
Quieting down a little regardless, perhaps for my
sake, he said, "You can call me Lucas, Mr. Fox. Okay if
I call you Michael?"
"Sure. Make it Mike."
"Fine. N o w that we've been introduced, j u s t what in
blazes are you doing here?"
"Well, I couldn't get my room door to open," I lied,
stumbling to find an explanation that wasn't totally idi¬
otic. "It must be j a m m e d , or the lock might be broken.
It's the middle of the night, and I didn't want to bother
anyone, so I tried my window and noticed—"
"No, no," he interrupted. "I don't give a damn why
you're here in this room. Why are you here, in this
godforsaken hell house?"
Hell house?
"Oh, I'm here to help Dr. Marshall with, ah, one of
his experiments. He's paying m e — "
"Let me guess?" Lucas interrupted again. "A million
dollars, right?"
"Two million, actually. Already been wired into a
bank account in the Cayman Islands. W h a t do you know
about it?"
"Two million? Wow. The stakes sure are going up. And
you can forget the Caymans. You might have thought all
that malarkey with the secretary and fax machines was
real, but it was bullshit, Mike. They play that game with
everyone. W h e n I arrived, must be nearly two years
ago, I was stupid enough to agree to six hundred thou¬
sand. Mind you, that was only for my right hand, Char¬
lie, he was the one who said he'd signed for a million. I
think that was for one of his legs, but I can't remember
for sure now.
"Doesn't matter. N e i t h e r does the money. Doesn't
matter what body part you agree to donate, or for how
much. Hell, Doc Marshall could've promised you two
billion dollars for y o u r toenail, M i k e , you won't see a
dime."
My ears were hearing the words this partial man was
speaking, but I was having a hard time m a k i n g sense of
them. After building up my hopes and dreams for a
better life for my daughter and me, it was difficult let¬
ting myself believe what my heart had been trying to
tell me all along. It was a lie. All of it. Dr. Marshall
never had any intention of paying me for my arm. I had
all the proof I needed lying all around me.
This revelation, although I'd had my suspicions and
this was exactly the evidence I'd gone searching for,
still hit me like a ton of bricks. A major part of me had
desperately wanted this to work out, for something to
finally go my way, j u s t once. I should have known bet¬
ter. I bowed my head, stunned into silence.
"What are you supposed to be giving up?" Lucas
asked.
"My right arm. I'm left-handed, and I figured, I j u s t
figured ... ah fuck! I don't know what I figured."
"Listen to m e , boy. Listen good. Dr. Marshall will
take your right arm, but he won't stop there. He's been
trying this shit for years, and it never works. N o t the
way he wants it to, anyway. The donor parts don't last,
or they don't function right after a few weeks. He prob¬
ably told you he's setting all these records for keeping
body parts alive, but he's bullshitting you. He replaces
the parts with new donors, and pretends it's the same
one. He's crazy, man.
"He's not even a real doctor. N o t anymore. From
what I hear he was once a damn good one, but he lost
his mind around the same time he lost the use of his
legs. Something snapped and he ended up losing his li¬
cense because he was caught doing unethical research.
They nailed his ass to the wall, but he had family money
to fall back on. Eventually he opened this place and
hires all the failed surgeons and discredited nurses he
can round up. T h i n k about ic W h o else would work for
a bastard like h i m ? "
I had no idea. My mind was spinning too fast to
think straight. W h a t a nightmare. Maybe I—
"Don't do it, Mike. Don't you give that crazy man
anything, you hear me? He'll cut you to pieces, boy, just
like he done me. First your arms, then your legs, then
one day when you're of no further use to him, you'll end
up in this room with me. Run away, right now. Run as
far from here as you can, and never come back. Never!"
N o d d i n g my understanding to the old man, I knew it
was time to leave. I'd seen and heard enough. Dr. Mar¬
shall might be a brilliant surgeon, and an incredibly
smart man, but somewhere along the line his obses¬
sions had pushed him over the edge. He wasn't bug-eyed
crazy, j u s t psychotic, a man driven to succeed at any
and all costs. No sane man could justify the crimes he
was committing inside this room. There was no way I
was going through with the operation now. This room¬
ful of Bleeders was more than enough to convince me it
was time to pull out of D o d g e , get as far away from this
crazy place as I could.
And I'm taking my arm with me.
Turning on my heel, I started back toward the open
window, intending to climb down to my room long
enough to quietly gather my stuff, then use the trellis
again to head for the ground and make good my es¬
cape.
"Wait," the old man cried out, sounding panicked
that I was leaving. "You can't leave me here. N o t like
thisV
"I'm sorry Lucas, but there's no way I can take you
with me. I'll be lucky if I make it on my own, never
mind trying to carry—"
"I don't wanna go with you," he whispered, and when
I saw the pleading look in his eyes, I finally understood
what he wanted me to do.
"Oh no! No way, Lucas. I can't do that."
"Sure you can. Use my pillow, it'll only take a m i n
ute. Look, I know you don't know me, or know n o t h i n g
about me, but I used to be a proud man, Mike. That
bastard Marshall stole more than my limbs, he stole my
life, my humanity, my soul. I can't live like this any¬
more. You're my only way out. Please Mike, I'm begging
you."
Son of a bitch. How did I get myself into this mess?
The sad part was, I agreed with him. No man should
have to live like that, existing j u s t to supplement a crazy
man's depraved obsessions. I couldn't imagine what Lu¬
cas's life must be like, having his life fluids drained on a
continuous basis, with no hope of relief until his body
was spent, or his mind snapped like his companions.
He didn't deserve this cruel rate, and I felt a need to help
him. I j u s t wasn't sure I had the strength to go through
with it. Regardless of whether he was giving me his
blessing, mercy-killing this poor man would still be
murder. Wouldn't it?
I walked to the side of Lucas's bed and slowly wiggled
his pillow out from under his shaven head. In doing so,
an IV line that had been cruelly inserted into a vein
above his left ear popped out, spilling fresh blood onto
the white bedsheets. The blood, which appeared black
in the moonlight, startled me but it wasn't gushing
out—merely dripping—so I ignored it, not even both¬
ering to mention it to Lucas. Why bother?
"You sure about this, Lucas?" I asked, hoping with
all my heart he'd changed his mind.
"I've never been so sure of anything in my whole life.
Bless you, Mike. I'm ready."
There were tears in his eyes as I lowered the pillow
down onto his face, but he was smiling and nodding his
head the whole time. I felt like a total bastard, but, at
the same time, I knew I was doing the right thing, giv¬
ing him the peace he deserved. He'd suffered enough.
Never having done anything like this, I wasn't sure
how much pressure I should apply to the pillow. I wanted
to get this over with as quickly and painlessly as possi¬
ble. Trusting my instincts, I pressed down until Lucas's
torso began to shake. He was struggling for air, but
without any limbs he wasn't able to put up much of a
fight. I turned my head away, hoping it would be over
soon, unable to watch as his body continued to fight
beneath me.
W i t h everything going on, I failed to realize the
snoring coming from the other side of the room had
stopped. It wasn't until the man Lucas had identified as
Charlie began screaming at the top of his lungs that I
clued in someone was watching everything I was doing.
"Get off him," Charlie screamed, his frightened
voice as high-pitched and ear-shattering as a y o u n g
girl's. "Leave Lucas alone you cocksucker. He's my
only friend."
I tried to talk to him, tried to reason that I wasn't
hurting Lucas and this was what he'd wanted, but Char¬
lie was having none of it. His mind wasn't altogether
there anymore, and all he could see was a man h u r t i n g
the only companion he had left in this world. He kept
screaming, "Leave him alone, leave him alone," beating
his head against his pillow every time he said it.
"Calm down," I yelled, but then I saw the red light
flash on above his bed and understood immediately
that Charlie wasn't as out of it as I'd thought. He hadn't
been thrashing his head against the pillow; he'd been
t r y i n g to activate the call button strapped to his bed,
desperate to get help for his friend. Unaware he'd al¬
ready succeeded, he continued to pound his head in ca¬
dence with his screams until the flashing red light went
solid and a deep angry-sounding voice came through a
small speaker mounted above his bed.
"What's going on in there? Charlie, is that you?
W h a t the hell do you want at this time of night?"
"You gotta help us. Someone's trying to kill Lucas.
Get in here, quick!" Charlie wailed, his voice shrill,
hitching with sobs, borderline hysterical.
W h o e v e r was listening on the other end didn't
bother replying to Charlie's rant. All I heard was some¬
one curse as he fumbled for his walkie-talkie, keying
the mike four or five times before shouting, "Carl? Are
you there, Carl? Get y o u r ass up t o — "
The red light above Charlie's bed blinked out, dis¬
connecting me from hearing the rest of the message. I
had no trouble imagining every walkie-talkie in the
medical complex beginning to squawk, and every guard
r u n n i n g as fast as they could to get to this room.
Ob shit! This is trouble, Mike. Big, big trouble. Get the
hell out, fast.
I lifted the pillow from Lucas' face, h o p i n g he'd
passed on, but it wasn't meant to be. He was uncon¬
scious, possibly near death's door, but I could clearly
see his chest still rising and falling as his defiant body
labored to breathe. N o t knowing how much time I had
before this r o o m filled with angry guards, I couldn't
risk taking the time to try smothering him again.
"Sorry, Lucas," I whispered in his ear, then quickly
headed for the open window.
Stopping at my room to pick up my stuff was out of
the question now. I'd j u s t take the trellis right to the
ground and make a run for the surrounding woods.
Hopefully I'd be able to outrun anyone they sent after
m e , or at least find a hiding spot to lay low until they
went away.
I was j u s t about to step out onto the metal trellis,
when a noise below nearly caused me to fall off the
ledge. One floor down, a guard with blond hair and
glasses stuck his head out the open window of my room
and spotted me right away.
"I see him," the guard calmly spoke into his radio.
**He's still on level four. R e p e a t . . . suspect is still on
four."
This must have been the guy standing outside my
door earlier. W h e n the shit had hit the fan the first
t h i n g he'd have done was check on me, and found
n o t h i n g but an open window. After reporting my cur¬
rent position, he tucked his radio away in his jacket
and started climbing up the trellis toward me. My
escape route effectively gone, I had no choice but to
step back into the Bleeders' room and lock the window
behind me.
W i t h i n seconds, the guard's face pressed up against
the glass inches away from me, and he tried his best to
talk me into opening the window.
"Unlock it, Mr. Fox. You're in enough trouble as it is.
Don't make it worse. Open up."
Screw you, buddy.
Instead, I pulled the curtains closed, hoping he'd
shut up so I could think for a minute. Unfortunately, I
didn't have that long. The door to the Bleeders' room
burst open, the overhead lights blazed on, and four
large bodies walked into the room. All of them had a
gun pointed at me.
"Hold it, right there," the man closest to the light
switch said. "Take it easy and nobody gets hurt."
The guard beside him lifted his walkie-talkie to his
m o u t h and said, "No worries, Drake. We've got him."
"Good," Drake's smug voice filled the air. "Just hold
him there. Fm on my way."
Guards in front of me and a guard behind, and the
chief screw approaching fast. Things weren't looking
goodi I didn't like my chances. I was starting to look
around for some sort of weapon to defend myself with,
when my eyes spotted a possible way out. Directly to
my left, between two of the beds, was a white metal
plate with hinges on the top, fastening it four feet up
on the wall. Written on the rectangular plate were the
words: W A S T E DISPOSAL CHUTE.
My mind started to spin. Could I dive into this gar¬
bage chute, ride it to the bottom, then still make a run
for it? It couldn't be that easy. The opening looked
more than big enough for me to fit inside, but what
scared me was not knowing where the chute went. Was
it an angled slide, or a straight drop? Seeing as I was
standing on the fourth floor, the chute likely went all
the way to the first floor, or even down to the basement.
That meant I'd have at least a four-story drop, maybe
five. If the Dumpster at the bottom was full of garbage,
I might be okay—sort of like a movie stuntman landing
on one of those airbag thingies—but if it was empty—
W h i l e I contemplated and weighed the pros and cons
of my possible suicidal plunge, Drake finally appeared
at the doorway, huffing and puffing and looking larger
and more dangerous than I'd ever seen him. He was
mad as hell. His eyes had that "I'm gonna lay a world of
hurt on you" look to them that scared me more than
the guns the men flanking him had. I decided there was
no way I was letting that psycho muscle head get his
hands on m e , so as soon as he took his first menacing
stride in my direction, I threw caution to the wind and
ran for the garbage chute.
Drake was fast, but not fast enough. By the time the
chief of security realized what I was going to do, it was
too late. Like an Olympic diver, I thrust my hands to¬
gether in front of me, tucked my head down in be¬
tween them, and launched myself through the hinged
gate. My marks for style wouldn't have been too im¬
pressive, but I made it into the chute nonetheless.
And immediately started dropping like a rock.
"Ob shhhhiimiiut!" I screamed, terrified of the dark
u n k n o w n void below me, but still enjoying the adrena¬
line rush of my crafty James Bond-ish escape from Drake
and his goons' clutches.
It was too dark to see anything, but I could sense I
was picking up too much speed. If I hit bottom going
this fast, my head would splatter like a rotten mush
melon run over by a truck. The chute was only a little
larger than my body width, so I tried spreading my arms
and legs against the smooth metal sides and pressed out
with all my strength, hoping that would do the trick. It
definitely slowed me down, but not a lot. N o t nearly
enough to save me if the Dumpster below wasn't full of
nice soft garbage bags. I closed my eyes and prepared
to die.
Just before I hit bottom, the chute must have angled
or tilted off in another direction because I found myself
not free-falling anymore, but rather sliding on my stom¬
ach. W h e n I hit, I hit hard, but someone in heaven
must like me because whatever I landed and rolled on,
it was soft and spongy. It hurt like hell, knocking the
wind out of me and nearly breaking my left wrist, but
when my head cleared and I finally got my breath back,
I was still alive and relatively intact.
W h e n I stood u p , my back was hurting pretty badly
too, up near my shoulders, but I didn't have time to
worry about my aches and pains. There'd be plenty of
time for that, once I was far away from here. W i t h that
end in mind, I started searching for the lid to this
Dumpster, the horrible stench j u s t starting to register
in my brain.
I hadn't expected it to be so dark. I couldn't see any¬
thing, so I was forced to grope around using my hands.
No matter where I searched, high or low, I couldn't lo¬
cate the exit. There were several entrance chutes like
the one I'd fallen through, but no doors or hatches any¬
where. I was confused and getting worried. It didn't
help I kept stepping in and tripping over waist-deep
piles of stinking goo.
God, what a stink!
I'd lived in and around trash for years, but I'd never
smelled such an overpowering odor before. It was mak¬
ing me seriously nauseous. If I didn't get out of here
s o o n , ! was going to puke. Worse still, the clock was
ticking. I didn't have time to be fucking around like
this.
Outside, I heard the heavy clamor of men approach¬
ing on the run. With a sinking feeling in my gut, I
cursed myself for taking so long. The opportunity I'd
had to escape was gone. I'd senselessly risked my life and
I was still trapped, no better off than I'd been in the
Bleeders' room upstairs. I couldn't see the guards clos¬
ing in on m e , but I easily recognized Drake's booming
voice as he started yelling something. N o , wait, Drake
wasn't yelling, he was laughing. Loud, gut-churning
laughter, that for some reason chilled me to the bone.
W h a t could possibly be so funny?
"Hey Mike?" Drake said, still laughing. "You're
priceless! Really, I enjoyed that little show. Pretty stu¬
pid thing to do, but damn brave."
"Yeah, real funny. Open the goddamned door and let
me out. It stinks like Hell in here."
This comment made Drake and the guards with him
laugh even harder. "Oh really?" he said. "And why do
you think that is? Let me ask you something, Mike.
Before you decided to dive into that chute, did you ever
consider that WASTE DISPOSAL might not mean GAR
BAGES
I'll admit that sometimes I can be a bit slow, and I
wasn't completely sure what Drake was talking about,
but by the time I heard a lock removed and a sliding
gate opened up on the ceiling of this chamber, I was
starting to get the drift. Even before Drake's grinning
face appeared in the rectangular opening and shone a
super-bright halogen lamp down onto m e , I knew what
I was going to see.
H u m a n body parts.
Under the intense light of the lamp, the inside of this
chamber was still dark—mainly because every square
inch of its walls were coated in blood so old and con¬
gealed it had long since turned black. Covering the en¬
tire floor and creeping halfway up the walls in the
spots directly below several disposal chutes, mounds of
soggy red meat and pasty-yellow bones lay heaped in
various stages of decay. Arms, legs, feet, hands, torsos
and even a few bloated heads lay scattered around my
feet. The level of carnage was astonishing, almost inde¬
scribable. It was as if someone had detonated a b o m b
inside a room crowded with people, and then j u s t
walked away.
"Getting rid of the failed experiments used to be
risky," Drake explained. "Obviously we can't j u s t put
this stuff into the trash, so Dr. Marshall had this incin¬
erator custom built. The chutes deliver the waste from
different areas in the facility: the labs, operating r o o m s ,
and upstairs on the fourth floor, of course.
"We usually burn it up at the end of each week, every
couple of weeks, max, but it looks to me like we've been
slacking off a little. This crud has probably been stew¬
ing for at least a month. I'd better make sure it gets
cleaned up soon. Maybe tomorrow, h u h ? "
Why was he wasting time telling me this? Why
didn't he j u s t toss me down a rope or slide in a ladder?
"Get me out of here, Drake. Please." I hated the
t h o u g h t of begging to this lousy bastard, but I was
getting desperate. I couldn't stand to stay in this hu¬
man abattoir another second longer.
Drake smile vanished from his face as he briefly con¬
sidered my request. "No, I don't think so. This is a
good place for you, Mike. Somewhere I know you won't
be sneaking away from anytime soon. Gives me piece
of mind, you know?"
"You can't leave me in here," I shrieked.
"Watch me," he said, withdrawing the halogen lamp
and slowly sliding the metal gate shut again.
I never did hear Drake replacing the lock on the gate,
or him and the other guards laughing as they walked
away. I probably would have, except at the moment I was
far too busy screaming.
C H A P T E R F I F T E E N
Someone much smarter than me once said, "what
doesn't kill us only makes us stronger." I wish I could
find that person and punch them right in the mouth.
W h a t the hell did they know? Force them to spend a
night sleeping in a pile of rotting human waste and see
if they're still singing the same tune. I highly doubt it.
Long after Drake and his boys were gone and I'd
somehow managed to stop screaming, the smell of the
dead flesh became too much for me. Ignorance had
helped calm my stomach earlier, but once I knew ex¬
actly what I was breathing in, there was no way to plug
the volcano. And man, did I erupt. I puked, and I puked,
and then I puked some more—the smell of my own
waste almost sweet compared with the unbearable stink
around me.
W h e n my stomach had nothing left to give, I blocked
everything from my mind and started stacking what¬
ever was within reach to build a high enough mound in
the center of the incinerator so I could climb atop it and
reach the sliding exit hatch. I was extremely thankful I
was in the dark again, and was unable to see whatever it
was I was grabbing. I doubt I'd have been able to touch
anything, had the lights been on.
It ended up being a stupid waste of time. The hatch
was locked of course, as I'd known it would be, and all I'd
managed to accomplish was thoroughly coating myself
in sticky black blood. N o t a total waste, I guess. At least
trying to do sometbinghad helped organize my thoughts,
redirecting them onto something constructive rather
than continuing to wallow in misery. I spent a little more
time trying to find another way out, but soon realized I
wasn't going anywhere until Drake came back.
I did eventually sleep, off and on, but I wouldn't say I
got any rest. Just a n u m b e r of exhaustion-fueled stressinduced power naps, with me curled in a tight fetal ball
trying not to touch anything soft and squishy. It was a
horrible, horrible night. I honestly don't know how I
managed to make it through with my sanity intact.
But I did.
Fuck Drake and fuck N a t h a n Marshall—I wasn't let¬
ting them break me this easily. In the morning, when I
awoke hearing the clatter of feet approaching, I j u m p e d
to my feet and made sure I was standing tall when
Drake stuck his big ugly head through the sliding door
again. If he even noticed my pathetic little show of defi¬
ance, he certainly didn't show it.
"Good sleep?" he asked-.
"Screw you!" I hissed back, venom practically drip¬
ping from my mouth, but all Drake did was laugh.
"In a bad mood, Mike? Maybe I should come back
tomorrow? See how you feel then."
Drake started to slide shut the hatch, and damned if
I didn't fall for it. "No! Wait!" I squealed, my bravado
evaporating under the threat of spending an entire day
in this nightmarish place. The gate slid back open again
immediately, and from the grin on Drake'-s face I could
see he'd had no intention of leaving me down here.
He'd j u s t wanted to put me back in my place, make me
understand it was him calling the shots here.
He lowered a twelve-foot aluminum ladder down to
m e , with only half of it needing to come through the
opening before it came to rest on the mound of flesh
and bones Fd stacked up during the night.
"Take those clothes off and leave them where they
drop. Everything, Mike. You're not coming out of there
with those filthy stinking rags on."
Fair enough.
They were ruined anyway. Anything to get out of
here.
Drake watched me as I literally had to peel my goresaturated T-shirt, pants, socks, and undies off, then
stepped back as I climbed up and out of the incinerator.
I hesitated at the top of the ladder, not at all comfortable
with my nakedness. I wanted out of the chamber in the
worst way, but now that I was standing fully exposed in
the open air my self-conscious nature was kicking back
in. Unfortunately there was n o t h i n g I could do about it.
I had n o t h i n g to cover myself with and I sure as hell
wasn't going back into the incinerator.
W r i n k l i n g his nose in disgust, Drake pointed to an¬
other ladder propped against the side of the tank.
'You first. Move."
Before climbing to floor level, I took a m o m e n t to
notice my surroundings, comprehending I was now be¬
neath the medical center proper. The basement, with
its cobweb-shrouded ceiling and poured concrete floor,
was being used as a vast storage room. Natural light
filtering in through small dirt-streaked windows on the
foundation walls illuminated the area j u s t enough that I
could see the available floor space was cluttered with
boxes and crates of all shapes and sizes.
There were also two other large containers similar to
the incinerator I stood upon, but they were more
globule-shaped, standing together over on the far side
of the room. A myriad number of pipes, all painted
white, rose from the spheres, branching out across the
ceiling before snaking their way up into the medical
center through holes drilled in the floor. For the life of
m e , I couldn't fathom what their purpose was.
Drake gave me a whack on the back of my head and
told me to get a move on. N o t wanting another, I did
what he said, moving over to the ladder and starting
down. Six guards waited at floor level, making me feel
more vunerable and uncomfortable than ever, but they
backed away when they got a good whiff of me de¬
scending. One guard—the same blond-haired guy with
glasses I'd locked outside on the trellis last night— re¬
luctantly moved forward and clamped a handcuff
around my left wrist. Holding his breath, he half-walked,
half-dragged me toward a wooden door not far away on
our left. Instead of leading me through the doorway as
Fd expected, he grabbed the other end of the handcuffs
and attached me to the door's large brass handle.
What the bell?
W h y would he chain me to the door? I tried y a n k i n g
on the handcuffs, but they were on securely. I tried
opening the door, but found it locked. It wasn't until I
turned around to face D r a k e , and saw two of the other
guards unrolling a length of fire hose that I started to
get the picture.
"We're not taking you to see Dr. Marshall smelling
like that," Drake said, tossing me a fresh bar of Irish
Spring soap. "Turn on the shower, boys."
I started to protest, but an icy spray of water hitting
me full force in the chest shut me up in a hurry. It felt
like a million needles being repeatedly jabbed into m e ,
almost stripping the flesh from my bones wherever the
water touched me. Christ, it hurt. I tried to cover u p ,
ducking and spinning and even curling into a ball, but
there was no place I could hide, no position I could
stand which didn't leave some area of my body exposed:
Suddenly the water was shut off and I thought the
torture was over. Wrong. Drake wasn't finished with
me yet.
"Get scrubbing, Alike. We haven't got all day."
Having no real choice in the matter, I began rubbing
the bar of soap all over myself, making a half-decent ef¬
fort to get myself cleaned up. It was great to smell the
fresh pine-scented fragrance slowly replacing the rotten
odor of congealed blood, but hampering my enjoyment
was the certain knowledge that after I'd finished lather¬
ing u p , Drake was going to order them to rinse me off.
Sure enough, I'd barely had time to run the soap
through my tangled, sticky hair, when the j e t spray of
frigid water pounded into me again, unannounced.
The merciless force of the water hurt even worse this
time, battering and bruising my body until I could no
longer stand. Only then did Drake order the water hose
turned off.
"Get up," the chief of security ordered without a
trace of compassion in his steely voice.
Drake walked closer, tossing a towel in my face and
stood watching me as I dried off. He was standing too
close, leering at me in a way that made me uncomfort¬
able.
"You clean up pretty good," Drake leaned closer,
whispering in my ear. "Not bad at all."
Is Drake gay, or just crazy?
"Can I have something to wear?" I asked, looking
away from my muscular captor's lustful eyes.
"Shy, Mike?" Drake smiled.
Ever so slowly, he reaching behind me and I shud¬
dered, thinking he was going to grab my ass. Fortu¬
nately, all he was doing was unlocking the handcuff
attached to the door. Once free, he nodded to one of
the guards to bring over my clothes. I thought they
were only giving me a white dress shirt to wear, but
once I unfolded the garment I noticed it was way too
long, extending down past my knees, and that the open¬
ing was intended for the back instead of the front. Why
were they giving me a hospital gown?
"What's this?" I asked.
"Have you forgotten already? You signed a contract
with Dr. Marshall, my friend, and I'm here to make
sure you keep up your end of the bargain." After con
sulting his wristwatch, he said, "It's j u s t past nine o'clock,
Mike. Your surgery is in fifty-six minutes. Dr. Marshall
will be expecting you shortly, so let's get moving."
My arm! They're gonna take my arm!
Panic swelled within m e , this primal emotion be¬
coming almost a physical entity, wrapping its greasy
fingers around my heart, squeezing fear out of every
pore. Acting on instinct alone, with no destination in
mind, I tossed the hospital gown in Drake's grinning
face and ran like the devil himself was chasing me.
Realistically, there was no place for me to go, but I ran
anyway, the need to escape my appointed fate com¬
pletely taking over my body.
Everyone started screaming, and of course gave
chase, but a desperate man can be faster than greased
lightning, given the proper motivation. W i t h the threat
of losing my arm h a n g i n g above my head like D a m o cles's proverbial swordj I was more than fast—I was
flyingl Unfortunately, it's impossible to outrun bullets,
so when I became lost in the jumble of boxes, dashing
between two large crates to find myself staring down
the barrel of a big black gun, I knew enough not to try
anything stupid.
The guard with the minicannon, a pimply-faced red¬
head who looked about nineteen years old, started
shouting to Drake that he had me, while backing me up
until my back was against a hard metal surface. I had
nowhere left to run. W i t h i n seconds, other guards had
found us and Drake was rounding the corner of the
storage crate too.
"Let me plug him, Drake," the overzealous y o u n g
redhead shouted. "He's more trouble than he's worth."
Re's gonna do it. I watched his finger starting to tighten
on the trigger. He's gonna kill me!
I closed my eyes as tight as I could, not wanting to
see the bullet heading my way. At any second, I ex¬
pected to hear the loud BOOM and feel my head begin
to vaporize, but what I heard was Drake screaming a
long, drawn out, "NOOOOOOOOOOO!" I opened my
eyes j u s t in time to see Drake run up and knock the
gun out of his y o u n g recruit's hand.
"What kind of an idiot are y o u ? " Drake screamed.
"For Christ's sake, Brad, take a look where you are.
W h e r e he is. You'll kill us all."
The y o u n g guard looked confused, uncertain what
his boss was angry about, but then his eyes opened
wide, and I saw realization wash over him like a splash
of ice water. The look on his face made me wonder what
the guards knew that I didn't. All it took was for me to
turn around, and I understood right away. I was leaning
against one of the two huge spherical-shaped tanks Fd
spotted from atop the incinerator. From this close, I
could see the word O X Y G E N painted in bright red letters
with the unnecessary warning, D A N G E R : E X T R E M E L Y
F L A M A B L E below'it.
So that's what they were... oxygen tanks.
That explained the network of small pipes rising up
through dozens of spots in the ceiling. The pipes sup¬
plied the various laboratories and operating rooms
throughout the entire medical center. Drake had been
right. If the guard had fired his gun, we'd all be dead
by now.
Well, at least 1 won't be getting shot today.
I clung to the base of the oxygen tank like a capsized
sailor might grasp a life preserver in the middle of the
Pacific. W i t h the threat of death by explosion taken out
of the mix, Drake quickly regained control of the situ¬
ation. He ordered two of his men to grab m e , threaten¬
ing to break their scrawny necks if they let me get away
again. Then he marched right up to me until we were
actually touching nose to nose and said, "I'm done fuck
ing around, Mike. You're coming.with me whether you
like it or not. We can do this one of two ways: the hard
way, or the really hard way. What's it gonna be?"
Neither sounded particularly good, so I j u s t kept my
mouth shut. I knew anything I said would end up earn¬
ing me a fist in the face, or worse, so I quietly waited for
whatever would come next. Had I known Drake was
hiding a large hypodermic syringe behind his back, I
might have struggled more than I did, but as it was, the
chief of security grabbed me by the throat and ruth¬
lessly jabbed the needle into my right shoulder before I
knew what hit me.
Whatever drug he injected into me, it packed a hell of
a wallop, because before I even had the chance to call
Drake a sneaky bastard, my vision began to dim. The
image of Drake's toothy grin froze in my mind, and
began swirling around and around in my head, spinning
faster and faster until someone finally pulled the plug,
letting my dizzy consciousness drain down into the
black sewer of oblivion.
C H A P T E R S I X T E E N
W h e n I woke u p , I had a throbbing headache, so bad it
felt like someone had backed over my skull with a trac¬
tor. My eyes were crusted shut, but I blinked a few times
and managed to get them open. Bad mistake. The bright
light on the tiled ceiling above me practically blinded
m e , sending daggers of shooting pain through my brain,
making my poor head hurt even more. Refusing to make
the same mistake twice, I kept my eyes closed as I tried
to gather my senses and get my bearings.
Gotta stay away from that damn Sterno. I need a drink of
water... bad.
T h i n k i n g about water made me remember the fire
hose shower I'd recently been given. Once my mind
started along that memory path it didn't take long to
remember where I was, Drake giving me the knockout
drug, and his promise to deliver me to Dr. Marshall for
my scheduled surgery.
Oh God, no!
Had Drake already done that? Had Dr. Marshall al¬
ready taken me to his operating room and removed my
right arm? I was too frightened to open my eyes and
check. Other than my head I wasn't in a whole lot of
pain, but I was still woozy and half out of it so I might
be pumped full of happy drugs for all I knew.
Almost as if on cue, my right arm started to itch. I
felt it first near my elbow, and then slowly it began tick¬
ling its way up toward my neck. That should have been
a good sign, assured me I was still in one piece, but I
wasn't at all convinced the itch was real. I'd heard all
sorts of strange stories of people feeling phantom sensa¬
tions in limbs that had been amputated—even ones r e
moved years earlier—so I wasn't getting my hopes up.
Open your eyes, Mike. You gotta know for sure. Do it,
man. Do it now. Maybe it's not too late?
That was true. Maybe I hadn't been unconscious for
as long as I thought. The surgery m i g h t not have started
yet, and I might be lying in one of the waiting rooms. I
might still be able to get up and sneak out of here. One
way or the other, I had to find out.
Steeling myself against what I might see, I said a quick
prayer, opened my eyes, and reluctantly let them slowly
drift down the length of my body.
My right arm was gone, severed clean at the shoulder.
And so was my left.
C H A P T E R S E V E N T E E N
Dr. Marshall kept me heavily medicated with a mor¬
phine drip for the next two weeks, then slowly began
weaning me off the highly addictive painkiller. It was a
hell of a lot easier dealing with my double amputation
when Fd been high as a kite than when I started to crash
back down to earth. Call me crazy, but I much preferred
a drug-induced fantasyland where I still had both my
arms to the cold sterile world of my disfigured reality.
Healing was a slow and painful experience, made worse
by my murderously foul mood and combative attitude.
The doctors and nurses who attended to me were pro¬
fessional and somewhat sympathetic to my plight, but
whether they were j u s t doing their j o b or not, they were
part of the enemy camp and I hated them for it.
N o t once, in the entire three weeks I lay recuperating,
did Dr. Marshall come to see me. I liked thinking maybe
he was a little scared of m e , but it was more likely he just
didn't give a damn, labeling me as so unimportant I didn't
merit'the wasting of his precious time. I was nothing but
a commodity to him, flesh and blood spare parts kept in
cold storage in case he had further need of me.
Drake popped in and out all the time, unfortunately,
laughing at my pain and taunting me in childish ways
like tossing me a tennis ball and saying, "Here, Mike,
catchy He'd shriek like a loon when the ball would whack
me in the face, or thud painfully against my bandaged
shoulders. He enjoyed pissing me off, and loved hurting
me even more. As helpless as I was, I vowed to someday
pay that muscle-headed sadistic asshole back in spades.
The first day the doctors let me get out of bed was the
day my mind turned away from revenge and started l i n k ing seriously about escaping. The minute my feet hit the
floor, I was already planning and scheming, keeping my
eyes and ears open for a chance to bolt. Ironically, it was
Drake—the big cheese of security around here—who
gave me the opportunity I'd been waiting for.
He strutted into my room with his chest puffed out,
cocky as usual, and ordered the two nurses who'd just
finished changing my dressings to get out and stay out.
"Dr. Marshall's on his way to see you, Mike."
"What's he want?" I asked, curious, but more than a
little nervous to hear the answer,
"I think he needs your legs," Drake smiled, clearly
happy to be the bearer of such shocking news.
He pulled an apple out of his coat pocket, leaned
against a filing cabinet by the door, and silently enjoyed
his snack while relishing the terrifying effect his words
were having on me.
God no, not my legs! Not my fucking legs!
I had a vivid picture of me carved down to nothing,
lying upstairs in a bed beside Lucas and Charlie while
three nurses began sticking the IV tubes into my head,
neck, and torso to begin draining my first of countless
donations of blood. The vision was so powerful, so real,
I found myself unable to stand on my own power. Dis¬
oriented as I was, I tried grabbing hold of my dresser
drawer to support myself, but I had no arms to clutch
onto anything with, so I ended up sprawled out on the
floor near Drake's feet.
Drake found my spill comical, naturally, nearly
choking on the last bite of his apple he was laughing so
hard. "Oh man, I've got to get out of here. You're killing
me Mike, killing me!" Tossing his apple core toward the
garbage can, he headed out the door, pausing only long
enough to look back and say, "Dr. Marshall will be along
soon, so be nice. I'll see you later on, back in rehab."
Then he was gone, the heavy metal door swinging
behind him so that he assumed he'd left me alone in a
locked room. That was his mistake. Although the door
was automatically set to lock, as always, the chief of se¬
curity had failed to notice that his gnawed apple core
hadn't fallen into the trash can as he'd intended. Instead,
it had bounced off the top rim and rebounded to the
floor, coming to rest between the closing door and its
j a m b . Wedged between the two, the locking device
couldn't engage, leaving the door open about an inch.
Lying where I'd fallen, I held my breath, waiting to
see if the weight of the door would compress the apple
core enough that the latch would click, but it never h a p
pened. Hope surged through me like a charge of light
ning, b u r n i n g away my ghastly thoughts of the Bleeders'
room upstairs, and fueling my weakened body into ac¬
tion. I was back on my feet in seconds, rushing over to
the door. Getting out of this room didn't guarantee me
freedom, but it sure as hell was a good start.
How was I supposed to open the door? The knob was
way too big to try grabbing with my teeth, and if I tried
to nudge it open using my hip, I might j u s t as easily
push the door shut, locking myself in. I ended up using
my toes, t u r n i n g my left foot sideways, pushing them
through the gap, and prying the door open enough that
I could get my head and neck around to shove it open.
Drake was nowhere in sight, the hallway in both di¬
rections blessedly empty. Outside my room for the first
time in almost a month, I felt great, almost giddy with
excitement, thinking maybe this time luck would be on
my side and I'd be able to j u s t stroll on out of here un¬
noticed and unchallenged. I should have known better. I
hadn't made it more than a few steps when Dr. Marshall
wheeled around the corner, obviously on his way to my
room. He was dressed in a blue sweatshirt and faded
j e a n s , looking quite comfortable until the shock of see¬
ing me out wandering in the hall spread across his face.
"How did you get out of your room?" he asked, a
trace of alarm creeping into his normally confident
voice. "Where's Drake?"
"Right behind you," I answered, and as soon as he
spun his wheelchair around to look, I turned tail and
took off at full speed the opposite way.
Glancing over my shoulder, I saw Dr. Marshall pull a
Iong-bladed knife from under the cushion he was sit¬
ting upon, clamp it in his teeth so he could push with
both arms, and race after me. I was out in front, but the
small lead I'd bluffed for myself wasn't enough to stay
in front for long. W i t h every push of his powerful arms,
Dr. Marshall was m a k i n g up ground, closing in on me
at an alarming rate.
It was hard to run last with my arms no longer there
to pump back and forth. I felt constantly off balance, and
was having a heck of a time trying to run in a straight
line down the hall without veering off to one side or the
other. This wasn't going to work. I had to find someplace
to run where Dr. Marshall wouldn't be able to follow me.
W h e r e , though? W h e r e could I go, that a wheelchair
couldn't?
The stairs. He can't fallow me on the staircases.
I'm not the greatest with directions, but I'd been
around this building a time or two since arriving, and I
was reasonably sure I was heading toward the front of
the medical center. Running past several lab rooms on
both sides of the corridor, I now knew that the surgical
recovery room I'd been kept in was located on the sec¬
ond floor of the complex. There should be a stairwell
not too far ahead on my right. It would lead down to
the short concrete hallway that served as an entrance to
the four-story glass-roofed atrium I'd stood in when we
first arrived. The front door to the parking lot would
be there as well.
Sure enough, the door to the stairs came into view,
and when I made my cut to the right, bashing through
into the stairwell, Dr. Marshall had been so close to me
he couldn't turn the corner in time. He took a wild swipe
at me with the knife as his chair rocketed past the open
doorway like a Roman chariot, but his aim was way off.
N o t wanting to stand around and give him a second
chance, I started down the winding staircase, but
screeched to a stop. I could hear voices below me around
the bend in the stairs, male voices, two of them, maybe
three. I couldn't see them or tell if they were guards,
doctors, lab technicians, or D a r t h Vader's Imperial
Stormtroopers, but whoever they were, they were com¬
ing up toward me and I didn't want to run right into
their arms. To avoid them, my only choice was to turn
and head up the stairs instead of down. Maybe I could
hide out for a few minutes on the third or fourth floor,
j u s t until the men approaching from below made it to
wherever they were headed. Once the coast was clear, I
could shoot back down the stairs and try making it to
the front door.
Up I climbed, panic at being caught pushing me
along like a strong hand on my back. W h e n I rounded
the curve to the level area where the door to the third
floor opened, I started to realize I was in more trouble
than I'd thought. All the doors in this stairwell opened
inwardly from the various hallways, and in my panic to
evade Dr. Marshall I hadn't stopped to consider exactly
what that meant.
I'd had no trouble using my body to push down the
latch-releasing bar to ram my way into here, but from
this side to open the doors a person had to grab a little
handle and depress a small t h u m b lever as they pulled
backward. With no hands to grab the handle—and ob¬
viously no thumbs to depress the lever—there was no
way to open any of these doors and get back into the
hallways. I was trapped, with no other option than keep
climbing stairs until I ran out of them. If the men be¬
low were headed all the way to the fourth floor, I was
screwed.
I got lucky, for once. I'd j u s t started heading up from
the third-floor landing, when I heard the door below on
the second being pulled opened, and the mysterious
voices of my unseen pursuers fade to n o t h i n g as they
moved off into the carpeted hall. I paused, halting my
ascension, straining to hear if all the men had exited
onto the second floor, or if maybe one or two were still
climbing up. I heard a long, drawn-out squeak that had
to be the door swinging closed again, but once the
latch clicked, everything was quiet. No voices. No foot¬
steps. Nothing.
Pheeeew. Thank God!
That could have gotten ugly, but I was still okay.
N o w with the staircase all to myself, all I had to do was
make it down to the first floor, and hope I could find
some way to get to the front door of this creepy place. I
cautiously started back down the winding stairs, fully
expecting to hear one of the doors bang open at any
second. W h e n n o t h i n g happened, my hope was renewed.
I might make it out of here, after all.
That was when I rounded the corner leading to the
second-floor landing and saw Dr. Marshall sitting con¬
tentedly in his chair, waiting for m e , effectively block¬
ing my path with not only his body, but with the large
serrated knife he held casually in his lap. My feet grew
roots quickly, stopping me midstair. I shouldn't have
been surprised, but I was. Had I thought he'd j u s t let me
walk away?
Idiot!
W h e n he saw me, a huge feral grin spread across the
mad doctor's face, and in that second our eyes met, I
understood he knew I was trapped in this staircase, and
the only way out was through him. To tease me, he be¬
gan playing with his large knife, picking imaginary
dirt from under his fingernails with it. He was putting
on a show, trying to scare m e , but I tried not to let him
know it was working.
"Get the hell out of my way, asshole, or I'll give you
and your wheelchair a ride you'll never forget."
I half meant it too, considering charging into him
and trying to knock him backward off the level landing
area. I could imagine the satisfying scene of his arms
pinwheeling for balance as the wheels of his chair
tipped over the edge of the first stair, the overly smug
look on his face replaced by sheer terror at the knowl¬
edge he was in for a painful, potentially fatal spill.
Dr. Marshall j u s t laughed at m e , my threat having no
effect on his confidence. That was when I should have
charged, should have caught him when he wasn't pre¬
pared, but I didn't. I might have—probably 'wouldhsve.—
but he asked me something so odd and began doing
something that seemed so strangely out of place consid¬
ering our situation, it knocked me completely off guard.
"Tell m e , Mr. Fox," Dr. Marshall began, taking his
knife and j a b b i n g it into the blue denim material of his
pants near his left hip, and starting to cut down toward
his knee. "Have you ever stopped to think about my
legs?"
"Your legs?" I muttered, trying to figure out why Dr.
Marshall was in the process of cutting his pant leg off
before my bewildered eyes.
"You should have," he smiled, calmly starting to cut
into the fabric of his right pant leg now. "When we first
met, I told you I lost the use of them in an accident,
remember?"
I did, but I didn't bother answering. I was a little
freaked out as to why we were having this calm friendly
discussion in the first place. It was too surreal, Dr. Mar¬
shall's thin smile a little forced, and I didn't want to say
anything that might trigger his murderous rage.
Why the hell is he cutting off his pants?
"I was only forty-five when it happened. That's a long
time to live without legs, Mike. Too long, don't you
think? Especially if you happen to have the skills, cour¬
age, and the means to do something about it. Under¬
stand what I'm getting at?"
Dr. Marshall began to rise out of his wheelchair, the
shredded denim of his j e a n s falling to the floor as he
stood, the jagged pink scars encircling his upper thighs
clearly showing me where he'd grafted the new set of
legs onto his still-healing body.
Mother of God! He experimented on himself!
"It took three attempts, three pain-filled failures, be¬
fore I figured it out. I'd rushed into it, you see, too anx¬
ious and nowhere near ready. I learned from my mistakes,
though, waiting patiently this time until I worked out
the kinks, until I was sure it would work. My most
trusted surgeon did the operation for me and I've been
healing for about five months, working hard in physio¬
therapy before you even arrived here. It's working,
Mike. This time it's working. This time I can stand up.
I can walk." Then, holding up the long bladed knife t o
ward me, "And I can even climb stairs."
C H A P T E R E I G H T E E N
It wasn't until Dr. Marshall took his first tentative step t o
ward me that the full impact of what he'd just said hit me.
He can climb stairs.
If I'd been thinking clearly, I might have still decided
to charge the doctor, knock him flying while he was get¬
ting his balance, but I was scared, more than a little
confused, and instead of charging I fled up the stairs,
away from the doctor. Big mistake. Running away wasn't
going to help me. W h e r e was I going to go? I was trapped
in the stairwell, nowhere to go now but up, while Dr.
Marshall closed in on me from below. At some point,
we'd both end up at the top of the stairs, and using only
my legs I would have to fight off a knife-wielding mad¬
man.
Up the stairs I went, desperately trying to think of
some way to get out of this death trap I'd snared myself
in. Luckily, Dr. Marshall was having difficulties with
the stairs, his legs not quite healed enough to move as
quick as he wanted. I could hear him cursing below, as
he slowly inched up the stairs at a snail's pace, a deter¬
mined killer on feeble, fledgling legs. This would buy
me time, a reprieve at best, but not the full pardon I was
looking for.
Think, man. Think!
And I was, but thinking about various nasty scenarios
all ending with me being stabbed to death wasn't much
help, so I concentrated on climbing the stairs, deciding
to put as much distance between me, my pursuer, and
my morbid thoughts as I could.
I rounded the third-floor landing, wistfully eyeing
the door leading to the hallway, but it may as well have
been a solid brick wall, for all the good it did me. Grit¬
ting my teeth in panic and frustration, I continued on
up the stairs. W h e n the fourth-floor landing started to
come into view, I fully expected to see the inevitable
dead end that would seal my fate. There would be the
last of the stairs, the closed steel door, and then the
concrete wall where I'd have to make my stand.
What the hell?
Something wasn't right.
The stairs were there, and the steel door too, j u s t as
I'd thought, but there was no wall. No dead end. In¬
stead, there was another flight of winding stairs disap¬
pearing around yet another corner. Had I miscalculated
what floor I was on? N o , I was sure of that. This was
the fourth—and final—floor all right.
Then where do these stairs go? The roof? Heaven?
Did it matter? Up I went, but slower now, not sure
how there could be a fifth-story staircase in a four-story
building. Halfway round the bend the answer hit me.
The Tower Room.
The room on the front corner of the building with
the tattered flag flying on its roof that I'd spotted on
the day I'd arrived. That had to be it. My mind started
whirling, wondering if maybe this presented me with
any new options for survival, or if it j u s t delayed the
inevitable. Up I went.
As I rounded the corner where the next landing
would normally be, the staircase opened up into a large
room. There was a low h u m m i n g noise coming from
somewhere, j u s t barely audible, but loud enough that I
quietly crept up the final few stairs, pausing to peek
over the floor level stair to check out my surroundings
before I went any further. The tower room wasn't as
large as I'd pictured it from the ground, maybe twenty
feet by twenty, with a twelve-foot-high ceiling. It was
oval shaped, with two large stained glass windows set
into the wall farthest from the stairs. The room was
spotlessly clean, but filled to the point of being clut¬
tered with furniture, clothes, an expensive-looking ste¬
reo system, a computer terminal, lots of medical supplies,
free-standing oxygen tanks, and a brass-railed bed.
There was other stuff j a m m e d in the room, too, but
once I spotted the bed—or rather, who was lying on
the bed—nothing else in the room mattered.
No way. I can't be that unlucky.
Sure I could. Fourteen feet from me, Drake was
sprawled out, lying naked on top of the sheets, prepar¬
ing to have a nap. Just my luck, but this junk-filled
tower room was apparently his private apartment.
N o w what was I going to do? W i t h Dr. Marshall
slowly gaining on me from below, and Drake the Nean¬
derthal waiting above, my chances of getting out of this
mess were close to nil.
Fuck!
Looking back over my shoulder, Dr. Marshall was
still nowhere to be seen, but I knew he was coming—I
could hear his slow, lurching progress echoing up the
stairwell. At any second, I expected to see him round
the corner, a vicious grin plastered on his face.
Anoise above me brought my attention back to Drake.
The head of security was sitting up now, his back to¬
ward m e , facing the front windows. He stood u p , yawn¬
ing loudly as he stretched. It wasn't until he walked
over to a nearby table that I noticed he was sporting a
woody—his large penis fully erect, pointing at the roof,
slapping his belly with every step.
Just-what I need to see.
There was something set in the middle of the table he
was standing beside, something large covered up with a
white blanket. Drake carefully started removing the blan¬
ket. W h e n he did, I had to bite my lip not to shriek.
Oh my God!
Concealed beneath the blanket was a severed head
perched atop a glass, milky liquid-filled tank. Hundreds
of colorful wires ran from within the ragged neckline of
the head, down into the tank where they connected
along the length of barely visible spine. Wires also ran
away from the head, connecting into a circuit box be¬
side a computer terminal. Several large crimson-filled
tubes ran to and from the neck, over to one of the same
machines I'd been shown in the video we watched our
first day here. It was this machine that was making the
low h u m m i n g noise I'd noticed a few minutes ago.
Blood supply.
That thought made me realize what I was seeing.
This wasn't j u s t any severed head, this was the severed
head—the same guy I'd seen in the video. I recognized
the poor man's face. I could remember how it had given
me the creeps back then, when I still thought every¬
thing was on the level here. Seeing it now with my own
eyes, it was even more horrifying. H o w could someone
do this to another human being? It was viciously cruel.
Hell, it was diabolical!
Unfortunately, not nearly as diabolical as what Drake
was doing. The sick pervert was rubbing his t h r o b b i n g
cock on the side of the glass tank, slowly working it up
closer and closer to the head above. The defenseless
man's eyes were wide open in fear, his entire head and
spine thrashing about in a futile attempt to get away.
My mind flashed back to the day I arrived here, and
how Fd thought Drake had left the video show with an
erection hidden in his tracksuit, I hadn't been sure at the
time, wondering what he could possibly find erotic in
Dr. Marshall's body parts presentation, but now I knew.
Drake crawled right up onto the table, and was try¬
ing to put his engorged dick into the disembodied man's
tightly closed mouth, who was resisting the only way
he could. Drake laughed at his defiance, and started to
threaten him with a knife held to one of his eyes.
"Open up sweetie, or you lose your eyes," Drake
whispered, his voice dripping with lust.
Stop it, you sick perverted fuck!
I wanted to scream that out loud, and almost did, but
a shimmer of motion in the corner of my eye caught my
attention. Dr. Marshall, covered in sweat from his ex¬
ertions, was standing four feet away from m e , the large
serrated knife raised above his head, preparing to stab
me in the back.
I did scream then, long and loud, my reasons for
stealth now gone. I bolted up the remaining stairs, ran
right past Drake, and didn't stop until I had my back
pressed against the far wall. Drake looked shocked for a
moment, but regained his cool, climbing down from the
table to help Dr. Marshall up the last few stairs while at
the same time keeping an eye on m e . N o t that he needed
to—both he and Dr. Marshall wielded sharp knives and
I was an armless m a n with nowhere left to run.
"What the hell's going on?" Drake asked his employer.
"Rather obvious," the doctor said. "Our boy, Mi¬
chael, is trying to escape. N o t doing so well, though.
W h a t ' s that saying, Mr. Drake ... out of the frying
pan, into the fire?"
Drake started to laugh, neither he nor Dr. Marshall
seeming the least bit troubled by his nakedness.
"What are you going to do to me?" I asked, unable to
keep the fear and dread out of my voice.
Dr. Marshall smiled at m e , a cold, evil smile, then
said, "Whatever I want t o , Mike. Whatever I want."
My m o u t h went dry. I was so scared I couldn't have
spoken a word even if I'd known what to say. We stared
at each other in silence for a minute, then Dr. Marshall
continued.
"I'm not the monster you're convinced I am, Mr. Fox.
I haven't lied as much as you think. About the money,
yes, but not everything. I told you all I've ever wanted
was to help my poor unfortunate son. Remember?"
Of course I did. Lying bastard. "You're forgetting
something, Marshall. I was in y o u r supposed son's room.
I saw the plastic body and the fake wires. That was
n o t h i n g but a sob story to get us all on y o u r side. Noth¬
ing but bullshit, so save y o u r breath."
"Bullshit was it? You sure about that?" he asked.
Dr. Marshall limped over to the table supporting the
severed head and spine. He lovingly stroked the matted
hair of the man, then carefully repositioned the glass
tank so it was exactly in the center of the table. I couldn't
see the man's eyes from where I stood, but from the
way his head and spine were thrashing around, the man
seemed even more terrified now than while being mo¬
lested by Drake.
"Easy now," the doctor said, his voice as soft and as
soothing as he could manage. "Everything's gonna be
fine."
The tremors in the head gradually faded away, then
Dr. Marshall returned his attention to m e , spinning
the glass tank 180 degrees so I was looking directly into
the haunted eyes of the bodiless man.
"Mike, I'd like you to meet Andrew Nathan Marshall.
My son. Andrew, this silly man here is Michael Fox."
C H A P T E R N I N E T E E N
The silence in the room was deafening. That phrase
always seemed so cliche and ridiculous to me, until that
very moment. The quiet in the tower room was a tan¬
gible thing, the tension in the air so thick I was almost
choking on it, my mind spinning around trying to
comprehend what I'd j u s t heard.
His son?
He really does exist?
How could Dr. Marshall do this to his own son?
Why?
So many questions I wanted to ask, but I didn't. I just
stood there, temporarily forgetting my own dilemma,
forgetting everything as I stared into the bulging fright¬
ened eyes of the pitiable man before me I'd been stupid
enough to sign a contract to try to help.
How does he cope, beingforced to live life this way?
What must Andrew be thinking of all this?
What's he thinking about right now?
"Want me to take him out?" Drake asked his boss,
finally breaking the dead calm and shaking me out of
my stupor. "He's more trouble than he's worth."
"I'll be the j u d g e of that," Dr. Marshall said. "He's
still full of good spare parts. No sense wasting them."
"I suppose."
They were talking about me as if I wasn't even t h e r e ,
as if my opinion about the outcome of my life really
didn't matter. And I suppose it didn't—to them at
least—but it sure as hell did to me. There had to be a
way out of this. I couldn't j u s t stand here waiting for
Drake t o —
Drake!
An idea blazed through my head. Might not work,
but it was worth a try. W h a t did I have to lose?
"Hey Doc," I shouted, interrupting their casual con¬
versation about whether or not I should be killed out¬
right, or simply cut up for spare parts. "Do you have
any idea what Drake likes to do to your beloved son
when he's all alone with him? He forces Andrew to
suck his cock at knifepoint. I saw him myself j u s t a few
minutes ago. Look at the big fuckin' pervert. Why do
you think he's naked?"
It wasn't a great plan, but I hoped if I told Dr. Mar¬
shall how Drake was molesting his son, maybe I could
turn the insane surgeon's rage toward Drake, away
from me. Even if I could j u s t get them arguing enough
that I got a chance to bolt for the staircase. Give me a
three-second window of opportunity, and I'd be off like
a rocket, heading for the front door.
Instead of rage, as I'd hoped, Dr. Marshall started
laughing. Drake apparently found my comments hilari¬
ous as well, and was soon laughing along with his boss.
"Trying to make me jealous, are we, Mike?" Dr. Mar¬
shall asked. "Nice try, but let's j u s t say there's plenty of
Mr. Drake to go around for everyone."
What the hell does that mean?
I wondered if it was possible Dr. Marshall was so in¬
sane, so far gone, he didn't even care that Drake was
sexually abusing his son, Nah. Nobody could be that
heartless. Could they? Then I watched as Drake walked
over beside Dr. Marshall and his son, putting his arms
around both, of them. Dr. Marshall smiled, winked at
m e , then kissed Drake passionately on the lips. W i t h
his free hand, he softly caressed Drake's semiswollen
member, starting to bring it back to attention.
Sweet mother of Jesus!
They were lovers. I couldn't believe it. How much
more rucked up could this strange little family get? I
mean really, a brilliant but thoroughly insane neurosurgeon kissing his steroid-filled chief of security boyfriend
above the trembling head of his life-supported, disem¬
bodied son. N o t a pretty picture. Certainly not N o r m a n
Rockwell-inspired family material; that was for sure.
This was too much for me. I couldn't take any more.
I j u s t wanted out of h e r e , away from all this craziness
and perversion and back to my smelly little Dumpster
underneath the Carver Street Bridge.
Get real. You wouldn't survive a day on the streets. You've
got no fucking arms, moron!
My conscience was right, of course. There was no
going back for me. Only a fool would think otherwise.
I should never have let Drake talk me down off those
railway tracks the day he'd shown up in t h e limo. Should
have stuck to plan A and never even listened to his
crazy offer. Then again, maybe it wasn't too late.
Dr. Marshall and Drake were never going to let me
leave here—alive anyway. W h y not save myself the suf¬
fering and grief and spoil whatever nasty little plans
they had in mind for me. Call me crazy, but I'd much
rather go out on my own terms than theirs. I knew j u s t
how to do it, too.
"Hey freaks," I said to my captors, disturbing their
little petting session.
Dr. Marshall licked his Hps, anticipating violence,
and said, "Watch y o u r mouth, little man, or you j u s t
might lose that quick tongue of yours."
Drake took a step toward me, holding up his knife
for me to see. "It's time you learned some m a n n e r s ,
Mr. Fox."
T took a deep breath and prepared for what was com¬
ing. "Screw you, Drake. You two psychos deserve each
other, but I'm not sticking around and watching any
more of this bullshit. I'm out of here!"
I could tell my outburst confused them. "You're
what?" Drake asked.
"You heard me. I'm leaving."
Once the initial shock wore off, both Drake and Dr.
Marshall started laughing again.
"You're a funny guy, Mike, but I'm afraid you're not
going anywhere," Dr. Marshall said, "except back to my
operating room. You see ... I need your legs."
Ten minutes ago, that statement would have terri¬
fied m e , but not now. I'd moved past my fears, made
peace with myself, and was ready to take care of busi¬
ness. W i t h o u t another word, I made my move, run¬
ning full out toward one of the large stained glass
windows. If Dr. Marshall wanted my legs, he could
send Drake to scrape them off the front driveway five
stories below, along with the rest of me. Taking a
nosedive onto the pavement from this height—which
had to be sixty feet what with the high ceilings around
this j o i n t — a n d with no arms to cushion my fall, my
head would explode like an overripe tomato being
struck with a sledgehammer.
Perfect.
"Stop, you fool," Dr. Marshall shouted once it be¬
came obvious what my plans were. "Grab him, Drake.
Hurry!"
Drake came after me, but I knew I had the angle on
him. He knew it, too, but kept coming anyway. W i t h a
yell of pure triumph, I launched myself into the air,
easily shattering the lead-framed stained glass window
and was ready to fly free as a bird into the bright blue
yonder. Fly for a second or two, at least.
Wasn't gonna happen.
I hit the glass hard, breaking through it easily enough,
but my flight to freedom only lasted for another three
inches. That was when I hit face-first into the wire mesh
window screen bolted to the outside brickwork. It was
heavy-gauge mesh probably installed on these expen¬
sive windows to protect them and it stopped my forward
progress pronto, my nose painfully reduced to a red
pulpy mess upon impact, the rest of my face and body a
patchwork of cuts and puncture wounds from all the
exploding glass. So much for my great escape.
Bounced back into the tower room, I landed with a
heavy thump at Drake's feet, where he found the sight
of my bloodied face and body tremendously amusing.
He was laughing so hard, in fact, that Dr. Marshall was
the one who came over and held me down so I wouldn't
try r u n n i n g away again.
"Get the needle," Dr. Marshall said to Drake.
"What's the hurry? Why don't we let him have a run
at the other window? I'd love to watch that again."
"Just get the needle, we've wasted enough time with
this loser. I'm late for surgery."
"All right, it was j u s t a thought," Drake said, still de¬
lighted by my suffering.
I watched him walk over to a rolltop desk and remove
a large hypodermic needle from one of the drawers. He
filled it with a clear yellow fluid—probably the same
stuff he'd drugged me with down in the cellar—then
walked over and handed the needle to his boss.
Part of me knew I should be flailing about, scream¬
ing like a banshee, and desperately trying to get away,
but I j u s t didn't have it in me. I was battered, bruised,
and bleeding, and every inch of my body hurt like hell.
Worse still, the impact with the metal screen had r e -
opened my right shoulder wound, and with the amount
of blood I was leaking all over the floor, I was getting
light-headed, feeling n u m b , stunned, and more than a
little lethargic.
I'm sure I would have passed out on my own if they'd
given me another thirty seconds, but Dr* Marshall wasn't
taking any chances. He viciously plunged the hypoder¬
mic needle into my thigh, but I don't remember feeling
any pain. I never even screamed. Within seconds, every¬
thing went black.
C H A P T E R T W E N T Y
Speaking from the experience of someone who has
drank several hundred gallons of cheap, often home¬
made booze, then eventually progressing to stolen
Sterno, I knew what it was like to wake up with a head¬
ache. I was an authority on them, actually. I've had
more hangovers than I care to remember, but none of
those self-induced headaches hurt half as bad as the
way I felt when I finally woke up and slowly stirred back
to life.
My head was pounding, driving a six-inch spike of
agony through my brain with every blood-pulsing beat
of my heart. I didn't dare open my eyes. Heaven forbid.
Instead, I lay perfectly still, j u s t concentrated on tak¬
ing short, shallow breaths, and tried to ride out the
storm.
Must have been a hell of a party last night. Blue J and I
must have really—
Then, t h r o u g h all the pain and the hazy memories
filtering out of my drug-saturated brain, I remem¬
bered where I was and what had happened to me up
in the castle's tower r o o m . I tried to fight it, deny my
m e m o r i e s , because accepting the t r u t h would lead
me in a direction I simply wasn't ready to go. No
way.
Maybe Puckman brewed up another batch of that awful
Screech, and I drank so much I don't—
I gave up halfway through my pitiful attempt at avoid¬
ing reality. W h a t was the point? I knew perfectly well
where I was and why I had such a bad headache. All the
lies and wishful t h i n k i n g in the world weren't going to
help my situation or make me feel any better. Why
bother?
Because the truth scaredme too much, that's why.
Obviously the reason I had a headache was because
I'd been whacked out on drugs. W h y had I been drugged?
Because Drake was taking me to the operating room
for surgery. Why was I headed to surgery? Because Dr.
Marshall said—
He said he needed my legs.
Oh God, please. Not that. Not my legs.
Not my fucking legs.'
My thoughts seemed to freeze up. I wouldn't allow—
couldn't allow—myself to keep t h i n k i n g about this. I
wanted to die, right then and there. Die, before I found
out if anything had happened to me.
I opened my eyes.
Then I started screaming.
I didn't have proof yet that my legs were gone—I
hadn't looked down or anything—but I didn't need to.
Lying six feet away from m e , strapped in his own bed
and looking straight at me was Lucas, the older man
who'd begged me to end his suffering in the blood bank
room. He was shaking his head and looking at me with
a sad expression on his face.
"Welcome to Hell," Lucas whispered, then turned
his face away from me.
This can't be happening.
But it was. There was only one reason I'd be lying next
to Lucas. Dr. Marshall had made good on his threat to
take my legs from m e , and even worse, he'd decided to
put me up in his special room on the fourth floor. He'd
carved me up, and turned me into one of his Bleeders.
C H A P T E R T W E N T Y - O N E
I must have passed out again, because it was nighttime
when next I opened my eyes, the Bleeders' room deathly
quiet and in darkness. The only light came from the
window, the moonlight filtering in through a foot-wide
gap left in the heavy curtains. It was still too dark for
me to see much of anything, which was a little unnerv¬
ing, but at least my headache was a lot better.
I tried to sit up a few inches, trying to peer through
the gloom to get a look around, and that was when I
learned I was strapped to the mattress. So I didn't fall
out of bed, I suppose. With no arms or legs, it was prob¬
ably a good idea, but it pissed me off. I started twisting
and turning, trying to get myself free. I thrashed and
pulled and lashed my body around in a senseless fit of
pure adrenaline-fueled anger. Truth be told, my rage
didn't really have anything to do with the straps, they
were j u s t the last straw after I'd been so violated body
and soul lately. Eventually, exhaustion and pain calmed
me down, and I lay panting for air in the dark with tears
running down both cheeks.
"You okay, Mike?" a voice said on my right.
It was a familiar voice, but I couldn't quite place it. It
didn't sound like Lucas, but that's who'd been beside
me earlier, hadn't it? I turned my head and could make
out a big lump on the bed next to m e , but that was
about it.
"Who's there?" I asked. "That you, Lucas?"
"No. Lucas is in the bed on y o u r left. It's Red Beard,
M i k e , remember m e ? "
"Course I do. H o w you doing?"
Stupid question, but it was out of my mouth before I
thought about it.
"Same as y o u " Red said, "Cut down to n o t h i n g by
that filthy bastard surgeon, and wishing I was dead."
I looked around the room again, trying to see how
many other beds were filled.
"I can hardly see, Red, are Bill Smith and W h e e l s
here too?
"Nope. Just us. Wheels was for a while but he died in
his sleep. I think they took too much blood out of him.
Lucky bugger. Haven't a clue what happened to Bill
Smith, though. Never saw him again."
"Maybe Bill made a run for it and got out of here. I
tried that myself."
"Me too," Red Beard said. "That's how I ended up in
here. Piss Dr. Marshall off and this is where he sticks
you, I think. Oh, and don't worry about y o u r vision.
Your eyes will get better accustomed to seeing in the
dark once you've been here a while longer. You've only
been here for about three weeks. Give it,some time."
Three weeks?
"What are you talking about?" I asked. "This is my
first day, isn't it?"
Red laughed at that. "No, 'fraid not, my friend. They
brought you in at least two weeks ago, but I think it was
closer to three. They keep the new arrivals pretty
drugged, to keep the pain down and let y o u r wounds
heal without you moving around. You were probably in
a recovery room for a few days too."
Son of a bitch,
I guess that explained the killer headache—they'd
had me out like a light for weeks. It dawned on me then
that I had no idea what the date was, or how long I'd
been here at the castle. I didn't even know what m o n t h
it was.
"What's the date, Red? Any idea?"
"Does it matter?" he asked. "None of that makes a dfference anymore, so forget about it. Around here there
are only two days of the week you need to worry about.
Bad days, when they drain our blood, and good days,
when they leave us the fuck alone. That's it, good or bad.
N o t h i n g else matters."
We lay in silence for a long time, and I felt myself
starting to nod off again. I was sleepy but I had to ask.
"Hey, Red?"
"Yeah?" he answered, sounding tired as well.
"What day is tomorrow? "
I heard him take a deep breath; then in a soft whisper
said, "Bad. Get some sleep."
C H A P T E R T W E N T Y - T W O
Apparently I slept in. I woke up at the crack of dawn,
the sunlight j u s t starting to chase the darkness away,
but everyone in the room whose mind was still intact
was already wide-awake and starting to get nervous.
The nurses and the orderlies would be coming through
the door soon.
"It can't be that bad, can it?" I turned to ask Red
Beard, but it was old Lucas, on my left, who answered.
"You ever donated blood before?" Lucas asked.
"Sure," I said. "Lots of times. It was never that big of
a deal."
"Yeah, I agree with ya. W h e r e did they take it from?"
"What?"
"The blood. W h e r e did they take it out of y o u ? "
"Oh, my arm."
"Right. W h i c h arm do you want them to take it out
of today? Oh, that's right, you don't have anyfrtggin'
arms, j u s t like the rest of us, ya damn fool. They'll be
takin' it out of your head, for Christ's sake. Ever had a
big needle jabbed into your head, Mike?"
Lucas was obviously hot u n d e r the collar, but I wasn't
sure if he was genuinely mad at me for not killing him
when I'd had the chance, or if he was j u s t on edge,
nervous about what was about to happen. Probably a
bit of both, so I bit my tongue and didn't say anything
back.
"Relax, Lucas," Red Beard j u m p e d to my defense.
"He's new, it's not his fault he doesn't know what's hap¬
pening."
"I know," Lucas sighed. "It was j u s t such a stupid
question, and I feel like crap today. I j u s t want it all to
end, Red. I can't take much more of this, I really can't."
"I know, Lucas," Red commiserated. "We all want it
to end."
I felt a bit like a spectator at a tennis match, turning
to my left, then right, as my roommates talked back
and forth. W h e n they lapsed into silence for a moment,
I j u m p e d into their conversation.
"First of all, Lucas, I'm really sorry I didn't finish the
j o b , back when you wanted my help. You don't need to
forgive m e , but understand something. I wanted to
help, I tried to help, but I fucked up. I got scared and
ran to save my own ass. N o t that it did me much
good."
"Ah shit, Mike," Lucas said. "I don't hold it against
ya. I'd have done the same. It's j u s t this awful place. It
drives ya crazy. They torture us again and again, and
there's nothin' we can do about it. Wears a man down
after a while. Wears him until he snaps. Remember
Charlie, the guy who started screaming and brought
the guards r u n n i n g that night?"
"Yeah, I remember," I said, t h i n k i n g about how I
couldn't get him to quiet down and shut up.
"Well, he finally snapped. His body's still over there,
third bed on the right, but his mind has shut down and
gone bye-bye. God, how I envy him!"
"Don't say that, Lucas. You gotta keep fighting. We're
not dead yet."
He j u s t glared at me with that sad look on his face
again, as if he pitied my optimism, then turned his
head the other way and refused to talk anymore. I tried
a few times, but Red Beard told me to save my breath.
"Forget it, Mike," Red said. "He can get like this
before we get hooked up. He'll be fine in a while. It's
always better once t h i n g s are underway. You'll see."
"So tell me what to expect." I asked. "What are they
gonna do to us?"
"Okay. Here's the deal. Dr. Marshall goes through a
shitload of blood around here, keeping all his experi¬
ments going. He gets some of it shipped in from a few
legal blood banks, but most of the blood comes from
right here in this room.
"Take a look around, Mike. Counting you, we have
fourteen warm bodies strapped in tight and waiting for
the nurses. Fourteen! That's it to fill the demand for all
Dr. Marshall's experiments. You do the math."
"You can't be serious?" I asked. "He'd have to take a
bathtub of blood out of each of us."
Lucas chose this m o m e n t to decide he was in a talk¬
ative mood again. "Exactly! They damn near drain us
dry."
Red Beard quickly added, "Well, not exactly. It j u s t
feels that way. They take way more than they should,
that's for sure. I heard one of the nurses say the average
h u m a n body contains around ten to twelve pints of
blood, depending on their weight. Something like that,
anyway. Lose half your blood and you can kiss your ass
good-bye. Trouble is, with our limbs removed, we must
have less blood than an average human, right? Say seven
or eight pints, tops. They take two and a half pints out
of each of us, sometimes a bit more."
"Leaves you completely drained of energy and feel¬
ing like a sack of shit," Lucas said. "You'll be so tired,
you'll sleep the whole day away. Then they'll let us rest
tomorrow, so we can build up a new supply for them to
do it all over again."
I remembered something from the last time I'd been
in this room. "Why were some of you hooked up dur¬
ing the night, then? I remember seeing more than one
of you with the drain needles still in your head."
"Don't remind me," Lucas said, shuddering at the
thought. "We were working overtime. Getting punished.
It happens every now and then. Dr. Marshall accuses us
of holding out, as if we could, and he'll put us on the
slow drip all night long. The needles hurt like hell, and
it's j u s t his way of abusing us and keeping us scared of
him."
A few minutes later, two nurses and two large, mus¬
cular orderlies stormed into the room. They were all
business and went straight to work. The nurses set the
needles, and the orderlies hooked up the auto-siphon
machines beside the bed and were also available to beat
a little cooperation into any of us that dared to scream,
cry, or turn our heads away from the needle.
N o n e of them looked into any of our eyes or said a
single word of encouragement or commiseration. You'd
think they'd have at least some pity for us, but I never
witnessed even a trace of compassion as they went about
their cold methodical business.
How can these people be so cruel?
I don't know how much Dr. Marshall was paying
them, but it must have been bundles. There's no other
way anyone would be able to stomach doing this j o b
every second day. Unless—were they j u s t as fanatical
about the doctor's work as he was? N a h , had to be the
money.
Surprisingly, the long needle inserted into a vein
r u n n i n g along the left side of my face didn't hurt as
much as Fd been expecting it to. Going in, at least. It
wasn't until the orderly turned on the siphon machine
that things started getting bad.
Really bad.
All the previous times I'd donated blood in the outside
world, I can't say I remember ever feeling the blood com¬
ing out. You j u s t lay down on a bed, or sat on a chair,
waiting for the little bag to fill so you could head for the
dessert tray to claim your snack. Sometimes it might
take half an hour to complete your donation.
That wasn't the case for us Bleeders. They turned up
the juice on the machines, actually sucking the blood
from our veins instead of waiting around for Mother
N a t u r e and gravity to do the j o b . W i t h every pull of
the machine, I felt like I was going to pass out, the
blood surging within me as it was forced out the clear
plastic tube attached to my head.
W i t h i n minutes, it started to hurt. H u r t like a bas¬
tard, in fact, the pain steadily growing with every throb
of the machine. It might have been my nerves, or my
imagination, but it felt like it was pulling blood from
me harder and harder. I had this strange thought that
the next time the machine pulled, it was going to suck
my brain right from my skull out the tube like a big
scrambled lump of pureed jelly. It didn't happen, but
man did I get a splitting headache. Just as bad as the
drug-induced pain I'd experienced after waking from
my last surgery.
Headache or not, they kept sucking my life fluid out
of m e , taking more and more until I was sure they in¬
tended to bleed me to death.
Just like Wheels. Probably how they deal with all the
troublemakers, sucking the life out of us with a big straw.
I started to become delirious, screaming for someone
to help me, to stop them killing me like this. I thrashed
around in bed, fighting against the thick straps that held
me down,panicking,coveredinsweat, and three-quarters
out of my mind from having lost so much blood.
My screams brought the orderlies r u n n i n g and one
of them mercilessly ripped the needle from my head to
end my first session as Dr. Marshall's new blood donor.
W h e n he yanked it out, the needle scratched against
my skull j u s t above my ear. That set fireworks of agony
flashing down the entire left side of my body, tiny pin¬
points of light dancing in my glassy, unfocused eyes.
A nurse stepped forward and bandaged me u p , but by
this point I was so out of it, I barely knew what was go¬
ing on. I couldn't figure out who these people were, or
why they were standing around looking at me. Before I
could attempt to ask, the lights went out again and I
was plunged into a deep, dark, semidead sleep.
C H A P T E R T W E N T Y - T H R E E
I was r u n n i n g down the center of the street, rain soak¬
ing me from above, plastering my hair to my head as I
willed my legs to move faster and faster. I was dream¬
ing, of course, and fully aware of where it was my dream
legs were taking me, but I had no way of waking up or
changing my destination even if I wanted to. Finding
the dead bodies of my wife and son and the badly in¬
j u r e d body of my daughter certainly wasn't a pleasant
experience but at least I would see them again and that
counted for something.
My dream was always a bit fuzzy at the start, but
usually it started with the phone call. I was halfway
through my beer, t h i n k i n g how wonderful it was I was
ahead and sure to win the silly chug game when the
phone rang. I know now that it's for m e , but back then
it was j u s t a distraction that made me slow down enough
that my buddy beat me. We had a dollar on the line—
which seemed pretty important at the time—so I was
asking for a rematch when the bartender, Ronnie, tapped
me on the shoulder with a pallid, blank expression on
his face that made me think he'd seen a ghost.
"It's the police," Ronnie said. "Lookin' for you. You'd
better come take this."
"Hello?" I asked, reminding myself to keep my sen¬
tences short so I wouldn't slur my words.
Sometimes the dream played out in full; me swaying
on my feet as I tried to understand what the police of¬
ficer was telling me. Jackie, Arlene, and Daniel had
been in a car accident, a bad one, and things weren't
looking good. There was an ambulance on the way and
Jackie had told the cops where to find me before pass¬
ing out; the last words she'd ever say, and I wasn't there
to hear them.
Sometimes I got lucky, like tonight, and the dream
skipped ahead a few minutes to my mad dash in the
rain-drenched street toward the twisted piece of metal
and plastic that had once been our family's silver Honda
Civic. The car was upside down, the entire front end
gone, wrapped around a wooden telephone pole on the
soft shoulder of the road.
As I ran closer, I could see the windows were all
smashed out and it's right here I usually want to wake
up because I know from experience that in a few more
strides I'll be able to see Daniel's body still trapped in
the backseat, his blood-covered little arm waving in the
air for help. I'll run even harder to get to the car, but by
the time I make it there I'm always too late. Daniel is
still alive and looking at m e , but the light is fading in
his beautiful blue eyes and he dies before we can say a
word to each other. I don't even get to touch his offered
hand before he goes, and I'll hate myself forever for not
being able to run faster.
Something was screwy with tonight's dream, though,
something different, because when I ran up to the car
Daniel wasn't in the backseat. He wasn't in the car at
all, and neither was his mother, who by all rights should
be slumped over the wheel, partially impaled on the
broken steering column, as I'd actually found her. Arlene was there in the passenger seat, but she wasn't
covered in blood and screaming the way I remember.
N o , she was j u s t sitting there, quiet as a mouse, staring
at me with black empty eyes filled with hatred and ac¬
cusation.
There was a cop standing near m e , and I turned to
him and asked, "What's going on? Where's Jackie and
Daniel? They're supposed to be here, waiting for me in
the car like all the other times."
The policeman looked at me kind of funny, but
said, "The ambulance arrived about ten minutes ago.
They've taken y o u r wife and son to the closest medi¬
cal facility."
This was news to me. It certainly never happened
like that with the real accident so I wasn't sure how to
react or what to do.
"Are they dead?" I asked. Of course they were, but I
had to say something.
"No, sir. From what I understand, they're both busted
up pretty badly but the paramedic treating them said
they should make it if they get to the hospital in time."
"Which hospital?" I asked, feeling like a jackass for
getting my hopes up. I know I'm dreaming and they
both died years ago but none of that mattered right
now. If they're still alive, even j u s t in this crazy dream,
then I had a chance to see them one last time. See
them, hold them, talk to them, tell both of them how
much I loved them and how I was sorry I made Jackie
drag our family out on a stormy night like this j u s t be¬
cause I was too drunk to drive home myself. N o n e of
my words could change the past or make anything bet¬
ter, but I had to at least try.
"It's not far from here," the policeman said. "Get in
the cruiser, I'll take you there."
Arlene got out of the car and walked over toward us.
I held the police cruiser door open for her, thinking
and h o p i n g she was coming with m e , but she walked off
into the dark stormy night without another glance in
my direction.
She's walking out of my life, forever, I thought. At least
I had that part right.
Shaking my head to clear the rain and tears from my
eyes, I j u m p e d in the cruiser and waved for the cop to
get moving. On the ride over, I was praying I wouldn't
wake up. I wouldn't even speak to the police officer, think¬
ing that any change of thought or focus and my dream
might veer off in some other unwanted direction. This
was the closest I'd come to seeing my wife and son in
nearly four years and I knew it was too good to be true.
It wouldn't last, couldn't last, but if I could j u s t stay
asleep for five more minutes, to kiss Jackie one more
time, to hold little Daniel in my arms for just one m i n
ute, that was all I wanted. Was that asking too much?
My panic alarm started to go off as we left the city
limits, the police cruiser taking a left onto a paved road
that wound its way t h r o u g h a forest of tall sturdy trees.
There wasn't a hospital outside of the city. Was there?
Why hadn't they taken Jackie and Daniel to Buffalo
General. Surely it was closer to the accident scene than
this.
"Where are we?" I asked, looking at the policeman
for the first time since getting into his cruiser.
"We're at the medical center," he said. "Don't you
recognize the place?"
I looked back out the front window j u s t as the car
exited the woods and saw that we had entered the park¬
ing lot of N a t h a n Marshall's ugly red-bricked medical
center. There was an ambulance parked near the front
entrance, lights still flashing.
God, no! Not here!
"Why did they bring my family here? They need to
go to a real hospital. This place is evil."
"Evil? Listen, man, I don't know what to tell you, but
if you want to see y o u r wife and kid, this Is where they
are. If you'd rather I take you back into town—"
"No!" I screamed, a bit louder than intended. "Just
hurry u p , okay?" By the time we'd pulled to a stop be¬
side the ambulance, the policeman looked relieved to
see me get out of his car.
"Good luck, my friend."
I didn't bother answering or thanking him for the
ride. I took off r u n n i n g again. I couldn't bear the
thought of Dr. Marshall getting his hands on my fam¬
ily and every second might count. No one was inside
the ambulance so I headed for the front doors, only to
find both securely locked. I glanced back at the police
cruiser, ready to scream for help, but the words died in
my throat when I saw that it was Drake standing beside
the car, dressed in policeman blue and grinning at me
from under the brim of his rain-soaked hat. He pointed
at the door, then held up his big meaty fist and made a
knocking gesture in the air beside his head.
I didn't want to turn my back on Drake, but I was
more concerned for my family at the moment, so I
started pounding on the front door of the castle,
screaming for someone to let me in. The heavy door
swung open and Dr. Marshall's bitchy old secretary
ushered me in out of the rain.
"Where are they?" I asked, my fear barometer
steadily climbing, my patience gone.
"Relax, Mr. Fox. You'll find your family is quite well.
Dr. Marshall has taken care of them and they're both
resting comfortably up on the fourth floor. You can see
them anytime you'd like. I think you know the way."
With that, the secretary spun on her heels and walked
away into the high-domed atrium without a glance back
to see what I intended to do. N o t that I had any options.
The fourth floor—
Why would they have been taken to the fourth floor?
N o n e of the patient rooms were up there. The only
thing on that floor w a s —
No. Please, no!
I headed for the stairs, bolting up them two at a time,
moving as fast as I could. No matter how fast I moved,
though, I had a sinking feeling where this dream was
heading and there was no o u t r u n n i n g the shadow of
dread that followed, nipping at my heels. I burst into
the fourth-floor hallway and made a beeline for the
Bleeders' room halfway down the hall. It was the only
place up here my wife and son could possibly be.
At the door, I forced myself to walk inside. If I stopped
to catch my breath I might never work up the nerve to
go through with this. Jackie and Daniel were in the
first two beds on the right-hand side of the room, and
with one glance my worst fears were confirmed. Dr.
Marshall had cut their arms and legs off and turned
them both into Bleeders.
I ran to the foot of their beds, crying my eyes out
and wanting so desperately to tell them how sorry I
was this had happened, but I never got the chance.
Jackie took one look at me and turned her head away in
shame and disgust. Daniel, my pride and joy, didn't
turn away. N o , he looked right into my eyes and said,
"Look what you've done to us, Dad. I'll hate you for¬
ever for this."
I woke up screaming, my sheets soaked with so much
sweat it was as if I'd really been in the rainstorm of my
dream. I cried for hours, huge racking sobs, but no one
came to comfort me or see if I was okay. No one did
anything; not even the other Bleeders in the room with
me. Maybe they were used to hearing people scream,
or maybe they were lost within their own nightmares
tonight, and had no time to console me for mine. Ei¬
ther that, or perhaps there was j u s t no one left on earth
that gave a damn about me. ~
I closed my eyes and waited to die.
W h a t else could I do?
C H A P T E R T W E N T Y - F O U R
Lucas was right—this terrible place destroyed a man
after a while.
Wears him until he snaps.
I hadn't really understood the truth in what he'd said
at the time, and I hadn't been here even close to as long
as him, but as the days slowly turned to weeks, I had no
more doubts. As strong-willed and stubborn as I'd al¬
ways prided myself in being, I knew this place was go¬
ing to get the better of me. It was j u s t a matter of time.
The days when they drained our blood were a total
write-off—nothing but pain and suffering and, eventu¬
ally, the welcome embrace of unconsciousness. On the
off days, when they left us alone, all we did was sleep
and hope the world would come to an end. As nighttime
approached, the tension in the air would crank up a
notch or two, everyone's thoughts—mine included—
t u r n i n g to what awaited with the rising of the sun. Ex¬
haustion, anxiety, then full-blown fear were familiar
emotions, a never-ending cycle interrupted only by
sleep and the inevitable arrival of the nurses with their
new batch of needles.
I wanted to die. So did all of the rest of the Bleeders—
the ones still coherent enough to know what was being
done to them, anyway. Kill us quickly, and get it over
with. This slow torturous death we'd been condemned
to was inhuman and unbearable. There was no end in
sight, though, and nothing we could do about it.
At least things couldn't possibly get any worse.
Wrong.
"Why haven't they come yet?" I asked Lucas. "Have
they ever forgotten before?"
It was a bad day today, but the nurses and orderlies
hadn't shown up to hook us up to the machines. The
clock on the wall indicated that it was almost noon, and
so far, at least, not a soul had entered our room.
"Never," Lucas replied, fear evident in his hushed
voice. "Very strange. Something must be up."
The words were barely out of his mouth, when the
door burst open and in walked Dr. Marshall and Alex¬
ander Drake. An audible gasp was heard around the
room, but then you could have heard a syringe needle
drop on the floor, everyone deathly silent wondering
what was about to happen.
Uh-oh. This can't be good.
Dr. Marshall and Drake never came up to the fourth
floor to see us. Never. I highly doubted this was a
friendly social call.
Lucas was right. Somethings going on. But what?
They walked from one end of the room to the other,
creepily pausing to check each of us out closely, before
moving on to the next bed. Dr. Marshall had appar¬
ently discarded his wheelchair, and was now using a
sturdy cane to help him maneuver around. He limped,
but it was hardly noticeable. Quite a remarkable recov¬
ery, especially considering those weren't even his legs.
Made me wonder whose legs they were, and what they
had done to the poor bastard they took them off. Was
he lying here beside m e , somewhere in this room, or
had his usefulness wore out, and he'd already made the
trip down the W A S T E D I S P O S A L chute to the incinerator
down in the basement?
Dr. Marshall and Drake whispered over by the win¬
dow, t u r n i n g to point to one bed or another, then slowly
started making their way back to the door. My heart
began to pound when they stopped at the foot of my
bed and turned to look straight at me.
"You sure?" Dr. Marshall asked his sidekick.
Drake looked at me with eyes as cold, black, and un¬
feeling as those of a great white shark staring down his
prey. Then he took a step closer, a feral grin on his face
that made the resemblance to the shark even more
chilling.
"Oh absolutely. He's the one," Drake said.
The one what?
Ashamed of myself, I was uncontrollably shaking
with fear in the presence of these two madmen. A few
m o n t h s ago, I would have shot back a smart-ass com¬
ment, or at least told them to go fuck themselves, but
most of my courage must have been cut away with my
arms and legs, because I stayed silent, not daring to
speak.
"Fair enough," Dr. Marshall said. "Bring him down
as quickly as possible, Drake. We've wasted too much
time already. I'll go and see that things are ready."
"Yes, sir. Right away."
Dr. Marshall left without another glance back, the
other men strapped in their beds totally insignificant to
him, now that his decision was made. No sooner was he
out the door when a tall lanky orderly pushed a padded
leather-covered gurney into the room and made his
way over to stand beside Drake.
"Let's go for a ride, Mike," Drake said, loving every
second of this. Then to the orderly, he whispered, "Get
him out of here."
"Where you taking m e ? " I asked the orderly, as he
unstrapped me from my bed and roughly heaved me
over onto the bedside gurney.
He ignored my question, not even making eye con¬
tact with m e , so I snouted at Drake, "What's going on,
Drake? Leave me alone, damn it!"
He just grinned and turned away, motioning with his
hand for the orderly to follow. Within seconds, I was re¬
strained on the gurney and being pushed toward the door.
I managed to get a quick look at Lucas and Red Beard.
Both of them were trembling as badly as I was, their faces
paler than Arctic ghosts. I might never see them again,
and I wanted to say something to calm their fears and tell
them not to worry about me, but I never got the chance. I
was out the door and heading down the hallway before
I could think of a single thing to say.
C H A P T E R - T W E N T Y - F I V E
It was a terrifying and disorienting ride on the gurney,
having no idea where I was headed and being strapped
flat on my back, seeing n o t h i n g but fluorescent lights
flashing by on the ceiling as we hurried to catch up
with Drake. He was waiting in the elevator, holding the
door as we entered, still g r i n n i n g at me like an evil
clown with a dirty secret. I knew better than to ask him
anything, so when the doors closed, the three of us
rode down a couple of floors in silence.
Another mad dash down the hallway, once again rac¬
ing to follow the chief of security (Was this the second
floor, or the first?) until Drake finally stopped at a double
set of solid wooden doors, putting his hand on a
wall-mounted scanner and waiting for clearance.
"I'll take him from here, Steve," Drake said to the
orderly, shooing him away and guiding the gurney him¬
self through the open doorway.
Once inside, with the door securely locked, Drake
wheeled me to the center of the room and flicked a
switch on my gurney that enabled him to stand me al¬
most upright, so I could see t h i n g s easier. N o t that
there was much to see. It was quiet inside the room; the
temperature cool and the air heavy with moisture,
reminding me of the saltwater aquariums my father
had taken me to at Marineland in Niagara Falls when I
was a kid. W h e n I craned my head around, I couldn't
see any water, nothing but a big empty room with
Drake and I as the only occupants.
"That you, Drake?" a familiar voice asked.
It was Dr. Marshall's voice, but I still couldn't see
him, or tell where it was coming from.
"Yes, sir," Drake responded. "Ready when you are."
Dr. Marshall appeared out of nowhere, seemingly
walking through a brick wall, until I noticed the heavy
dark curtain flopping back into place and realized there
was more to this room than I was seeing. He walked
over to us and stopped right in front of m e .
"Morning, Mr. Fox," Dr. Marshall started, his tone
light and jovial, which immediately made my skin
crawl. "Consider yourself lucky, my friend. You've been
chosen to take part in something incredible. Some¬
thing, dare I say, miraculous^
I actually started to laugh. I didn't mean t o , but I
couldn't help it. Perhaps my brain was a bit fried and I
was getting close to losing it, but the thought of me be¬
ing considered "lucky" was so far beyond ludicrous, I
couldn't help but chuckle.
"What's so amusing?" Dr. Marshall asked, the friendly
smile sliding off his face.
I knew better than to piss this psycho off further, but
I j u s t didn't care anymore. Screw him!
"You are," I shot back. "What's wrong with you?
You've cut me to shreds and turned me into something
that's not even h u m a n anymore, and I'm supposed to
feel lucky? Oh, for sure! T h a n k s so much, sir. God you're
pathetic. You're so freakin' out of your mind it's comi¬
cal, man. Just kill me and get it the fuck over with."
The room was quiet after my little tirade-—really
quiet—nobody m a k i n g a sound. Dr. Marshall stared at
m e , his body shaking with tension, hatred clearly shin¬
ing in his eyes, but he took a fall minute to compose
himself before speaking.
"Show him, Drake. Open the curtain."
Drake hurried over to the area where the surgeon
had appeared from a few minutes earlier, and found the
split in the center of the cloth. He opened the right-hand
half of the curtains, dragging the heavy drapes over
and securing them to the wall with a matching cloth
tieback bolted in place.
Beyond the curtain, the rest of the room was in dark¬
ness. I could make out a large glass container of some
sort, but with the way the meager light from this side of
the room was casting shadows, I couldn't make out what
I was supposed to be seeing.
Then Drake turned on the lights, and the breath was
literally sucked from my lungs as I stared in disbelief at
what was inside the glass tank.
It was the naked body of a well-conditioned m a n — o r
what used to be a m a n , at any rate—but the head was
missing and there was a massive cut on the body's back,
from the neck to j u s t above the buttocks, where the
man's spine had also been surgically removed. It wasn't
dead, though. N o t even close. W h a t looked like mil¬
lions of tiny colorful wires and electrodes trailed down
into the grievous neck and back wounds, presumably
attaching into the body's complex central nervous
system because the body was twitching and dancing
within the liquid-filled tank like a drunken vaudevillian actor.
"What on earth is that t h i n g ? " I worked up the cour¬
age to ask, my curiosity getting the better of my fear
for the moment.
Drake laughed, walking over to whisper in my ear,
"That thing, Mike, is what we're calling a flesh suit.
Basically, it's a body in waiting. It's what's left of your
buddy, Bill Smith. Should have been you actually, now
that I think of it."
Bill?
"What do you mean?" I asked.
"We t h o u g h t it was Mr. Smith who'd snuck into room
301 during your first night here. We thought he was
the guy who discovered Andrew's room was a fake, so
we grabbed him the very next night. It should have
been you."
"But why?" I wanted to know. "Why would you do
something like this to him, or to anyone?"
Dr. Marshall answered this time. "Two reasons. To
shut him u p , for one. We didn't want him telling the
rest of you what we thought he'd seen in Andrew's room.
We soon found out we'd made a mistake, but by then it
was too late to turn back. M o r e importantly, I needed
his body for the most important experiment of all, the
final step in my plan to free Andrew from his long life
of misery."
Dr. Marshall bent over and stuck his face inches away
from mine then continued, saying, "You can call me
insane all you want, Mr. Fox, and this might strike you
as comical and seem like n o t h i n g but a big j o k e , but
this is serious to m e , you worthless little piece of s h i t . . .
deadly serious, and whether you like it or not, you're
going to help me. Understand? Andrew is going to
walk."
N o w I was m a k i n g the connections, putting it all
together as far as Andrew was concerned, but where did
I fit into all this madness?
"What are you gonna do to m e ? " I asked.
Dr. Marshall backed up a few steps and started smil¬
ing again, his friendly demeanor back in place.
"Simple really" he said. "I'm going to do to you ex¬
actly what I plan on putting Andrew through. He's in a
very unstable condition, and time is of the essence, but
I don't want to rush ahead and screw up. He's only got
one more chance, and I have to make sure all the kinks
are out of my procedure. That's where you come in.
You're going to be my final test, Mike. I'm going to try
the entire procedure on you first to make sure it works.
Then I'll be ready to heal Andrew."
I couldn't think of a single thing to say. I was shocked,
and it must have registered on my face because Dr. Mar¬
shall started reassuring me things would be okay.
"Don't worry, Mr. Fox. Everything will turn out
great. Glorious, in fact. You've seen my experiments, so
you know I can do this. You should be grateful, really.
I'm going to give you back arms and legs, Mike. Think
about it. I'm going to make you walk again. You and
Andrew both!"
There was part of me buying into the doctor's crazy
spiel—a large part of m e , actually I had no doubts the
doctor could successfully do what he was planning, and
I desperately wanted to have my arms and legs back and
be able to stand on my own two feet, rather than being
strapped to this stupid gurney. Technically they wouldn't
be my arms and legs, but in the half-bonkers state of
mind I was in, that was starting to sound better than
nothing.
But then I took another look at Bill's electronically
animated body dancing in its tank in front of me and
realized that to put me inside that body, Dr. Marshall
would have to cut me down even further—down to my
head and spine j u s t like Andrew—and that was some¬
thing I j u s t couldn't handle. Another surgery would
surely drive me insane and I didn't want any part of it.
"Please don't do this," I pleaded. "I didn't know him
all that well, but I don't wanna wear Bill's body. I
couldn't live with myself. I'm begging you. Just kill me
now and let it be done with, okay?"
"Bill's body?" Dr. Marshall questioned. Drake and
he started to laugh. "Don't worry, you won't be wearing
Bill's body. Are you crazy?"
I didn't understand what I had said that was so funny.
I was tired and very confused. Had I missed something
or heard the doctor wrong?
"You're not going to put my head on that body? But
you j u s t said—"
"Of course not, you fool," Dr. Marshall interrupted.
"You think I'd waste a specimen like this on you? Bill
Smith's flesh suit is perfect. It's fit as a fiddle and blem¬
ish free. It's the ideal new body for Andrew."
He nodded to Drake, who happily walked over to the
left-hand curtains still drawn across to the middle of
the room. W i t h a wink, Drake slowly shoved this half
of the heavy drapes to the side wall, revealing a second
glass tank and a second flesh suit dancing in its own
watery grave.
Sweet mother of Jesus!
The glass tanks and the myriad color-coded wires
were virtually identical, but that was where the similari¬
ties ended. Bill Smith's body might have looked strange,
suspended without a head, but at least it still looked rela¬
tively human. W h a t was in the other tank could only be
described as grotesque—a flesh suit made with bits and
pieces from several different bodies (torso, hands, feet,
arms, legs, fingers, toes), the parts all sewn and grafted
together to make a hideous parody of a h u m a n being.
"This is your flesh suit, Michael," Dr. Marshall said.
"I pieced it together from the various experiment parts
I had lying around. It's an amazing accomplishment in
itself, really, with more than twelve different body do¬
nors being used in all. Add your head and spine into the
mix, and we'll have used thirteen. A nice baker's dozen.
I know it's not quite as attractive as the suit Andrew
will be getting, but beggars can't be choosers. W h a t do
you think?"
My mind froze on me again. My thought processes
ground to a halt. Looking at the monstrous body that
might soon be my own, I couldn't think or say anything
that might help get me out of this crazinessi Partly fas¬
cinated, partly curious, but mostly horrified, I j u s t stared
up at the headless dancing Frankenstein and prayed to
die before Dr. Marshall could do to me what I knew he
had planned.
God wasn't listening.
"Mr. Drake," Dr. Marshall said. "Take Michael down
the hall, will you? Operating room three is prepped
and ready for us."
"Be a pleasure, sir," Drake said. "A real pleasure."
C H A P T E R T W E N T Y - S I X
The mirror had to have been Drake's inspiration. His
sick twisted idea of humor to torture my fragile mind
even further. Instead of breaking me completely, as I'm
sure he'd hoped, if anything, it made me stronger.It
replaced my fear and anxiety with good ol' red-blooded
American bitterness and hatred, and I needed that in¬
tense level of anger to sustain me through the senseless
indignities I was being forced to endure. Rage became
my companion, my ally, my savior.
W h e n I'd first opened my eyes, I thought they'd put
me into a room with Andrew, put us so close together I
was looking right into his haunted-bloodshot eyes, and
seeing his ragged neckline with its multitude of wires
leading down to his thrashing submerged spine. But
once I fully awakened and my mind became a little
clearer I recognized the eyes, nose and. jawline of the
person I was gazing at, and noticed the thin wooden
frame around the perimeter of the silver-backed glass.
A man in a mirror—three guesses, first two don't count.
Drake had obviously put the mirror there j u s t so I
could see what they'd done to me. It wasn't enough for
me to know I'd been reduced down to a disembodied
head and spinal column—he wanted me to see it with
my own eyes.
It's impossible to describe the series of emotions that
washed over my damaged psyche at that moment. For
Christ's sake, what are you supposed to think and feel
when you can look down and count the number of ver¬
tebrae in your spine? Maybe shock, horror, sadness,
denial, self-pity, fear, or insanity? Yep, I had all of those
emotions, but as I said, it was when I started to get
m a d — n o , make that furious—about what they'd done
to me, that was the emotional life preserver I desper¬
ately latched on to. It wasn't much, but my wrath was
all I had left. Either that, or take the big plunge and go
straight out of my freakin' mind.
I was left alone for a long t i m e , silently staring at
what was left of my decimated body, my anger building
and building until I was sure steam would start leaking
from my ears. I couldn't even scream. I tried, you can
be sure of that, tried and tried, but no sound was com¬
ing out I didn't have any vocal cords left, or lungs to
push air up past them to make sound. All I could do was
open and close my mouth, raging in silence.
I soon realized it wasn't my voice I missed most, or any
of the rest of my body. It was the beating of my heart.
Normally we don't even hear it, or put any thought to¬
ward the j o b it performs—until it's gone, that is. I was
still being supplied with sufficient blood to keep my
brain alive-and functional, but somehow it wasn't the
same thing. Although I could hear the similar sounding
thump-swish noise of the heart/lung bypass machine, the
blood flowing through me was no longer mine, and no
word of a lie, I could tell the difference.
Stop getting so fucking philosophical. These bastards have
cut away your whole damned body, why the fuck are you so
worried about your heart? Get over it.
I suppose that was good advice. Made sense, and
jolted my mind back on track. Right now, I'd probably
trade ten good hearts for one meaty fist and a powerful
arm to take a wicked haymaker at both Drake and Dr.
Marshall. That would be sweet, but it was a stupid, ir¬
rational thought. N o t the last, I was sure. I was losing
it, big t i m e , and I knew it. There j u s t wasn't much I
could do to stop it. Then again, maybe sanity was over¬
rated. W h a t good would it do me in my present condi¬
tion? I'd be far better off nutty as a fruitcake, lost in a
delusional sense of reality that had me strolling down
an imaginary white sandy beach with some dark-skinned
beauty on my arm. Wouldn't I?
I spent a minute thinking about the dream beach,
but my illusion was shattered when I heard Drake call
my name from somewhere behind me.
"Looking good, Mike," he said, walking around and
removing the mirror from in front of me.
The tank that held my spine was situated on a low
table near the floor, and I had to crane my neck to look
up at him. The muscle-bound head of security stared
down at me for a full minute without speaking, then
bent down to my eye level, leaning in so dose our noses
were actually touching. His breath stank of stale whis¬
key, but from the slightly glassy look in his drunken
eyes, I was sure I had more to worry about from Drake
than j u s t his bad breath. He had the look of a hungry
predator about him, and there was no doubt I was defi¬
nitely easy prey.
"How you feeling, little man? You cold? I should get
you a s w e a t e r . . . oh, sorry. Sweater wouldn't do you
much good, would it? Perhaps a nice warm hat?"
Drake burst out laughing, spraying my face with spit¬
tle. I hated him more than anyone else in the world at
that moment—even Dr. Marshall, who was most re¬
sponsible for what had happened to me. At least the
doctor was driven by his mad obsession to help his only
son. Drake acted the way he did out of sheer vicionsness.
He was a wickedly evil, pretentious bastard and I vowed
to myself that I'd hang on, somehow find the courage
and strength to live long enough to see him die.
"Dr. Marshall wants to talk to you. Said he'd be along
in a few minutes." Drake leaned down to whisper in my
ear, "What should we do while we're waiting?"
He stepped back a few feet, pretending to ponder it
for a moment, and then started to undo his pants.
You wouldn't DARE?
Of course he would. Seconds later, he had his man¬
hood in his hand and was stroking it hard.
"I've had my eye on you right from the start," Drake
said in a lusty growl. "I like 'em feisty like you, Mike.
N o w you be good, or ol' Drake's gonna have to hurt
you real bad. Understand?"
Perfectly. I opened my m o u t h up as wide as I possibly
could—an open invitation for him. Drive it home, big
boy, see what it gets you!
God, I hoped he'd be stupid enough to do it. If he
stuck that filthy thing in my mouth, there was n o t h i n g
on earth that would stop me from taking a chomp. He
could threaten me with pain, endless suffering, and even
death, but I didn't give two shits about any of that. If he
stuck it in, he was gonna lose it. Guaranteed!
Do it, Drake. Do it!
Something in my eyes must have given my intentions
away, because I saw him hesitate, think things through,
then decide maybe his present course of action wasn't
exactly the smartest. I swear I saw a flicker of fear race
across his face and when his penis started to soften in
his hand I knew I'd gotten the better of him.
"You're not worth the bother," Drake said, trying to
backpedal and cover his tracks.
He was far too macho to ever admit I'd managed to
scare him. Instead he zipped up his pants and walked
out of the room without saying another word.
He sulked back a few minutes later with Dr. Mar¬
shall, who seemed to be walking around much better
now than I remembered. Made me wonder how long I'd
been floating around in recuperation land this time and
I actually tried to ask, forgetting I couldn't speak. The
doctor saw my lips moving and walked over.
"Save your strength, Mr. Fox," he said. "I've tried to
master reading lips, so I could communicate better
with Andrew, but I j u s t don't seem to have the knack
for it. Besides, I've come to tell you some great news."
I highly doubted that, but what could I do but wait
for him to spill the beans?
"I've gone over all the test data at least twenty times,
Michael. Everything looks exactly as I'd predicted and
hoped. We're ready to go ahead and do the transplant.
Yours that is, not Andrew's. I still need to study the re¬
sults of y o u r transplant into the flesh suit before I com¬
mit to doing Andrew."
This was his good news? That I was headed back for
more surgery? Admittedly, I sure as hell didn't want to
remain in the pitiful helpless condition I was in now, but
the thought of being sewn up inside that hideous patch¬
work body I'd seen clumsily dancing in the second tank
was too much to contemplate rationally. I mean, how
could I possibly exist within a body made up of thirteen
different people? Michael Fox: from street bum to Fran¬
kenstein, in four easy steps. W h a t a nightmare.
I started to panic, helpless to do anything but squirm
around and shout silent obscenities, but I had to do
something. I couldn't j u s t sit idly by and be turned into
a walking freakshow without at least trying to fight.
N o t that it did me any good. As soon as Dr. Marshall
saw me getting agitated and dangerously thrashing
around, he filled yet another of his seemingly endless
large syringes and injected it into one of the tubes
flowing in and out of my neck. I felt the drug's effect
immediately, and was powerless to fight against it. My
eyes were closing before he even withdrew the needle.
"Don't worry, Mr. Fox " I heard Dr. Marshall say
from what seemed like ten miles away. "You won't need
to suffer in this bodiless state much longer. Fll have
you fixed up in no time at all. You'll feel much better
the next time you open your eyes. Like a new man, in
fact. Literally, a ... whole ... n e w . . . man."
PART F O U R
T H E M O N S T E R
C H A P T E R T W E N T Y - S E V E N
For a while I disappeared. Gonzo. I lay perfectly still,
strapped down unnecessarily tight in a bed, in a room,
in a hospital, in a world I had no knowledge existed. I
was far beyond any sort of rational thought, confused
and disoriented for several eternities, as time laughed
and passed me by.
The first thing I remember noticing were the lights.
I've done a lot of strange things in the past, but for
the life of m e , I couldn't figure out when (or why, for
that matter) I'd decided to become an astronaut. Didn't
they have fairly rigid standards about the people ap¬
plying for that type of work? N o t t o be self-depreciating,
but come on— me? Surely N A S A could do better than
that. One m o m e n t I was in a cold dark place (the
shuttle's cockpit?) with my eyes closed, then the next
someone pushed the blastoff button and I opened my
eyes to a galaxy of exploding planets, fiery comets,
and shooting stars—an u n e n d i n g supernova of bright
lights and awesome colors that were truly awesome
sights to behold.
Were there really rainbows in outer space?
I was tripping, of course, the blinding light show tak¬
ing place only in my mind, my brain saturated with
enough pain medication, it was probably draining out
of my ears onto the pillow. For m o n t h s I was a full
card-carrying member of Star Command, only touch¬
ing back down to Earth long enough to refuel my meds.
Good thing too, because gravity hurt like hell. I was in
such extreme agony it hurt too much to waste energy
screaming. It felt like my body had been crushed to
pulp in an industrial metal press.
Later—much later—the stone-faced nurses told me
that Fd wake up screaming, "Send me back. Send me
back to the fucking moon." And with one push of a sy
ringe they'd do j u s t that—bless their cold little hearts.
Houston, we have a problem.
No doubt.
C H A P T E R T W E N T Y - E I G H T
Drugs are wonderful things sometimes, having the
power and strength to mask, in fact alter reality for an
indefinite period of time. But all things pass—whether
good or bad—and eventually so did my j o u r n e y s to the
stars. I'd be lying through my tightly clenched teeth if I
didn't admit I missed them.
Being a juiced-up astronaut was far better than being
a monster. And there was no doubt in my mind that's
what I'd become—a pieced-together nightmare of thir¬
teen mutilated men. Perhaps I was being overly harsh
with that assessment; after all, having a body again had
to be a step up from the liquid-filled glass tank I'd been
calling h o m e , but no matter how hard I tried to get
my head around this, I couldn't change the way I felt. I
should be dead. No ifs, ands, or buts about it. Every¬
t h i n g about my continued existence was j u s t wrong.
But damn it, I wasn't dead.
So where did that leave me? Well, in pain, for one
thing. Son of a bitch I was hurting. They hadn't taken
me off all my pain meds, even the nurses weren't that
cruel. I was still on a shitload of them, but they'd be¬
gun what they said was my tapering-off stage. Appar¬
ently the powers that be wanted me coherent enough
that I could get started on my next phase of torture. It
was called rehab.
"Get the hell up," the nurse said, her tone sharp, con¬
frontational. She was a chubby, sour-faced old dame with
her gray hair cinched up in an ubertight bun. She
looked a bit like the secretary downstairs. Had the
same miserable disposition, anyway. I'd never seen her
before and those were the first words out of her m o u t h
as she walked in my room. No good m o r n i n g , no how
ya feeling today, no nothin'. A real sweetheart, this one
was, I could already tell. W h e r e did Dr. Marshall find
these people?
"I am up," I said. "Been awake for an hour already for
Christ's sake, waiting in agony for you to bring me my
meds. Where's my regular nurse?"
She ignored me, of course. They all did. I could rant
and rave, scream, cry, or bark like a dog and none of
them seemed to give a shit. Most of the time I j u s t kept
my m o u t h shut. These weren't my vocal chords I was
speaking with, and my voice still scared the hell out of
me every time I opened my mouth. It wasn't necessarily
a bad voice, nothing freaky like Pee-wee H e r m a n or
overly irritating like Arnold Horshack from that old
70s television sitcom, Welcome BackKotter, but it was
higher pitched than the voice I'd gotten used to and it
freaked me out too much when I started thinking about
whose voice I might have.
"I didn't say, wake up." The old nurse was bending
over, squinting to read my chart on the clipboard at the
foot of my bed. "I said get up! There's a difference. Bet¬
ter clean out your ears and start listening or you and I
are gonna butt heads, you hear?"
"What are you talkin' about?" I asked. "Who the hell
are you?"
"Call me Junie. I'm y o u r resurrectionist."
"Mywha—"
"Your physiotherapist, dumbass, but resurrectionist
somehow seems m o r e appropriate, for most parts of
you anyway."
"Fuck you," I said. Every inch of my body ached and
my head felt like shit. I wasn't in the mood to play word
games and be the brunt of this old bitch's warped sense
of humor. "Give me my meds and get out of my room!"
She stared at me for a long time, stared hard and mean
as a snake. I was pretty sure it had been a long time
since anyone had told her to fuck off, and I could tell
she didn't like it much.
"You're still not listening," she said. "I told you to get
up and I meant it. It's time to start your rehab. You've
lain around long enough. Doc Marshall expects results,
I hope you know. He did his part; time for you to do
yours. On your feet, boy."
N o w I was really pissed off. I'd been torn apart and
sewn back together with discarded spare parts, been
strapped to this ungodly hard bed for who knows how
many bloody months, and my patchwork body hurt me
so bad right now I had to fight hard not to scream. W h o
was this stupid old bat to j u s t walk in here and com¬
mand me to stand up? My resurrectionist—ha! Screw
that.
"I'm not sure what cemetery they dug you up from,
lady, and I really don't care, but someone should've
clued you in to the fact I can't j u s t leap to my feet.
Stand up? Hell, you may as well ask me to float upside
down and dance the j i t t e r b u g on the ceiling. I can
barely move, asshole!"
"Nonsense," Junie said, having none of it. "Stop be¬
ing such a crybaby. This may be the first time you re¬
member seeing m e , but I've been monitoring you for
m o n t h s . W h i l e you were recuperating in a semi-coma,
Dr. Marshall had me hook you up to his fantastic
machines to continually stimulate your new muscles and
stretch out your ligaments and tendons. W h i l e you
slept, y o u r new body parts have been getting to know
each other. We've rigorously worked y o u r arms, legs,
neck, back, h e l l . . . even y o u r fingers and toes. So
don't get all huffy and tell me you can't move. I've
damn well watched you and know you can. Have you
even tried? Or have you been too busy feeling sorry
for yourself?"
"Of course, I've tried," I lied. "I can't do it. I get the
shakes and a lot of leg cramps that make me move.
They damn near kill me, but it's nothin' that I can con¬
trol. Besides, I'm hurtin' way too much right now for
this bullshit. Give me my meds and an hour to let them
kick in and I promise I'll try anything you want. N o t
now, though. No way."
The old physiotherapist shot a look of pure hatred
toward me, then shook her head in disgust. "You're
pitiful, Mike, but the whining stops today. Right now.
You want your pain medication? Here, come an' get 'em
for yourself."
She walked over and placed the familiar plastic con¬
tainer containing my multicolored happy pills on the
roll-away wooden meal tray, positioning it against the
side wall of my room, about seven feet to my right.
Then she turned to leave.
"You can't be serious," I said. Junie didn't answer me.
She was already out the door and gone.
It took a full fifteen minutes before I finally accepted
this wasn't some sort of weird trick and she really wasn't
coming back. Junie the resurrectionist was gone and
my pain meds weren't doing me a lot of good sitting
halfway to the door.
SOB ofa bitch Now what am I gonna do?
I stared at the plastic cup holding my pills—close,
sure, but they may as well have been on the other side
of the planet. My eyes wandered to the emergency call
button attached to a long white cord beside my bed. All
I had to do was push that little red button on the end
and one of my regular nurses would come running.
Surely they'd give me my pills. But first I had to get a
hold of it, and in my condition that was impossible. Or
was k? I had a sneaky feeling trying to use my new
arms would hurt like a bastard, but what alternative did
I have? I had to at least try. Either that or j u s t lay here
and suffer.
Okay then, finger first.
No real reason for it, but I made up my mind to try
wiggling my index finger on my right hand, then work
my way up to trying to move the whole arm. Seemed as
good a plan as any. If crazy old Junie was telling the
truth about them working my muscles while I'd been
napping, this should be a piece of cake.
My finger moved; wiggling on command like it was
nervous. Trouble was, it was the wrong finger. I'd wanted
the index, and the one wiggling was my middle finger.
N o t too bad—just one digit off. I concentrated harder
and really focused on moving my index finger. The
middle finger danced again.
Fuck!
Either I wasn't trying hard enough, or somewhere
along the line I wasn't hardwired up quite right. That
seemed possible. More than possible—inevitable, really.
With all the millions of nerve connections and neural
pathways inside a human body, it only stood to reason
some mistakes would be made when Dr. Marshall stitched
me back together. The question was, how many? H o w
many mistakes and bad connections made up my new
bastardized nervous system? With the kind of luck I'd
had lately, I didn't even want to think about it.
Back to the fingers.
I tried to bend them all this time, not be so picky.
Clench up my hand into a fist and—
Hey, it worked!
I could open them too. Maybe it would j u s t take a
while to fine-tune things and get my dexterity back. I
spent a minute playing with my new hand, smiling
happily, a boy again with a macabre new fleshy toy. It
hurt a bit, a stinging j a b in my knuckles every time I
bent my fingers, but it wasn't as bad as I'd imagined. In
a way it felt good. That might sound ridiculous but it's
true. After months of living in a bodiless state, it was
nice to feel again. Feel anything, even pain.
' Before I realized I was doing it, my right arm was
sliding across the sheet and I was making a grab for the
call button. It took several tries to grab and keep hold
of the small plastic object, but I finally managed. My
entire arm was tingling, a hot funky pins-and-needles
feeling like when your arm falls asleep.
I started to feel a cramp coming on, the ache starting
in my fingers and getting ready to spread up my arm. I
concentrated as hard as I could and felt elated as my
t h u m b acted like a good boy and started clicking the
red call button just like I'd wanted it to. A buzzer started
ringing outside my room, somewhere down the hall,
presumably at the nurses' station.
I let my arm flop to the bed and relaxed. I'd actually
done it, and damned if. I wasn't feeling proud of myself.
I'd used another man's arm, hand, and fingers to do my
bidding. Might not seem like much, but to me it was an
incredible achievement. Surely someone would be along
to answer the buzzer and see what I needed. I j u s t had
to kick back and wait. I kept my eyes on the pill cup,
anticipation bringing a light sheen of sweat to my brow.
A mouthful of saliva, as well. Once a j u n k i e , always a
j u n k i e .
Nobody came.
N o t right away. N o t a few minutes later. N o t ever.
The buzzer rang for several minutes and then went
silent. That got my hopes up, but no soft-soled shoes
came to my door. No nurse, pretty or otherwise, came
smiling into my room to hand me my pills. Instinc¬
tively, I knew I was on my own, j u s t as Junie had said,
but I refused to accept it. Getting out of bed to walk
across the room wasn't something I even wanted to
think about, much less do. Just moving my arm ten
inches across a smooth flat sheet had caused my hand to
cramp. W h a t would happen to my legs if I were stupid
enough to try supporting my weight on the cold hard
floor?
Ten more minutes passed before I closed my eyes,
gritted my teeth and slid my right leg off the side of the
bed. It moved slowly and sluggishly and I couldn't re¬
ally feel my foot. Everything felt n u m b below my knee.
As soon as my knee cleared the edge of the mattress,
my foot fell limply off the side of the bed and firecrack¬
ers of pain shot through my knee and up my thigh.
' "God dammttl" I screamed, loud enough that I'm
sure the entire floor heard me.
I could j u s t picture the nurses sitting with old Junie,
having a good laugh at my expense, and I vowed right
then and there I wasn't going to cry out anymore.
Bitches! I hated them all—everyone in this psychotic
place. I wasn't gonna give them the satisfaction.
Somehow J managed to get my left leg off the bed
too and shimmy my butt over to the edge. There was
no way I could sit up. No way in hell.
But I did.
My desire, my craving—my need—for the pain medi¬
cation was so great I was willing to try j u m p i n g through
hoops if that was what it would take. My body was on
fire; every muscle, every bone, every j o i n t hurt. My
eyelids fluttered and I came close to passing out, but I
refused to let that happen. Instead I pushed hard with
arms that felt like fifty-pound lead weights, and found
myself standing on my feet. Tears were streaming down
my face from the pain, but I was pumped up now—the
joy of being out of that damn bed overwhelming, an
adrenaline boost for my weary body.
I still couldn't feel anything below my right knee, but
I took a small shuffling step onto it anyway. I had no
choice—my body had started to sway and if I hadn't
stepped forward to balance myself I would have been
sprawled face-first onto the floor. W h i t e - h o t pain blazed
in my knee again and I nearly went down. I swayed, bit¬
ing the side of my cheek, fighting to stay upright. I knew
if I tumbled to the floor I was there to stay. The pain
subsided and I moved on to another step.
The physical pain was horrible, but maybe worst was
the disoriented feeling of moving around in a borrowed
body. These weren't my arms. These weren't my legs.
These weren't my feet. On and on the list went. N a m e
it, and chances were that body part wasn't mine and
deep down on some cellular level I think they knew it.
More crazy talk, I know, but that's how it felt to
me—like the flesh, muscles, and bones that made me
whole resented me for using them. N o n e of my patch¬
work parts worked quite the way they were supposed
to. Every movement was slower, a half-second lagging
behind what it should be as if my new body knew I was
an imposter and was determined to fight me every inch
of the way. It was a creepy, alien feeling that sent shiv¬
ers down my spine, making me want to scream.
But I desperately needed the meds so I pressed on,
robot-stepping across the floor for what felt like days
until I finally— FINALLY— stood beside the meal tray
carrying my multicolored salvation. W i t h sweat pour¬
ing down my face and my hands shaking so badly I
could hardly hold the cup, I dry swallowed the entire
batch of pills in one gulp and let the plastic cup fall to
the floor.
I'll be damned. I actually made it.
I smiled, savoring the moment. Then my eyes rolled
up into my head, the world started to go black, and I
went down hard.
C H A P T E R T W E N T Y - N I N E
Rehab went on for eight grueling weeks and Junie the
sadistic old physiotherapist was with me every pain-filled
step of the way. To tell you the truth, the old cow actu¬
ally grew on me a little. She was cold and ruthless, and
she bent, stretched, twisted, and basically worked me
over every day until I could hardly stand, but she was as
straight a shooter as I had met in my whole time here at
the castle.
Junie never lied to me, not once. She hated bullshit,
always telling me exactly what we were going to do and
how we were doing it. I liked that about her. Don't get
me wrong—I didn't like her—she pulled no punches
and was probably the crankiest old bitch in the entire
medical profession but as long as I worked hard, she
treated me fairly. Unlike the rest of the goons around
here, she was genuinely trying to help me get some
semblance of a life back, and for that I appreciated her
effort.
My new body held up remarkably well, all things
considered. It was something I worried about a lot. At
night I'd dream all these freaky worst-case scenarios
about my stitches popping loose while Junie put me
through my paces and blood splashing the walls as my
arm or leg fell off. The nightmares were somewhat
comical to think about during the day, but they scared
the shit out of me while they were happening. I'd wake
up screaming and crying and reaching down to hold
my leg in place to stop the bleeding. Crazy stuff, I'll
admit, but what else was new? My entire life had be¬
come one big crazy dream.
On the Monday m o r n i n g that marked the start of my
ninth week of rehab, Junie walked into my room doing
something that shocked m e , something I didn't know
she was capable of.
She was crying.
N o t wailing like a schoolgirl, n o t h i n g as dramatic as
that, but there were tears r u n n i n g down her cheeks and
I could tell from her red-flushed face she'd been trying
to get a grip on her emotions for a while already. Maybe
she was h u m a n , after all. Doubtful, but maybe.
"What's the matter?" I asked.
"Nothing. Mind your own business, and put that
damn plate down. You've been eating like a horse for
weeks now. Rate you're going at, you'll be a fat pig in no
time. That what you want?"
She was changing the subject, hiding something from
me. Mind you, it was the truth—I had been eating a lot
lately, and y e s , I was gaining weight, but I was still a far
cry from being fat. It was Junie who had urged me to eat
more, to help get my strength back quicker. So why
would she bitch about it now? Simple: she wouldn't.
She wiped her tears away with a casual swish of her
hand, then left no room for debate that the subject was
closed, launching into another of her famous Holly¬
wood military-inspired tirades.
"Come on, Fox, get your lazy butt in gear. We gotta
get you on that treadmill. We've already lost ten min¬
utes while you were filling your face instead of stretch¬
ing. N o w get to it, mister. Move it!"
"Yes, sir? I mocked her, but still jumped up and got
ready to follow her out the door. Joking around was fine,
disobeying direct orders wasn't. "Ready when you are."
Junie scowled, shook her head, and headed for the
door. I stepped in behind her, goose-stepping in her
tracks, feeling good this morning. My good mood only
lasted until Junie pulled open the door and I saw Dr.
Marshall and Drake standing patiently out in the hall.
Drake was bigger than ever. Huge bulging muscles
and an impenetrable, menacing stare. I hadn't seen him
in several months and by the looks of it he'd spent a
good portion of that time in the weight room. He didn't
look particularly happy to see me.
N a t h a n Marshall looked fit and trim, leaning against
the door j a m b , with a wild, feral look in his eyes. His
handsome face was calm, but from the set of his j a w I
could tell he was clenching his teeth, maybe angry about
something. I hoped it wasn't me. Drake scared m e , sure,
an animal like that would scare anybody, but it was Dr.
Marshall that worried me. He looked royally pissed
and I couldn't stop myself from t h i n k i n g he was here to
take me back to the operating room again.
Anything but that! Kill me if you want, but no more op
erations. Not when I'm just starting to feel human again.
Seeing them outside the door caught Junie by sur¬
prise too. She didn't seem happy to see them either.
"What are you doing here?" she asked. "Just yester¬
day, you told me I had another full week."
Dr. Marshall smiled and stood up straight. "Well, as
you're aware, certain other recent developments have
forced me to rethink my plans. I'm tired of waiting
around* getting reports that this fool"—meaning m e —
"keeps improving and getting near full recovery of his
new body, while—"
He stopped right there, but he'd said more than
enough. Obviously things hadn't gone well with
Andrew's transplant into the other flesh suit, but what
had happened? Was Andrew back swimming in his
glass container? Was he dead? This probably wasn't the
best time to ask but my mouth had a way of doing
things on its own sometimes, independent of my brain.
Before I could stop myself, I went ahead and let my
curiosity get the better of me.
"What happened to Andrew? Is he okay?" I asked.
If I thought Dr. Marshall had been clenching his
teeth before, he was really clamping down now, grind¬
ing his teeth together to prevent himself from scream¬
ing. His face turned beet red in seconds. Now, I've seen
anger on a man's face before, many times, but this look
went way past that. Dr. Marshall gazed at me with pure,
murderous hatred.
Uh-ob, now Pve done it!
Drake stepped forward and kneed me hard in the
groin, sending me to the floor in a hurry. My insides felt
like they'd been set on fire. I lay there coughing and
gagging, massaging my balls. I would have screamed
but I was having too much trouble breathing. By the
time the pain eased off and I managed to climb to my
knees, Dr. Marshall was gone. Drake was still there,
looming like the Grim Reaper in my doorway, watching
me with only mild interest, as if I mattered as much as a
flea on a hound dog. God, how I wanted to kill him.
"Have him ready tomorrow m o r n i n g , Junie," he said,
then walked away.
Junie looked at me with pity, or as close to pity as her
sour face could ever muster, then headed for the door.
"Wait," I said, still on my knees. "Have me ready for
what? W h a t the hell is going on? W h a t happened to
Andrew?"
For a m o m e n t she paused, and I thought she was go¬
ing to tell me. Instead, she started to cry again, and ran
out the door. I heard the key rattle and the door lock,
and then listened to Junie sob as she retreated down the
carpeted hallway. Soon everything was quiet. Too quiet.
It was as if the entire facility was collectively holding its
breath, either in m o u r n i n g for whatever had happened
to Andrew or in silent fear of his father's wrath. I
couldn't speak for everyone, but there was no question
which one of those was keeping me silent.
C H A P T E R T H I R T Y
Constantly staring at the back of a locked door wasn't
a whole lot of fun. I couldn't help it, though, having
convinced myself that Drake or Dr. Marshall was go¬
ing to reappear suddenly, charging through the door to
nab me if I let my guard down too long. N o t only was it
nerve-racking, it made for a bloody long day and an
even longer night.
No one showed u p , of course. N o t Drake, not Mar¬
shall, hell, not even Junie. Just me and my overactive,
paranoia-refined-to-an-art imagination. By m o r n i n g , I
was mentally and physically exhausted. I'd slept off and
on for four or five hours, repeatedly waking up with an
anxious start, thinking I heard the door opening.
To distract myself—either that or go totally loony
and start r a m m i n g my head against the door—I de¬
cided to kill some time by exercising. Tired or not,
anything seemed better than j u s t sitting, waiting for
something bad to happen. Most of the things Junie had
been making me concentrate on in rehab could be done
j u s t as easily here in my room as down at the gym so I
slid the bed to the side a few feet to give myself some
elbow room and went to it. N o t h i n g major, just bend¬
ing, stretching, some push-ups and j u m p i n g jacks but
twice as many as my usual routine and I was soon
wheezing and panting like an old, overburdened farm
mule. I was sweaty and smelling decidedly ripe, so I
peeled off my soiled T-shirt and was heading across the
room to find a new one when I noticed my body in the
full-size dressing mirror h u n g on the wall. I mean re—
ally noticed it, for the first time since my transplant
into this flesh suit.
Stopped me dead in my tracks.
Until now, I'd made a habit of not noticing—other
than a few unavoidable peeks while bathing and dress¬
ing, but never taking in the fall picture—quite content
to ignore the stark reality reflected in the silver glass.
For sanity's sake, the old adage "out of sight, out of
mind" had become my new motto. Words to live by, but
with my fears renewed that I might be revisiting the
operating room again, suddenly I was curious to exam¬
ine myself to see how bad I truly looked. Stripping na¬
ked, tossing my pants, socks and undies onto the floor
beside the sweaty T-shirt, I slowly turned around and
around, struggling to stifle the scream building in my
throat.
It was worse than I'd thought. A lot worse.
Oh my Godl What have I become?
A single cold word slithered to mind, describing my
new body perfectly.
Abomination.'
I'd known right from day one I was going to be ugly
and god-awful to look at naked, but what surprised
m e — n o , shocked m e — m o s t was how wwhuman I looked.
Ugly I could live with, but this pasty-skinned, sewntogether, wretched creature in the glass was worse than
anything I'd imagined.
W h a t was wrong with my skin? It j u s t didn't look
right. They hadn't used the same type of people for the
donor parts, so some areas of my body were smooth
and youthful looking while others—especially my
legs—were old and wrinkled and covered with dense,
matted hair. My left arm was covered in bright colorful
tattoos but they ended at my shoulder, cut off mid pic¬
ture. Something was w r o n g with my back, too. They'd
forgotten something—fat, muscles, whatever—because
the skin had been stretched so thin over my spine as to
be almost translucent. I could see the vertebrae in my
back pivoting on their disks every time I twisted to
look over my shoulder.
Worse by far were ray scars. Dr. Marshall had obvi¬
ously sewn me together with function in mind, not
fashion, alignment of parts far more important than
aesthetics. As it had to be, I suppose, but surely he
could have given some thought toward what I'd end up
looking like and at least tried to minimize the scar¬
ring.
Oh my God!
I was unable to tear my eyes away from the stranger I
saw crying in the mirror.
The scars were thick, puffy, dark red, and everyA
where on my body. Twenty thousand stitches; maybe
more. I looked like a pieced together mannequin cov¬
ered in h u g e , blood-engorged leeches—bigger; tape¬
worms maybe—placed end to end to form living ropes
around my body. The ropes of scar tissue intersected
with other scars, and the end result was a patchwork
quilt of meat—a jigsaw puzzle of flesh tossed together
with no more care or concern for me as a h u m a n being
than an angry child has for an old broken toy.
I sat down on the edge of the bed, and cried. At least
my tears were my own and I let them pour out in rivers
as I cursed Dr. Marshall with every ounce of hatred I
could drum up within me. Marshall was a brilliant sur¬
geon and I was convinced he could have significantly
improved my appearance. He j u s t hadn't wanted to.
N o , this was exactly how he wanted me to look. I hated
him for that more than anything else he'd done to me.
A key rattled in the lock on my door and five seconds
later Junie came walking into my room without both¬
ering to knock. Had it been Dr. Marshall, I'm pretty
sure I would have went after his throat with my teeth,
even if that meant going through Drake to get at him,
but seeing Junie and the sad expression on her face as
she gazed at my pitiful nakedness, I j u s t lowered my
head and started crying again.
"Help me," I sobbed, slumping to my knees on the
floor. "Please help me get away from here, Junie. Es¬
cape or suicide, I don't care which. He's taken every¬
t h i n g from me, everything, and I can't do this anymore.
I just can'tl"
Junie stood rooted to the floor j u s t inside the door¬
way, silent for the longest time, but then she closed the
door and moved over beside me. In the quietest of
whispers she said, "I'll try."
That was it. N o t h i n g more. N o t even a reassuring
smile when I looked up at her. It was back to business as
usual and she was hustling me into my clothes and or¬
dering me to get my ass in gear. Maybe I hadn't heard
her right, or worse yet, she might not have said any¬
t h i n g at all. Wouldn't surprise me a bit if my m i n d and
ears were playing tricks on me but regardless, whether
it had really happened or not, a tiny seed of hope had
been planted within me. I wasn't ready to j u m p for joy,
but it was enough to get me off the ground and moving
again. For now, that would have to do.
"So what happens now?" I asked once I was fully
dressed and in control of my emotions again.
"Drake will be along soon to bring you to the video
conference room. He wanted me to make sure you were
ready."
"Video conference room? So I'm not going back for
more surgery?" Junie shook her head no, scolding me
with her eyes for j u m p i n g to silly conclusions. I was
relieved but still confused. "What's Marshall up to,
then?"
"Documentation, of course. No one has even at¬
tempted, much less succeeded, in doing what Dr. Mar¬
shall has done with you. You might not see it the way
he does, of course, but the. truth is you're a medical
miracle."
"So he wants to parade me around like a freak on a
leash for the cameras and let the world pat him on the
back for being so brilliant. I can hear it now. Come see
the pathetic little Jigsaw Man. Fuck that! That maniac
needs to be locked up, not admired. He's murdering and
mutilating people, Junie. Destroying people, mentally
and physically, j u s t to get his academic rocks off. And for
that, what, they're gonna give him a fuckin' award?"
"Of course not. The videos are for his own personal
records. He can't show you or the videos to the medical
community. N o t h i n g he does here would ever be ap¬
proved or authorized by the boards. He's way off the
charts when it comes to ethics, but his results are sec¬
ond to none. That's all he cares about,"
"But what about you? He's a lunatic, Junie. You know
he is. H o w can you work for h i m ? "
"I don't have any choice, Mike."
"Oh bullshit! Everyone has a choice. You're here for
the money. I'll bet he's paying you an e n o r m o u s — "
"He's hardly paying me anything," Junie interrupted.
That stopped my rant in a hurry.
"He lets me live here free and I get fed, of course, but
my paycheck's only eight hundred dollars a month."
"Then why are you here?" I asked, truly confused.
" Surely a good nurse like you could earn triple that in a
real hospital."
Junie closed her eyes, taking several deep breaths
"Get out of here, Junie. You're not needed anymore."
Junie turned to go, tears flowing freely down her
cheeks now, but before she left she grabbed me and gave
me a big motherly hug. Drake got quite a kick out of this
and bent over laughing at her show of affection.
"Look, Jackson," Drake said to the guard, "Michael
has himself a girlfriend. Isn't that sweet?"
I might have told Drake to go stuff himself but I was
too busy listening to Junie. Under cover of Drake's
laughter, she put her mouth to my ear and quietly whis¬
pered two words.
She said, "Left pocket."
That was it, and Drake was dragging her off m e ,
pointing her in the direction of the door. She looked
back over her shoulder and I gave her the tiniest nod,
letting her know I understood. Then she was gone,
leaving me out in the cold with Drake and Jackson. I
knew what was coming before it was even said. I was
dumb but sure wasn't stupid. Game, set, and match. Dr.
Marshall was finally finished playing with m e .
"It's over, Mike," Drake said. "You're of no use to us
anymore. Dr. Marshall has done all he can with you,
and now that we have the photo and video evidence to
show how successful your transplants have been, the
time has come for us to part ways."
"You're letting me go?" I asked. I knew it wasn't hap¬
pening but what else could I say?
Drake j u s t smiled.
"No, Mike. I think you're smarter than that so I'll
j u s t give it to you straight. Jackson is going to take you
for a walk in the woods. We have a small cemetery in
there, an unofficial one, naturally, that we used before
the incinerator was installed. We could burn you, sure,
but I kinda like the idea of the worms and maggots get¬
ting a hold of you. Cremation seems too good for a
skinny little troublemaking prick like you."
I didn't say anything for a minute—partly because I
didn't want to give him the satisfaction, but mostly be¬
cause I was scared. I don't care what you see in the
movies, no one is brave enough to joke around and be
callous in the face of death. No one I knew, anyway.
Certainly not me. I did get one crack in, though, and it
made me feel better.
"Don't have the balls to do it yourself, h u h ? "
Drake laughed at that too. He was enjoying himself a
lot today. Bastard. "Whatever you say, Mike. I'll admit
I've enjoyed having you around. You've been a good
laugh and a refreshing change from most of the doc¬
tor's patients, but you've also been a royal pain in the
ass. W h e n it comes right down to it, my friend, you're
j u s t not worth my time. Face i t . . . you're a bum, Mike.
A good-for-nothing, expendable bum."
I wanted to tell him what I thought of him, tell him
how he was a psycho pervert steroid monkey or some¬
thing equally colorful, but no words came out. Silence.
My mouth was dry and my tongue felt swollen to three
times its normal size—the bitter bile-flavored taste of
fear nearly gagging me as I looked into his big stupid
grinning face.
Say something!
I hesitated too long and the m o m e n t passed.
"Get this piece of shit out of my sight, Jackson."
Drake said, t u r n i n g away, dismissing me as if I'd never
existed. That was how much my life was worth: noth¬
ing. N o t even a glance back.
before answering. "I have a son that lives in Jamestown
with my ex-husband. He's ... he's in a wheelchair and
Dr. Marshall promised—"
"You don't have to say it, Junie. Sorry I asked. After
everything you've seen, do you believe h i m ? "
Junie started to cry.
"No, not really, but I jiist kept hoping if I did what I
was told he'd help me. Part of me knows he's insane, but
the other part knows he can do what he says. He could
help my son if he wanted to. For his sake, it's so damn
hard to walk away."
"I can understand that. Honest. Before I came here I
was ready to kill myself to help my daughter. Despera
tion is a powerful thing, but it's also a tool that psychos
like Dr. Marshall use against good people. He went off
the deep end a hell of a long time ago, Junie, and some¬
body has to stop him or he's going to keep t o r t u r i n g
and killing innocent people. We have to do something.
Help me."
"I don't know, Mike. I . . . I don't want to talk about
this anymore. Just get ready, okay?"
I wasn't letting her off the hook that easy. No way!
"Don't want to talk about it? You kidding me? You
work for a goddamned killer and j u s t because he's rich
and smart and tells you lies you want to hear, it makes
things okay? Look around, Junie. You can't keep turn¬
ing a blind eye. Have you seen the poor bastards in the
blood bank up on the fourth floor, for Christ's sake?
Would you like your son up there? He's better off in his
goddamned chair!"
Junie never said a word. She couldn't I don't think,
not without bursting into hysterics, and for a tough old
bird like her, that was really saying something. It told
me I was getting through to her, perhaps finally finding
the ally I needed around her to make something hap¬
pen. W h a t , I had no idea, but something.
Then Drake poked his big shiny head around the
doorframe and started barking orders at both of us. I
didn't bother t u r n i n g to look at him, I was concentrat¬
ing on Junie, and I saw the lights go out in her eyes
when she heard Drake's cruel voice. The hope and cour¬
age inside her withered away, died right in front of my
eyes and I knew without her having to tell me that I was
on my own. She sympathized with m e , I'm sure of that,
but in many ways she was j u s t as much a victim here as
I was. H e r love and hope for her son, along with her
fear of Dr. Marshall and his walking muscle, Drake,
was too great for her to risk trying anything stupid. I
couldn't blame her. W h o was I to ask her to risk her life
and family for me? Nobody. Absolutely nobody. I kissed
her on her cold, wrinkled cheek, and without even ac¬
knowledging Drake I walked right p a s t h i m and out the
door.
He laughed at my pitiful show of defiance, but never
said anything. I took that as a minor victory and headed
for the video conference room with my head held high.
C H A P T E R T H I R T Y - O N E
I felt a little like a movie star. There were so many
video cameras r u n n i n g , halogen stands basking me in
bright light, digital microphones recording every sound,
and security staff as would-be photographers and videographers scurrying around following my every move
that I couldn't help but feel special. Stupid, I know. I
was well aware I was n o t h i n g more than a trained seal,
barking and balancing a rubber ball on my nose when¬
ever Dr. Marshall dangled a juicy fish under it. N o t
that I had any choice. Every time I complained or didn't
immediately do as instructed, Drake would smile and
casually open his jacket to show me the gun handle
protruding out of the waistband of his pants. That was
a fish I had no desire to taste, so I shut up and did as I
was told.
It was no big deal. Like Junie had said, all Dr. Mar¬
shall wanted was video and photographic proof that
my transplantation had been successful. I spent about
two hours walking, sitting, j u m p i n g , kneeling, jog¬
ging on the spot, and doing many of the same exer¬
cises I'd been working on with Junie for weeks. They
also had me catching and kicking balls of various sizes,
and doing things like writing my name or tying my
shoelaces to show I had decent dexterity in my hands
and feet.
It was tiring and tedious, but no big hardship. After a
break for lunch, I got a little upset—well, a lot upset, I
guess—when Dr. Marshall suggested I remove my clothes
and run through the same set of movements. He wanted
the videos to clearly showcase where he'd joined my
various body parts together. I told him to go fuck him¬
self, that he could stick it up his ass if he thought I
wanted him recording me naked. Five minutes, a nasty
b u m p on my head, and one short pep talk from Drake
later on how no one cared what J wanted, and I was
stripped down to n o t h i n g and parading around the
room like a good little seal again. It was humiliating and
I'd never felt so self-conscious in my life. I was officially
the freak I'd imagined myself as—the hideous Jigsaw
M a n on full display for one and all to laugh and point
fingers at. It was awful.
Eventually, a few minutes shy of three o'clock in the
afternoon, they gave me my clothes back and let me
return to my room. Junie brought me an early supper
but I wasn't up to eating anything. She tried to make
conversation, trying to make me feel better and snap
out of my funk, but I was in a sour mood and told her to
get out and leave me alone. I j u s t wanted to go to bed
and forget today had ever happened. I was asleep in
minutes.
C H A P T E R T H I R T Y - T W O
"You speaking to me today?" a voice whispered.
I bolted upright, surprised to see Junie standing at
the foot of my bed, holding an armful of clothes. My
heart was t r i p - h a m m e r i n g inside of my chest. I hadn't
heard her unlock the door or walk in, which was un¬
usual seeing as I was on constant high alert around
here. Must have been more tired than Fd thought,
dead to the world, the video shoot taking a lot more
out of me than my normal workouts down in the gym.
"Jesus, Junie. You damn near gave me a heart attack."
"You're not that lucky," she said, a half smile trying
to form on her face, but she couldn't hold it and I in¬
stantly knew something was upsetting her.
"What's wrong?" I asked.
"Nothing. Well, I don't know. Something's not right.
Drake told me to get you up and dressed. They want to
do some m o r e videotaping today with you outside and
I'm not sure why."
"Who knows?" I said. "Doesn't sound like that big a
deal. Jesus, you don't think he'll make me strip naked
outside, do y o u ? "
"No way, at least I hope n o t It's too cold out for that."
Cold outside?
Wait a minute. Suddenly I realized that I had no idea
what month it was, never mind the date. H o w long had
I been here? It was September when I'd arrived, but how
long had passed by while I was zoned out from the vari¬
ous surgeries or drugged out of my mind recuperating?
"What's the date, Junie?" I asked, more desperation
in my voice than I'd intended.
W i t h a little trepidation, she answered, "October the
twentieth." Anticipating where I was going with that
line of thought, she said, "You've been here j u s t over
thirteen months."
Thirteen months! Has it been that long?
Well, considering I'd probably spent at least half of
those months either out cold or in la-la-land, I had no
trouble believing that. I walked over to the window and
took a good look outside—something I hadn't thought to
do in who knows how bloody long. I was expecting to see
dark storm clouds obscuring the sky and the ground be¬
low covered in a deep blanket of snow, but the sun was
shining down on a grassy field. Beyond the field I could
see a forest, and sure enough, I could see the leaves on the
trees had put on their fall colors and many had already
dropped off the branches.
"Doesn't look that bad," I said.
"Don't let the sun fool you," Junie said. "Windy to¬
day, cold enough to blow right through you and freeze
your bones solid."
The trees did seem to be getting whipped around
pretty good, especially the branches farthest up, which
were performing a strangely hypnotic lean-to-the-left
dance with the wind. Every few seconds, as if on cue,
they'd straighten up but then immediately be blown
back onto the dance floor.
"Make sure you wear a coat," Junie said.
"I don't have one."
"Sure you do. The coat you showed up in last year has
been sitting in a locker down in storage. I have it right
here. Couldn't find any of your other clothes, maybe
they got burned, but I found some other things that'll
help keep you warm. The boots might be a little big."
Junie dumped the clothes she'd been carrying at my
feet and the sight of my old blue bomber jacket put a
smile on my face. It was old and ragged, and probably
should have been burned with the rest of my stuff, but I
bent down and picked it up with almost reverent care.
My wife had bought me this coat for our last Christmas
and a tear slid out of my eye as I realized it was the only
piece of property I owned in the whole world. My legs
weren't mine. My heart wasn't even mine. But this rotten
old bomber jacket chock-full of as many memories as it
had holes was, and that made me feel good. Really good.
"Thanks, Junie," I said. "This coat m e a n s a lot to m e .
More than you'd think, looking at it."
"Good. Get dressed, then. Drake's going to come
searching for us again if we don't hurry."
I dressed quickly, excited to be going outside. Not
entirely sure why, but I'd spent so long locked up in this
hellhole that the thought of fresh air—regardless how
cold it might be—thrilled me and urged me on. I wasn't
allowed to j u s t run out the front doors wild and free, of
course. Junie and I were escorted by a big burly guard
named Jackson, who took me out a side entrance I'd
never seen before, marching me out to where Drake
and the cameras were waiting.
Camera, I should say.
Gone were the bright lights, the camera crews, and
the digital microphones. Gone were all the people from
yesterday's shoot, t o o , most notably absent being Dr.
Marshall. That wasn't a good sign. There was only
Drake, looking pissed off and cold standing with a cam¬
corder that looked like a child's toy in his huge paw.
The look on his face knocked the smile from mine and
I finally noticed how cold it was outside the climatecontrolled world o£ the castle.
It was freakin' freezing!
Jacket or no jacket, the wind stole my breath, cutting
right through me j u s t like Junie had warned. I'd lived
through several icy winters on the street—nights so
cold tears froze solid on the way down y o u r cheeks—so
you'd think Fd be used to bad weather, but damn, you
stayed inside for a year and you soon forgot how nasty
the elements could be.
"Get your ass over here, asshole," Drake screamed.
I didn't feel much like a movie star today.
I hunched my shoulders, trying to keep the wind off
my neck as best I could, and trudged out to where Drake
stood on the grass. Wasting no time, he started bark
ing at me to do some exercises. He didn't care what I
did as long as I kept moving and gave him something to
film. This was stupid and research-wise not much good
for anything, but I was glad to get moving, the physical
exertion feeling great and warming me up nicely. I was
starting to enjoy myself again, at least until I glanced
over at Junie standing with Jackson beside the door
into the castle. Why was she there and not inside, out of
the cold? She looked sad, and the closer I looked, the
more I was convinced she was crying.
For me? Why would she be crying? Unless—'
Oh-ohl
I smelled trouble. Colossal trouble.
"Okay, that's enough of this crap," Drake shouted,
bringing me to a halt and confirming my fears. "Come
get this camera, Junie, and take it to Dr. Marshall's of¬
fice. He's expecting it."
Junie walked out to meet us, but she wouldn't look
me in the eye. I was right, she -was crying. She took the
camcorder from Drake and stood ramrod still, not sure
what to do next. Drake had the answer.
"Get out of here, Junie. You're not needed anymore."
Junie turned to go, tears flowing freely down her
cheeks now, but before she left she grabbed me and gave
me a big motherly hug. Drake got quite a kick out of this
and bent over laughing at her show of affection.
"Look,Jackson," Drake said to the guard, "Michael
has himself a girlfriend. Isn't that sweet?"
I might have told Drake to go stuff himself but I was
too busy listening to Junie. Under cover of Drake's
laughter, she put her mouth to my ear and quietly whis¬
pered two words.
She said, "Left pocket."
That was it, and Drake was dragging her off m e ,
pointing her in the direction of the door. She looked
back over her shoulder and I gave her the tiniest nod,
letting her know I understood. Then she was gone,
leaving me out in the cold with Drake and Jackson. I
knew what was coming before it was even said. I was
dumb but sure wasn't stupid. Game, set, and match. Dr.
Marshall was finally finished playing with m e .
"It's over, Mike," Drake said. "You're of no use to us
anymore. Dr. Marshall has done all he can with you,
and now that we have the photo and video evidence to
show how successful your transplants have been, the
time has come for us to part ways."
"You're letting me go?" Tasked. I knew it wasn't hap¬
pening but what else could I say?
Drake j u s t smiled.
"No, Mike. I think you're smarter than that so I'll
j u s t give it to you straight. Jackson is going to take you
for a walk in the woods. We have a small cemetery in
there, an unofficial one, naturally, that we used before
the incinerator was installed. We could burn you, sure,
but I kinda like the idea of the w o r m s and maggots get¬
ting a hold of you. Cremation seems too good for a
skinny little troublemaking prick like you."
I didn't say anything for a minute—partly because I
didn't want to give him the satisfaction, but mostly be¬
cause I was scared. I don't care what you see in the
movies, no one is brave enough to j o k e around and be
callous in the face of death. No one I knew, anyway.
Certainly not me. I did get one crack in, though, and it
made me feel better.
"Don't have the balls to do it yourself, h u h ? "
Drake laughed at that too. He was enjoying himself a
lot today. Bastard. "Whatever you say, Mike. I'll admit
I've enjoyed having you around. You've been a good
laugh and a refreshing change from most of the doc¬
tor's patients, but you've also been a royal pain in the
ass. W h e n it comes right down to it, my friend, you're
j u s t not worth my time. Face i t . . . you're a b u m , Mike.
A good-for-nothing, expendable bum."
I wanted to tell him what I thought of him, tell him
how he was a psycho pervert steroid monkey or some¬
thing equally colorful, but no words came out. Silence.
My mouth was dry and my tongue felt swollen to three
times its normal size—the bitter bile-flavored taste of
fear nearly gagging me as I looked into his big stupid
grinning face.
Say something!
I hesitated too long and the m o m e n t passed.
"Get this piece of shit out of my sight, Jackson."
Drake said, t u r n i n g away, dismissing me as if I'd never
existed. That was how much my life was worth: noth¬
ing. N o t even a glance back.
C H A P T E R T H I R T Y - T H R E E
After Drake disappeared into the building, Jackson
poked me violently in the ribs twice with the barrel of a
shiny silver gun. The first was to get my attention but
I'm sure the next was to make it crystal clear that this
was his show now. "You heard the man," he said, his
voice gruff and scratchy like steel wool, filled with
self-importance. "Get your ass movin' or I can make
this rough on you."
Rough on me? He was going to put a bullet in my
head; how could it get any rougher? Another j a b from
the gun stung my ribs like a hornet and gave me a clue.
"Hold on a sec," I tried. "You can't do this, man. It's
crazy! Drake's asking you to commit—"
W i t h o u t warning, Jackson sucker punched me in the
mouth, snapping my head back painfully and shutting
me up in a hurry. I dropped, to my knees but Jackson
dragged me to my feet a moment later, shoving me for¬
ward. "Head for the woods and keep your fuckin' mouth
shut. W h i n i n g all day won't do you any good, so save
it. Go."
I went.
I'd seen Jackson around for months now but I'd never
really talked to him or had any dealings with him other
than to have him stand guard outside my room, or fol¬
low me around the gymnasium during my rehab. Sure,
I recognized him—tall and muscular with dark curly
hair, one of those bodybuilder types that seemed to
have no neck—but knowing who someone was wasn't
the same as knowing him. 'Course, I didn't really need
to know him to understand he was a bastard chiseled
from the same tree as his boss. Drake and Jackson were
like two moldy peas in the same rotten pod. Bottom
line: there was no way I was going to talk my way out of
this. Someone was going to die at the end of this little
stroll and if I didn't want that person to be me, I had to
stop pissing off the guard and come up with a plan.
I put my hand into my left jacket pocket, slowly, ca¬
sually, so Jackson would think I was j u s t trying to stay
warm. I'd wanted to do this since the moment Junie
whispered in my ear, but two things had held me back.
I didn't want to go frantically digging in my pocket and
have Jackson realize I had something hidden in there.
He'd j u s t take it away from me and then where would I
be? The other reason I'd been delaying this was
simpler—I was afraid to find out what was inside. I was
walking toward my death h e r e , and so far I'd managed
to keep my cool solely braced with the knowledge I had
something in my pocket that would ultimately save me.
In my wildest racing thoughts, I was picturing a
short-barreled gun with a full clip of hollow-point bul¬
lets ready to fly. Already, I was visualizing pulling it out,
spinning around lightning fast and blasting Jackson
four or five times, rapid-fire, like Clint Eastwood in his
Dirty Harry days. The trouble was, I wasn't sure it was
a gun, wasn't even sure it was a weapon in my pocket.
Junie might have stuck a bottle of aspirin, or a pack of
mint chewing gum in there—it could be anything—but
she'd never said it was a weapon. N o , but that was what
my desperation-fueled brain sure was hoping for.
So with those conflicting thoughts bouncing around
my brain, I reached into the left pocket and my hand
closed around—
I had no idea what it was. Certainly not a gun, that
was for sure. My heart felt like it stopped beating for
several seconds, my blood running cold within my veins
as my fingers numbly explored the contours of the item
in my pocket.
What the hell is it?
It felt like a rectangular piece of plastic or wood,
maybe five inches long, the corners rounded a little bit.
It had a familiar feel, but what was it? I almost broke
into a run then, almost bolted for the trees, panic higher
on my list of priorities than common sense. I probably
would have—definitely would have—risking the inevi¬
table bullet in my back had it not been for the hard little
button I found on the object with my t h u m b . I calmed
down a bit, realizing what it was Junie had given me.
A knife.
N o t j u s t any knife—a switchblade—the little button
under my t h u m b the trigger that would activate the
hidden blade. In my relief I nearly pushed the hutton,
which would have buggered everything up nicely. Just
to make sure I didn't accidentally do it, I took my hand
back out of my pocket and tried to think of some way I
could get the j u m p on my would-be executioner and
use the knife with enough force and accuracy to disable
Jackson before he could use his gun. No matter how
many scenarios I flashed through, all of them ended
with me getting my brains blown out. After all, I had to
turn around, pull out the knife, push the trigger, lunge
in real close, and try killing Jackson with one stab of
the blade. All he had to do was shoot me the second he
detected any funny business. I'd probably get turned
around okay, but the second Jackson saw me pull the
knife he'd fire without thinking twice. There was no
way I would get close enough to take him out, but even
with the odds heavily stacked against me, I had to at
least try.
We were approaching the edge of the forest and
Jackson grunted and used his gun to prod me toward a
narrow path that led into the trees. The path presum¬
ably would lead us to the makeshift graveyard Drake
mentioned, but I could see along the path for quite a
ways and there was no sign of anything except a hard
dirt trail half-covered in fallen leaves. That was good;
at least I had a little time on my hands to figure out
what I was going to do. I took a few deep breaths and
tried my best to calm down.
We walked on. One curve of the trail led to the next,
taking us deeper and deeper into the forest but never
leading to a graveyard. It was quiet in here, creepy quiet,
not peaceful quiet, as if the trees and animals all held
their breaths as Jackson and I walked by. Maybe the
forest knew death walked hand in hand with us, the
Reaper still deciding which of us to claim.
Think, Mike. Think.
"Move it, jerk-off," Jackson said, prodding me with
his gun again because I was moving too slow.
Maybe that was it. If I couldn't close the gap between
us without getting shot, maybe I could get him to do it
for me. Every time I slowed down a little, Jackson would
smack me with the gun to get me moving again. I ex¬
perimented with it, slightly slowing up my pace. Sure
e n o u g h , A , Jackson dug me in my kidneys and swore at
me to move my ass. If I could time it j u s t right, be wait¬
ing for him to move close so he could hit m e , I might be
able to spin around, deflect his gun away, and drive my
knife home.
It wasn't aperfect plan, and it probably wouldn't work
but I had to admit it wasn't a bad plan either; the best I
was going to get, anyway.
Do it then. Don't wait.
Adrenaline pumped through my veins, making me
primed and ready to make my stand, but I'd always
been a bit of a coward and fear made me hold off. I wasn't
ready to die yet. Maybe a better chance would present
itself around the next corner.
Dammit Mike! Do it now before it's—
"That's for enough, scumbag," Jackson said.
"What?" I stupidly asked. I looked around for signs
of a graveyard but there was n o t h i n g in sight. The path
looked the same as it always had, maybe even a bit nar¬
rower than a lot of the trail. "But what about the grave¬
yard? Drake said there was a—"
"Forget the graveyard, Mike. This is far enough. I'm
tired of walking and I'll be damned if I'm gonna freeze
my ass off out here digging a hole for a freak like you."
I turned to face Jackson, scared and frustrated I'd
wasted my best chance to win this fight, but there was
also a part of me getting pissed off. W h o did these
people think they were?
"So, you're going to plug me and then what, j u s t
leave me here to r o t ? "
Jackson smiled, raised his gun to point it at the cen¬
ter of my chest, and said, "Yeah, that sounds about
right. Any famous last words?"
This was really going to happen. Jackson was going
to shoot me dead, his finger already tightening on the
trigger. The time for delaying was over. One in a mil¬
lion chance or not, I had to act, and I had to act now, go
for the knife and to hell with the consequences. I was a
dead man whether I moved or not.
"No last words, Jackson " I said. "I'd like to show you
something cool, though "
Even while I was saying it, I knew it was a pretty
lame plan, but I reached for the knife anyway. Jackson
was standing at least ten feet from me so how was I
supposed to close the gap without getting shot? Maybe
I could throw the knife? Maybe I could—
Holy shit!
I saw her before Jackson did, and it shocked the hell
out of me. If n o t h i n g else, my bumbling plan to draw
out my switchblade had distracted Jackson enough that
he was looking down at my hand to see what I was pull¬
ing from my pocket. He never registered the presence
of a third person in the forest until it was too late.
Junie!
W h e r e she came from or how she snuck up on both
of us so quietly I'll never know, but when she attacked
she attacked hard. I thought she was carrying a baseball
bat but it was only a broken tree branch. By the time
Jackson realized what was going on, Junie was already
swinging. She was a small woman, but she walloped
Jackson so hard across the chest and neck he flew eight
feet backward, smashing against the trunk of a nearby
tree and slumping to the ground with a groan. Junie
moved in for another swing and I shook off my disbe¬
lief she was here rescuing me long enough to pull.out
my knife, trigger the spring that released the shiny
steel blade out to its full-length, and go help her.
Jackson was down and probably broken up inside, but
he was far from out. Junie raised the branch above her
head to strike again, but Jackson shot her point blank in
the belly, a red exit wound the size of a silver dollar
spraying out above her right kidney. The sound of the
shot was deafening, a thunderclap close enough to nearly
knock me off my feet. I didn't fall, though, didn't panic;
I kept running, closing the gap.
Junie fell off to Jackson's right; screaming only once
before hitting the ground. Jackson was watching her
fall, enjoying the moment from the look on his face,
but that look changed in a hurry when he saw me launch
into the air, diving on top of him. He tried to swing his
gun up to shoot m e , too, but I was faster than him, my
reflexes acting in survival mode now. I landed on him
full force, using my entire weight to drive home the
blade to the left of Jackson's sternum. He screamed but
the force of my body had driven the air from his lungs
and what came out sounded more like a car tire going
flat than a cry of pain. There was surprisingly little
blood but I knew I'd done some big-time damage. I was
no fool, though. I'd seen enough cheesy horror movies
to know that once you get someone down, you never
give them the chance to get back up. So I drove the
blade back into Jackson's chest a second time, and a
third, and a tenth. I don't know for sure how many
times I stabbed the guard or at what point he was dead,
but by the time I rolled off him his chest was destroyed
and there was no worry of a B movie sneak attack once
my back was turned.
Junie!
I had to help her.
Please let her be all right, I prayed, but in my heart I
knew that wasn't going to be the case. She hadn't moved
from where I'd seen her fall. I dropped to the ground,
scooping Junie into my arms and used my hand to help
turn her face toward me. Her eyes were unfocused and
distant, but with a heroic effort she managed to gather
herself and look up at me. .
"Why, Junie?" I asked, tears in my eyes, overcome by
the magnitude of her sacrifice. "Why take a bullet for
me? We barely knew each other."
She was fading fast, blood bubbling from the corners
of her mouth, as well as from the grievous wound in her
abdomen. "Because they've hurt you enough," Junie
whispered. "I couldn't live knowing—"
That was it; the lights suddenly went out in her eyes
and Junie went limp, dead in my arms without the
strength to finish her sentence. She'd said all she needed
t o , though, and I pulled her closer to me and held her
tight as I wept for her, her crippled son, and her sense¬
less death. If I could have traded places with her on the
bed of forest leaves I would have gladly.
In a heartbeat.
I closed my eyes and prayed for the world to go
away.
C H A P T E R T H I R T Y - F O U R
Surprise, surprise, my prayers went unanswered. W h e n
next I opened my eyes the world was still there, cold
and rotten as ever, and I had two dead bodies lying at
my feet to prove it.
I took a deep breath to steady my frayed nerves, then
climbed shakily to my feet. I spent a couple of minutes
covering Junie up with leaves and saying good-bye. She
deserved a better grave and burial than that, but time
was of the essence and the shroud of foliage was the best
I could do with no shovel or tools. Jackson, I left to rot
where he lay, j u s t as he'd planned on doing with me. Let
the birds pick out his eyes and the rest of the forest ani¬
mals and bugs have their way with him for all I cared. I
had to get moving. I wanted to put as much distance
between me and this spot as I could before anyone fig¬
ured out Jackson wasn't coming back.
I made it about a hundred feet farther down the for¬
est path, j u s t around the next bend, when I finally found
Drake's cemetery.
My God!
The path didn't widen out a lot, maybe twenty feet at
its widest, but there were grave markers everywhere,
little white wooden crosses stuck all over the path and
covering the forest floor to my left and right. I didn't
bother to count, but there had to be sixty or seventy of
them, easy—maybe as many as a hundred.
I hadn't expected to see anything like this. Why
would Drake mark the graves? D u m p i n g bodies was
one thing, the animals and the elements clean up the
mess in no t i m e , but to mark the graves seemed like a
silly idea to me. W h a t if the police ever found this
place? Drake would be sunk, Dr. Marshall too. I couldn't
believe he'd allowed this. Unless, of course, they were
both arrogant and brazenly stupid enough to think
they were so far above the law they could do whatever
they wanted and consequences be damned. That was
it—had to be. There was no other answer for this evil
place. And that's what it was—evil—a shrine to N a t h a n
Marshall's God complex, a mockery of the poor souls
unceremoniously buried here to appease Drake's de¬
ranged superego.
These were the men and women from before the
basement incinerator, Drake had said. How many more
had died since, their collective ashes dumped in the
woods for the wind to scatter. Probably more than
this—a lot more.
My God.. .all those people/
The full scope of Dr. Marshall's madness hit me
then. I'd known he was completely off his rocker, and
Drake was no better, but I'd never known j u s t how nasty
and cruel they truly were. This cemetery made me sick
to my stomach. It also royally pissed me off.
Somebody had to stop these bastards.
Somebody with n o t h i n g to lose, a person who be¬
lieved that retribution was for more important than
their own personal safety.
Somebody like me.
That sounded good. It was j u s t the thing the hero in
every big-budget action movie would say. Trouble was,
this was my life, not a movie, and I sure as hell wasn't
anybody's hero. Far from it. But then again, it was true
that I had nothing to lose. And somebody did have to put
a stop to Dr. Marshall and his crazy boyfriend, Drake.
Ah, man, how did it ever come to this?
Deep down I knew I'd already made up my mind. I
was j u s t trying to avoid it for another few seconds.
Freedom was finally within my grasp, but I couldn't j u s t
walk away. I knew I couldn't. My conscience, having
always been a right stubborn bugger, wouldn't allow it.
Too many people had suffered here. Too many people
called to me from their nameless graves, tormented
souls who whispered the word revenge in my ear. They
deserved retribution—all of them, but especially Junie.
H o w could I walk away from her?
Fuck it. Marshall and Drake are going down!
I had no idea what I was possibly going to do, or if I
had it in me to pull something like this off, but as I
turned and started walking back toward the castle, I felt
good about my decision. I was scared, hell, who wouldn't
be, but in a good way that made me feel alive for the
first time in years. Today I had a chance to be more
than j u s t an expendable bum or a patched-together
sideshow freak. Today I could be the great equalizer,
the h a m m e r of justice—a hero for the dead and down¬
trodden everywhere. That was taking it way too far,
crazy talk, but I needed to believe in myself again—really
believe—something I hadn't done since before the car
accident that destroyed my family.
Back where Junie and Jackson had died, I stopped to
see if the security guard had anything on him that
might be useful. I grabbed his gun, of course, happy to
see it still had nearly a full clip of bullets. I also found a
small black penlight and a Bic disposable lighter, but
the thing that shocked me and made me shake with an
equal mix of fury and fear was a white, wooden cross
tucked into his jacket pocket.
Another grave marker.
Mine!
I put the flashlight and lighter into my pocket along
with Junie's switchblade, but the cross had a ten-inch
vertical shaft and it was too big to fit. I considered j u s t
throwing it away but it had a point on one end that
could maybe be used as a weapon. I stuffed it inside my
jacket and decided to take the damn thing with me.
The gun I kept in my hand and at the ready. Believe it
or not, I already had the beginnings of a plan forming
in the back of my mind. I didn't force it, j u s t letting it
simmer for a few minutes as I kicked some leaves over
Jackson's body. People would be coming to search for
him soon and covering him up might give me a few
extra minutes before my best weapon—the element of
surprise—was gone forever. In the m e a n t i m e , I had to
get my ass moving.
I took off at a run back down the forest trail. Well, it
was more of a fast limp but it was the best I could do. I
had to make it back to the outer edge of the forest be¬
fore Drake sent the reinforcements to look for me. He
would t o o ; I had no illusions about that. Surely he'd
have heard the shot that had killed Junie. My ears were
still ringing from the gun blast. Drake would presume
that shot had been Jackson shooting me, but if the guard
didn't show up at the castle to give Drake the gruesome
details, he'd know I'd somehow turned the tables on
Jackson and immediately send out the guards.
How much time did I have? Junie had been killed
about ten minutes ago. It was about a thirty minute
long and winding walk out to this part of the woods, so
I had another twenty minutes before Drake even started
to worry. Say, another ten or fifteen minutes after that
before Drake went bat shit and started screaming. A
few more minutes to rally the troops and then I'd be
public enemy number one around here again. All in all,
that gave me about thirty-five minutes, which was loads
of time to get to the edge of the forest and find some¬
where to hide. I hurried anyway, not wanting to take
any chances.
I made it back to where the path exited onto the field
beside the castle without seeing anyone. Good, luck
was still on my side. N o t wanting to be seen by anyone
who might be watching from out of possibly a hundred
windows on this side of the building, I stayed back
from the opening and set off on a course through the
woods that would allow me to stay hidden when the
guards arrived, but also stay close enough that I could
keep an eye on what was going on. I walked a safe dis¬
tance off the path, dropped to the ground, then wormed
my way toward the edge of the forest on my belly. Just
shy of the tree line, I scooped leaves over my legs and
back, lay as still as I could and waited for whatever
came next.
It felt great to lie down and rest. I was exhausted and
j u s t about every square inch of my abused body was ach¬
ing, screaming out for my daily dose of painkillers. That
thought made me think about Junie and how she'd never
be bringing m e — o r anyone else—any more pills to
make them feel better. A few tears ran down my cheeks,
tough guy that I was, and as I lay there crying I started
to have second thoughts about this wild vigilante cru¬
sade I was about to undertake. I mean, who the hell was
I to take on Drake and his entire security staff? I'd
killed Jackson in self-defense, but would I really have
the guts to kill again j u s t ibr the sake of justice? If the
answer to that was n o , I'd better turn tail and get the
hell out of Dodge.
Drake walked out of the castle, his eyes scanning the
forest and seemingly looking directly at me. I knew he
couldn't see me from where he stood, and was probably
watching the m o u t h of the forest path for signs of
Jackson's return. He kept glancing down at his wrist,
checking his watch, then shaking his head. Even from
this distance I could see how agitated the chief of secu¬
rity was, pacing back and forth and working himself
into a slowly simmering rage. Another few minutes
and j u s t as I'd called it, Drake was screaming into his
walkie-talkie and looking like he was ready to breathe
fire.
Good on you, you bastard. Hope you have a heart seizure
right in front of me.
Eive minutes later, seven security guards were zip¬
ping up their jackets against the cold and loading
identical guns to the one I was holding, while Drake
barked orders at them. I couldn't hear what was being
said, but it didn't take a genius to figure it out. They
were being informed about Jackson and told to find
me as fast as they could. All of them were in big trou¬
ble if I made it out of the forest and found my way to a
police station. There was no way Drake was about to
let that happen. I'm sure he even gave the guards some
sort of incentive—cash or time off, something—for
whoever put the first bullet in my head. By the time
Drake sent his men after m e , they were r u n n i n g like a
pack of mindless bloodhounds trained to follow the
scent of raw meat.
I'd expected as much, but Drake surprised me by
pulling out his gun and r u n n i n g off into the forest after
his men. Either he didn't trust them to get the j o b done
right, or he had worked himself into such a frenzy he
wanted to make the kill himself. Whatever the reason,
it was an unexpected bonus for me. I'd worried how I
was going to get past Drake and into the building if he
had j u s t stood there and waited for his men to return.
Now, there was no one to stop me from slipping out of
the woods and getting inside. There was always the
chance more guards were waiting inside the building,
but my gut told me all of them were in the trees with
Drake, all anxious to be the one to make their deranged
boss happy.
I waited until I couldn't see or hear any of them any¬
more, then j u m p e d to my feet and started j o g g i n g
across the field to the castle. My body ached too much
to run, but I covered the distance fairly quickly and
without incident. If everything went as I figured, I
should have at least an hour, maybe as many as three or
four. They'd find Junie and Jackson's bodies easy
enough, probably within twenty minutes if they ran
the whole way, but after that they'd have no idea where
I went.
I was counting on them searching farther into the
forest, thinking I was r u n n i n g through the trees in a
blind panic to get as far.away as possible. There was no
way they'd think I'd doubled back to pull a one-man
Rambo on t h e m — n o t even Drake would think me ca
pable of that. So they'd be forced to split up and search
the woods, maybe form a line fifty yards apart and look
for me that way. That could take a long time. The best
part was, for every step they took deeper into the
woods, they'd eventually have to take every one of those
steps again to get back here once the search was called
off.
W i t h my back pressed against the brick wall, I moved
to the end of one side of the building and checked around
the back to see if the coast was clear. It was, and I
dashed around the corner, breathing a small sigh of re¬
lief to be out of the line of sight of anyone that might
return from the forest path. There were several win¬
dows and one door that I could have tried to enter the
castle, but I'd already spotted the place I wanted to go
and made my way over to the small basement window a
third of the way along the wall.
I dropped to my knees and took a second trying to
peek inside but it was dark in the basement and there
was n o t h i n g to see. I took that as a good sign no one was
down there, so without hesitating I broke the pane of
glass with the handle of Jackson's gun. The glass shat¬
tered easily and with less noise than I'd expected, but I
had to waste several minutes clearing glass away and
making sure I got rid of any shards left sticking up in
the frame. The last thing I wanted to do was slice my
wrists or neck open trying to clumsily crawl through a
half-broken window.
I spun around, slipping in the window feet first and
slithered backward until I was hanging off the inside
wall with only a four-foot drop down to the floor. This
was the point of no return and truthfully I wasn't sure
I should let go.
In for a penny, I thought, having to rely on cliches to
find some courage within me. W h a t was that other one
Dr. Marshall had teased me with? Out of the frying pan,
into the fire. Shit, I'd gone way beyond that. This wasn't
into the fire—this was going straight to Hell.
I took a deep breath, and dropped to the floor.
1
C H A P T E R T H I R T Y - F I V E
Let's face it, any way you sliced it I made a woefully
pitiful James Bond. I'd also misplaced my jazzed up
Aston M a r t i n sports car, my Rolex watch that doubled
as a laser torch, and my attache case filled with all my
other neat superspy gizmos; so with only my brain
and what limited brawn I could summon from this de¬
crepit monster suit I called a body, I was forced to
keep my plan simple. I had neither the t i m e , skill, am¬
bition, nor the luck required to pull off anything too
complicated.
With those thoughts in mind, I pulled out the small
penlight I'd recently taken off Jackson and set to work.
The beam of light, was surprisingly bright for such a
small flashlight, easily illuminating the path ahead.
"Nothin' but the best for Drake's boys," I muttered,
using even the little things to fuel my anger into what I
hoped would give me the required adrenaline boost to
carry my abused body through whatever tasks lay ahead.
I started looking for the furnace. It was cold outside,
but comfortable in here, so obviously Dr. Marshall's
medical facility had an adequate heating system. W i t h
a place this size, I was sure there had to be an immense
furnace tucked away somewhere down here. W i t h i n
minutes, I'd found it. The rusty metal furnace was mas¬
sive, as I'd pictured it in my head, but there was one
problem. A big problem. It was an oil furnace.
Shit! An old place like this, 1 should have known.
I could try tipping the oil reservoir over, or discon¬
necting the lines to spill the sticky black fuel over the
basement floor, but all that would do was allow me to
start a fire. I had the Bic lighter in my pocket, and a fire
would do a lot of damage, sure, but not enough. Know
ing Dr. Marshall, this place surely had a state-of-the-art
fire control system with water sprinklers everywhere.
All I'd end up doing was making a mess of the basement
and tipping off Drake that I was back inside the castle.
N o t good enough. I was after grand-scale destruction
here.
Think, Mike.
It was while wandering around trying to come up
with a plan B that I found the second furnace. This one
was smaller, newer, and in much better shape, but it was
still an oil furnace, which left me in the same boat as
before. It got me t h i n k i n g , though. A place this size
probably needed several furnaces, right? If there were
t w o , chances were there might be t h r e e — o r five—right?
Were they all oil furnaces, or would they have newer,
more modern types to complement the old? Maybe.
Maybe not. W o r t h checking out, anyway.
I found the third furnace hiding in plain sight right
in the middle of the basement under a set of cobwebstrewn wooden stairs leading up to the main floor.
This one was quite tall, but considerably smaller than
the last two. A bird named hope started beating its tiny
wings in my chest and I held my breath as I moved in
for a closer look. This furnace was relatively shiny, looked
fairly new, and there was no bulky oil reservoir any¬
where to be found. Ill be damned—this one operated
on natural gas.
Yes!
Make a big bang. That was my master plan. Crude,
lacking imagination, and had only taken seconds to
dream up, but like it or lump it, that was it. It would ei¬
ther work, or it wouldn't.
Walking around the three sides I had access t o , at
first I couldn't see where the incoming gas line was.
This sucker was getting its fuel from somewhere, but
where? Then I looked up. The gas line, black and as new
as the furnace itself, snaked down from the ground
floor attached to the bottom side of the staircase and
entered into the top of the furnace way above my reach.
N o t good. Discouraged but far from defeated, I started
looking for the pilot light. It had to have one of them,
and usually they were near the floor.
It was, but hidden behind a removable metal panel
that took me a few seconds to find, and many more to
figure out how to open. Once I ripped the panel free, I
knelt down and peered in at a tiny flame and a series of
open tubes that ran into the heart of the furnace. I'm
no expert on gas furnaces, but I understood the general
principal. Gas fills these chambers, is ignited by the pi
lot light; then a fan kicks in to blow the heat up through
the vents into the building.
Obviously, I had to get rid of the pilot light. I didn't
want any gas getting ignited around here until I was
good and ready. No need to complicate things, so I just
leaned my head in and blew the flame out. It was harder
to extinguish than a birthday candle but required the
same basic task—two big puffs and it was out.
Okay, now what?
A tiny amount of gas would leak out now, but no¬
where near enough to cause the big bang I had in mind.
N o , for that, I'd have to cause a free flow of gas straight
out of the main pipe. Remove the regulator to open the
gas line wide and let it flood the basement for as long as
possible before someone figured out what I was doing.
Then I'd pull the Bic lighter from my pocket and kiss
all our asses good-bye in a shower of fire and exploding
bricks.
If only I had a pipe wrench.
But I didn't. I had a gun, a flashlight, a switchblade, a
lighter, and a wooden cross, but no tools that would
help me play amateur gas fitter. So I used my boots in¬
stead, standing up and kicking the pipe where the reg¬
ulator controlled the amount of gas flowing into the
ignition chambers. Five kicks later my foot and leg
were killing m e , and hardly any damage had been done.
I'd bent the pipe a bit and smashed off the top half of
the regulator, but the gas flow was still contained. Or
was it? You can't smell natural gas, but they add some
thing in with it that you can smell to help detect leaks.
Whatever it was, I could smell it now, easily, and when
I bent back down and placed my hand on the fitting, I
was pleased to find a decent gush of gas pressure push¬
ing my hand away.
All right! Now we're getting somewhere.
I gave the regulator one more hard kick, and planned
more, but it hurt too much. Way too much! Maybe I'd
busted something—a toe or two—in my first series of
kicks? Maybe I was j u s t falling apart and this body
couldn't stand up to the physical pounding I'd been
forcing it to endure? Either way, I was done beating on
the regulator.
I rechecked the flow of gas exiting, the furnace pipe
and was pleased with my efforts. The gas wasn't
free-flowing out of the supply line like I'd envisioned,
but it was pumping out a hell of a lot more than I'd
thought possible without the use of proper tools. I
wanted to get away from the pungent, chemically tainted
smell of the spreading gas vapor, so I hobbled away
down the center aisle and eventually sat down on the
floor against something white and made of metal, bask¬
ing for a moment in my small but potentially major ac¬
complishment.
All I have to do now is wait for—
Then I shone my flashlight behind me to see what I
was leaning up against, and my simple plan instantly
went up in smoke, m o r p h i n g into something consider¬
ably grander in a matter of a few heartbeats.
Oh my!
I stood up to get a better look, shining my light
around and marveling at how large this thing was up
close. I couldn't believe I hadn't thought of this in the
first place, but it goes to show how brilliant of a planner
I was in the fine art of sabotage.
The oxygen tank.
Two of them, actually. Side by side. The huge,
floor-to-ceiling cylindrical white metal oxygen tanks
I'd been backed up against by Drake and his goons on
the day they let me out of the goreAfilled incinerator.
The same tanks that Drake had prevented his
over-zealous cohort from shooting me against be¬
cause—
BOOM! I t h o u g h t with a smile.
Big BOOM!
N o w this had potential. The spreading natural gas
could mix and be superenhanced by the oxygen and I
should be able to make a monumental mess down here.
Would it be enough? It would make a huge bang and
destroy the basement, probably collapse some of the
building too, but was that enough? I was starting to
think clearer than before-—not j u s t looking at this
through revenge-colored glasses—and if I was going to
do this right, I wanted to leave n o t h i n g but a big flam¬
ing hole in the ground. It wasn't enough to j u s t put
N a t h a n Marshall out of business for a while. It wasn't
even enough to get lucky and kill him. I needed to
destroy everything here— everything—not leaving be¬
hind anything or anyone that might be able to put to¬
gether the pieces of this horrific puzzle and start up
shop again. That was going to be a bit trickier.
But not impossible.
I ran the flashlight beam up and across the ceiling,
tracing the dozens of pipes that spider-webbed out from
the top of the twin oxygen tanks. They spread out all
over the basement—much farther than my light could
shine—but I knew they all turned u p , eventually, into the
ceiling, snaking their way through the floors and walls to
every operating room, every recovery room, every pa¬
tient room, and every test laboratory in the castle.
Oh my! I thought for the second time in less than a
minute, a brief vision of a huge mushroom cloud of fire
and smoke playing before my mind's eye.
The vision might be a tad exaggerated, but it gave me
a warm fuzzy feeling in the pit of my stomach and pro¬
pelled me into action. I had a lot of work to do before
Drake and his boys came home from their hike in the
woods. I wanted to be ready for them.
First things first, I needed to get these tanks pump¬
ing pure oxygen into the basement to mix with the
natural gas that was already spreading. Luckily, I
wouldn't have to resort to busting my toes again to ac¬
complish this. Both tanks had hookups where a hose
could be connected to fill them from tanker trucks out¬
side. The hose was interchangeable and right now it
was connected to the tank on my right. It ran along the
floor toward the back wall, but I couldn't see where it
exited the building. Didn't matter; I had no intention of
messing with it. Maybe if I was lucky, it would be con¬
nected to a supply truck and I could blow that up too.
Regardless, if my plan worked as hoped, the gas inside
this tank would soon be spreading around the upper
floors.
For now, I was concerned with the other tank. I
headed for the supply hookup on the left-side tank, and
it was only a matter of t u r n i n g a shut-off directional
valve the right way and WHOOSH, the oxygen was
blowing steadily out the hole where the hose wasn't
connected. Couldn't have been easier, but I corralled
my joy, knowing I still had things to do that wouldn't
be accomplished quite so quickly and definitely not as
easily.
As fast as I could go, I headed for the stairs.
C H A P T E R T H I R T Y - S I X
W h e n I opened the basement door, the light of the
first-floor hallway nearly blinded me. The overhead
fluorescents seemed brighter than normal, but I'm sure
that wasn't true. It was j u s t the realization that my plan,
which required a certain amount of stealth, had a few
more holes in it than I'd wishfully thought. Stealth
wasn't going to have much to do with it. W h a t I needed
more than anything was a big handful of pure dumb-ass
luck.
W i t h another deep breath, I stepped out into the
carpeted hallway and shut the basement door. I don't
think I've ever felt so exposed in my life, but there was
n o t h i n g to be done about it so I pushed the bad thoughts
from my mind and went to work.
There was n o t h i n g on the first floor that interested
m e , and I was sure I'd run into Dr. Marshall or one of
his secretaries if I h u n g around down here too long, so
I made for the staircase at the end of the hallway, paused
briefly to listen for voices inside, then quietly slipped
inside. I felt much better in here, out of the area most
trafficked, and took a second to calm myself before
heading up to the second floor.
The hallway was deserted when I peaked my nose
though the barely opened door but I had no idea if
there were going to be people in the operating rooms
and labs. I'm sure there would be, in fact, but I couldn't
do anything about them. If they saw me, so what? Most
of the doctors, scientists, and orderlies around here were
used to seeing my face and probably wouldn't bat an
eye. That was what I was hoping for, anyway.
Moving down the hall, I soon came to the first oper¬
ating r o o m — t h e one where Dr. Marshall had taken my
arms—and was pleased to see it was empty. The lights
were off but the window blinds were half open, giving
me more than enough light to see what I was doing. As
quickly as I could I went around and turned on every
gas valve I could find. I was ext?a pleased to see that not
only were there several oxygen valves, but there was a
row of stand-up portable tanks on the far wall labeled
E T H E R C Y C L O P R O P A N E and E T H Y L E N E . I didn't l o i O W
what they were—maybe the gases used as anesthetics?—
but there was a flammable symbol on the side of each
one, which was good enough for me. I pulled off the
plastic tubes connected to them and cranked their
valves wide open. Instead of standing around admiring
my handiwork, I moved on.
The next half hour went by in a blur. There were two
more operating rooms on the second floor and seven
fully equipped laboratories. I moved as fast as I could,
progressively limping worse as my foot and leg started
h u r t i n g badly. I sucked up the pain, though, and kept
moving. Room to room, lab to lab, each new door I
walked through threatened to be my last. No one
stopped me. No one screamed. No one put a bullet
through my head.
Things were looking up.
As luck would have it, I managed to hit all three op¬
erating theaters and six of the labs. There were scien¬
tists working in the other lab, and although I wasn't
worried about them getting a look at me, I didn't think
they'd approve of me walking in and cranking all the
gas valves on in front of them. Best to count my bless¬
ings I'd hit nearly all of the rooms, and j u s t move along.
The third floor beckoned.
In the stairwell heading upstairs I met a tall redheaded
orderly named Jack O'Hare who'd sometimes helped
Junie during my rehab. He'd been decent to me the few
times I'd spoken to him and he j u s t nodded to me, un¬
concerned, and kept on descending the stairs. I held my
breath until I made it into the third-floor hall, then
exhaled loudly, surprised I'd actually made it this far
without being caught. I got over it, fast, thoughts of
Junie bringing the anger out in me again, and I was
more determined than ever to do this j o b right. These
fuckers were gonna pay!
The third floor was the quietest of all. M o v i n g down
the hall, room to room, it was like tiptoeing through a
funeral home. The carpet was so plush I couldn't even
hear my footsteps as I walked along. It was starting to
creep me out. At every door, I expected to run into
Drake, or one of his guards, and no matter how many
empty rooms I entered, the feeling wouldn't go away.
My nerves were pretty much shot, I think. Getting
close, anyway.
Get a hold of yourself, man. Get this done, and then you
canfallapart. Not now, Mike. Not now.
Sounded good to m e , but it didn't stop my rented
heart from h a m m e r i n g inside my rented chest or my
rented fingers from shaking each time I reached for
another doorknob.
Still, I managed, equal parts fear and rage keeping
me moving, driving me past the steadily growing pain
in my leg and the ever present doubt in my mind. I hit
every patient room I could get into. Some were locked—
maybe they were the ones with people in them—but
most were easy pickings. Twenty-five minutes later, gas
was flowing all over the third floor and my plan was
nearly complete.
N o t quite, though.
N o , there was something else I needed to do. Some¬
thing I was dreading but important enough that I knew
I couldn't chicken out and shy away from. Fd made a
promise to someone here once—someone who'd suf¬
fered just as much as I had, maybe more—and if it was
the last t h i n g I ever did, I vowed I'd see that promise
through. W i t h a heavy heart, and a pit the size of a
bowling ball trying to rise into my throat, I headed back
for the stairwell. I needed to go up to the fourth floor
for a few minutes.
I needed to visit the Bleeders' room.
C H A P T E R T H I R T Y - S E V E N
I was in the hall outside the Bleeders' room, with no¬
where to hide, when a sour-faced nurse I didn't recog¬
nize exited the room. She was carrying a tray heaped
with plastic blood bags that had surely j u s t been har¬
vested from the group of cruelly vivisected men strapped
to the beds inside.
. "What are you doing up here?" the nurse said in a
tone that made me want to beat the life out of her with
my bare hands. W h o the hell was she to treat these
men like this, robbing them not j u s t of their life juices,
but of their dignity—hell, their humanity—as well? I
kept my cool, though. No sense blowing things now,
not when I was so close to success.
"Mr. Drake told me to deliver a message to one of
the guys in there. Said he'd be up soon to talk to him
personally. I'm supposed to wait here."
Pretty crappy cover story, I know. W h a t possible
message would the chief of security want delivered
up here, and even if he did, why would Drake pick me
to do it? In my winter coat and boots, no less. I was
counting on the fact that this nurse—whoever she
was—wouldn't really give a shit what I was doing. She
had work to do and probably wanted to get it done and
over with so she could go home. Thankfully, I was
right.
"Well, hurry up then," she said, already dismissing
me and moving away. "Don't you stir them up, or trust
me it'll be your ass, not mine."
With that rather empty threat, she wandered off to¬
ward the front of the building. I slipped inside the
Bleeders' room before she thought things through and
turned back to ask me anything else. So far I'd been
lucky—major league lucky—but I knew it wouldn't last
forever. Time was r u n n i n g out.
Just give me another half hour, I prayed to the ceiling
tiles, then looked around the sterile white room into a
hellish scene I remembered all too well.
There were ten of them now—four on one side of
the room, six on the other. Ten limbless sacks of meat
that had once been decent men but had now been r e
duced to kegs of blood for Dr. Marshall to tap any¬
time he needed. It was diabolical—there was no other
word for it—and it made me sick to my stomach to
look at them. I couldn't suppress my shudder when I
realized I knew most of these guys. His flaming red
hair drew my eyes to Red Beard first, and then old
Lucas, too, in the bed right next to him near the back
window. Charlie, the confused guy whose shouts had
led to my capture, the first t i m e , was still h e r e , blankly
staring at the ceiling along with at least four other men
whose faces I recognized but whose names I couldn't
remember.
Shit!
This wasn't a homecoming, or, for that matter, a
friendly reunion, and I'd actually been hoping to walk
into a room full of strangers. That would have been
easier for me. Familiar faces only made things harder
and pissed me off more. These same poor bastards had
been lying here all this t i m e , day after day,, week after
week, month after month, doing n o t h i n g but getting
slowly bled dry and hoping to die.
I was here to answer their prayers.
I didn't want to do it—hell, I wasn't even sure I could
do it—but I was here to try. These men had suffered
enough and although I'd only promised Lucas I'd help
him along to a better place, I felt I owed this same act of
kindness to all of them. W h a t other choice did I have?
I couldn't save anyone, or make things better, but I could
damn well put a stop to their endless misery and guar¬
antee they wouldn't somehow live through the coming
explosion. That was the last thing any of them would
want. Death and, well, me were the only friends these
guys had left.
Lucas must have heard me come in, because he
turned his head and looked my way. I raised my hand
and waved, moving toward him, but my smile froze
half-formed, when I noticed the look of fear on the old
man's face. He looked like he was about to scream.
Didn't he know who I was? Or maybe his mind had fi¬
nally shut down from the constant abuse.
Thisplace wears a man down after a while. Wears him
until he snaps.
I could still remember the day he'd said those words.
Seemed like yesterday, and certainly n o t h i n g had
changed around here to make me think his assessment
wasn't bang on. I stopped walking and held my hands
out in front of me. Hopefully he'd understand I wasn't
here to hurt him.
"Don't be scared, Lucas, it's j u s t m e , Mike."
At the sound of my voice, Red Beard opened his eyes
and looked at me from the next bed over. His eyes
opened really wide and I was scared he, too, might be
considering screaming. His mouth dropped open and
several long seconds passed before he said, "Mike? Is
that really y o u ? "
Lucas's head snapped toward Red Beard and some of
the worry left his wrinkled brow. "You see him too,
Red?"
" 'Course I see him," Red Beard's deep voice boomed
in the quiet room. "He's standing right in front of us,
ain't he?"
"You two okay?" I asked, not knowing what else to
say as I walked up to stand at the feet of their beds.
Lucas flinched again at the sound of my voice, but he
followed it with a nervous laugh that answered my
question better than any words could have.
"Jesus, Mike, I thought you were a freakin' ghost. No
foolin'. Red and I thought you were dead a long time
ago and then you j u s t show up out of nowhere, walking
in like y o u ' r e — "
Then he stopped, dead, the color draining from his
already pale face. Both Lucas and Red were eying me
up head to toe, a bit of fear creeping back into their
eyes, and I knew right away what was going through
their minds. Last time they'd seen me, I'd been getting
wheeled out of this room strapped to a leather gurney,
and I'd had the same number of arms and legs, as they
had—none! N o w here I was standing in front of them a
whole man again. No wonder they were freaked out. I
would have been too.
I really didn't have the time or energy to go through
the entire story and, in the end, it didn't make a hell of
a lot of difference bow I'd walked in here; the important
part was what I'd walked in to do.
"Listen, guys, it's a long story and I j u s t don't want to
get into it. The short, no frills version is that Dr. Mar¬
shall is still up to his old tricks and he pieced me back
together again using a lot of different people's body
parts. I've been through hell and back so don't go think¬
ing I'm luckier than you guys j u s t because I'm standing.
Trust m e , I'm not."
The room was silent for thirty seconds as they chewed
on what I'd j u s t told them. They looked at each other a
few times, puzzled expressions on their faces, but both
seemed to buy it without any more questions. For that
small mercy, I was grateful.
"Why are you here, Mike?" Lucas finally asked.
"Yeah, what's up?" Red chimed in.
N o w how was I supposed to answer those questions?
H o w do you tell y o u r friends you've come to murder
them? Damned if I knew. Instead of answering, I turned
and went to the empty bed directly across from them. I
paused for a moment, still fighting my inner demons as
to whether I should be doing this, but in my heart I
knew a mercy killing was the proper thing—the decent
t h i n g — t o do.
I bent down and picked up the thin white pillow.
"Pillow fight?" Red asked, laughing hard at his j o k e .
"I have a feeling you'll win that one, buddy."
Ignoring Red Beard, I turned and looked at Lucas,
stared straight into his eyes, and in that instant knew
he understood exactly what I'd come here to do. If he'd
screamed, or showed me any trace of fear, I might have
backed out and tossed the pillow away, but only one
emotion was shining clearly in his eyes—hope.
"Bless you, lad," Lucas whispered.
It was barely audible, but those three small words gave
me the strength I needed to see this awful task through.
Even Red Beard had caught on, and was nodding his
head, smiling at me as tears started to run down his once
jolly cheeks.
"Do it, Mike. Please,," Red Beard begged.
I looked at them both, nodded my head, and then
went right to work before my nerve deserted me.
For no reason at all, I chose to do Charlie first. I knew
he was basically comatose back when I'd been sleeping
here and was probably worse now, so I figured he'd be
as good a place to start as any. I'd already decided I
would be leaving Lucas and Red Beard until last. These
other guys were three-quarters dead already and j u s t
needed a little push to send them on their way. Putting
the pillow over my friends was going to be a whole
different ball game, so like the coward that I was, I
would avoid it as long as possible.
Charlie never moved. Didn't struggle at all when the
pillow covered his gaunt face. I wasn't even sure I was
accomplishing anything until I noticed his skinny chest
had stopped expanding and contracting. He'd died si¬
lently, in less than a minute, and tears sprung to my eyes
as I realized I'd j u s t murdered another h u m a n being.
Jackson I'd killed in self-defense, and that hadn't both¬
ered me in the least, but Charlie's death was my first
murder. The first of many on this day but I forced my¬
self not to think about it, tried to shut it out of my mind
and j u s t flick the switch over to autopilot. I hated my¬
self, sure, but I truly believed I was doing these guys a
favor—one they'd do for me if our roles were reversed.
Still, murder was murderA no matter how hard I tried to
justify it. But. there was no t u r n i n g back now. W i t h
shaking hands, I moved to the next bed.
Thirty minutes later, seven more men were dead.
Some I knew, some I didn't, but all of them went to
their great reward silently and without a fuss. Well, al¬
most all of them. One man—his name was Glen, or
maybe Ben—fought me a little, twisting and wiggling
weakly beneath my hands, but it was his body reacting
more so than his mind. I'd looked into his eyes before
placing the pillow over his face, and I knew the lights
were out upstairs.
Eight down. Two to go.
Ah, man!Here we go.
The entire time I'd been playing God with a pillow, I'd
intentionally avoided looking at Red Beard and Lucas. I
wasn't ashamed of what I was doing, and I wasn't afraid
I'd lose my nerve, I j u s t didn't want to see the look of
anticipation on their tired faces. I didn't have to look to
know they would be smiling, crying, and practically
salivating at the prospect of escaping this rotten plane
of existence for a chance at a better one Unfortunately,
I couldn't avoid Lucas and Red Beard any longer. Hold¬
ing the pillow in front of me like a shield, I walked over
to them and looked up.
It wasn't as bad as I'd expected. Sure, they looked
excited and happy to see their suffering come to an end,
but they also looked scared, not sure what—if anything—
waited in the afterlife. It was a sobering thought, one
that hit me equally hard as I expected to be j o i n i n g my
friends in death shortly myself. Would we recognize
each other if we met up on the other side? N o t my con¬
cern. Hopefully Heaven had a nice place waiting for
Lucas and Red, but I was surely headed straight to Hell
for the things I'd done today and I doubted I'd see ei¬
ther one of them again.
Stop stalling, Mike. Do what you gotta do.
"It's okay, Mike," Lucas said in a soft voice, seeing
my trepidation at approaching any closer. "We've been
dead for a long time already, our bodies j u s t won't let
go. N o n e of this is your fault, lad. I know it's a lot to
ask, but you gotta help us."
I silently nodded my head. W h a t he was saying was
true, but I still couldn't find the strength to make my
legs take a step closer. Lucas had more to say.
"I never told you this before, but my wife, Charlotte,
she died eight years ago from the cancer and I j u s t
know she's waiting for me on the other side of death's
door. Help me open the door, Mike. I don't have the
hands to do it myself and I miss her. I miss her so damn
much!"
Lucas started to cry then, and I couldn't bear to see
him suffer for one more minute. Before I chickened
out, I walked over and kissed him on the forehead.
"Kiss her once for me," I said, my own tears running
freely now.
" T h a n k y o u , Mike," he said, "I will."
Then I put the pillow on his smiling face and pressed
down with all my might. It hurt so much inside but I
smiled, too, thinking the whole time about Lucas walk¬
ing through that door, seeing his wife's beautiful face
and r u n n i n g to throw his arms around her. Maybe that
would never happen, but it was nice to think about and,
for Lucas's sake, I sure hoped it would. Either way, Dr.
Marshall would never hurt him again and I guess that
was good enough. The rest was out of my hands.
Red Beard had been quiet for a long time, but he
spoke to me now. "I think he's gone, Mike."
I checked to see that Lucas's chest had stopped mov¬
ing, and it was still, but I held on to the pillow another
minute before I took it off his face. I'd failed him last
time and I wanted to make damn sure I'd done the j o b
right this time. No worries, Lucas was gone and had
died with a smile on his face.
"You got anyone waking on the other side for you,
Red?" I asked, hoping for the best.
"Not really. My parents, I guess. Be nice to see them
again. Maybe a few old firemen buddies. W h o knows?
How about you?"
"My wife and little boy. Car accident. I don't know
much about this stuff, Red, but if there is a Heaven,
and they'll consider letting a fool like me in, I'm look¬
ing forward to seeing them soon too. It's crazy to think
about, but it helps, you know?"
Red Beard nodded, tears flowing down his cheeks al¬
most as much as mine. "Let's do this, Mike. I'm ready"
I waUted over beside him, kissed him on the forehead
too, and was about to put the pillow on his smiling face
when I saw his eyes open wide in surprise. There was
fear in those eyes as well. W h e n I turned to follow his
gaze, I understood why.
Drake was standing in the doorway.
Too long, Mike. You took too long.
The head of security looked astonished to see me.
He was still sweaty and breathing, hard from his search
in the forest, and finding me standing here in the castle
had him at a temporary loss for words. He got over it,
though, quickly.
"Are you out of your fucking mind, Mike?"
I didn't say anything.
"You somehow get the j u m p on Jackson, and instead
of hightailing it away from here, you. decide to come
back to say good-bye to y o u r friends?"
Then he took a few steps into the room and a closer
look at the men lying in their beds, then down at the
pillow still clasped tightly in my hands, and he started
laughing. Laughing hard, the thought of me killing the
Bleeders somehow hilarious to him.
"You are crazy I knew it. Hot damn! This is one for
the record books. We're out r u n n i n g around in the
damn forest, and here you are playing Kiss-the-Pillow
with your old buddies. Dr. Marshall's gonna love this."
"How'd you find m e ? " I asked, stalling for time.
"Nurse Harper," he answered. "She mentioned some¬
one delivering a message up here for me and I knew it
was bullshit. Tell you the truth, though, I thought it was
one of my guards slacking off. I came up here to rip him
a new asshole for not helping us look for you, I damn
near fainted when I saw you standing there. You're full
of surprises; I'll give you that. It's almost a shame to kill
someone like you, but I gotta—"
"Leave him alone, Drake, you bastard!" Red Beard
shouted, his voice seemingly far too loud and powerful
to have come from such a small, wasted body.
Drake laughed again. "Fuckyou, Torso Boy. Shut your
mouth or I'll cut your eyes out next."
To add legitimacy to his threat, Drake withdrew a
short-bladed, nasty-looking knife and drew circles in
the air in Red Beard's direction. My friend groaned,
closed his eyes and started praying in whispers, which
pleased Drake immensely. W i t h Red Beard put back in
his place, the hulking guard turned his attention to m e ,
pointing the knife in my direction and licking his Hps.
He started walking toward me.
"Be a good boy, Mike, and I'll make this quick and
painless for you. I'm too tired to keep fucking around
with an irritating turd like you. Your choice. Either
way, you're going down."
Don't be so sure of that, big boy.
Drake had a sharp knife, but I had Jackson's gun.
W i t h no time to spare, I tossed the pillow and dug in
my jacket pocket. As quickly as I could, I pulled out the
shiny silver gun, more than happy to p u m p some bullets
into this big mouthy cocksucker, fill him with enough
lead to make him magnetic, then spit in his face as he
dropped at my feet. Wishful thinking.
Drake was damn quick for a brute, and by the time I
transferred the gun to my shooting hand and tried to
pull the trigger, he was already in my face. He grabbed
my left wrist in his right hand, making sure he pointed
the gun away, and then started squeezing. My skinny
wrist bones were like matchsticks in his vicelike grip
and I screamed as something in my lower arm went
SNAP! Fire engulfed my hand for a moment, and then
everything went n u m b . My fingers spasmed and the
gun fell to the floor between us. Drake kicked it away,
across the room, smiling at me like a hungry carnivore.
"Good effort, Mike, j u s t not good enough," Drake
said, keeping a hold of my shattered wrist as he thrust
his knife toward my belly.
Instinctively, I twisted my body to the right to avoid
his deadly blow and Drake's knife tore a long gash in
my jacket, scratching me along my left ribcage, draw¬
ing blood but not incapacitating me. I swung my right
fist as hard as I could at Drake's throat, hoping to catch
him in the Adam's apple but he saw the punch coming
and ducked. My fist connected solidly with his chin, but
I didn't have enough strength to do much damage.
Drake shook it off easily, his arrogant smile still in
place, and came at me with the knife again.
I tried a second time to twist away, this time to the
left, but Drake wasn't being fooled again. He antici¬
pated my move and drove the short-bladed knife into
my right side, below the ribcage. The knife sticking out
of me, Drake finally let go of my wrist and let me drop
to my knees on the floor.
Time stood still for a moment.
I held my breath, waiting to die.
Drake was triumphantly standing over m e , laughing,
and I could j u s t make out Red Beard crying on the
other side of the room, but I wasn't paying much atten¬
tion to either one of them. All I could think about was
one crystal clear thought.
Why doesn't it hurt?
A knife in the belly is supposed to hurt, right? Death
by stabbing is supposed to be a horrible, painful thing,
right? Then why wasn't it?
I couldn't feel anything. In fact, the first cut across
my ribs hurt. more. Maybe adrenaline and my hatred
for Drake were blocking the pain, but even if that were
true, they wouldn't do much to stop the blood.
And there was no blood.
I looked down, saw the knife sticking out of the ripped
hole its entry had made in my coat, and wondered what
was happening, I doubled over so I could yank the knife
out of me with my right hand without Drake seeing me,
and was shocked to see a round rubber disk come out
stuck on the end of the knife. The short blade had
speared it almost dead center, but not penetrating
enough that it was sticking out the backside.
Son of a bitch! Puckman!
It was the crazy Mexican's silly puck. The one I'd
stolen all those m o n t h s ago, hoping to bean him in the
kisser with it before the train ran me over. It had been
sitting in my coat pocket all this t i m e , forgotten and of
no use to anyone—except to save my life!
Or j u s t prolong it.
I was still in big trouble here. Before I lost the only
chance I was likely to get, I faked a pain-filled groan
and collapsed even further to the ground, hiding my
uninjured belly from Drake's view and using my left
forearm to pry the puck off the knife blade. The numb¬
ness was going away and my wrist was starting to hurt
like a bitch, but that only helped make my groans all
the more realistic. Drake was still laughing at me when
I looked up into his ugly face. He was really enjoying
my death, getting off on my pain and suffering.
That was when I shoved the knife up into his groin,
rammed it into his balls as hard as I could. Then I twisted
it, first to the left, then the right, then back to the left
again, just for the hell of it. Blood was pouring down
onto my hand by this time, and Drake wasn't laughing
anymore. N o , he was screaming like a girl, high-pitched
and really, really loud.
Perfect!
Let the bastard scream. It was sweet music to my ears
and something I'd waited an awfully long time to hear.
Part of me wished Drake's suffering could last for hours,
days, weeks maybe, and everyone in this room was still
alive to see it, but that wasn't going to happen. The big
man dropped to his knees beside me, a look of sheer
disbelief on his face. He tried to speak, but I wasn't in
the mood to listen to anymore of his bullshit so I drove
the knife deep into his chest-I think I lucked out and
stuck it in his heart first try. Blood gushed out of his nose
and mouth, his eyes rolled back in his head, and he top¬
pled over backward never to move again.
Just like that, big bad Drake was dead.
C H A P T E R T H I R T Y - E I G H T
Part of me wanted to j u m p to my feet and dance a j i g
over Drake's dead body. In my humble opinion, the
world was far better off without the sick perverted fuck.
I wanted to get up and kick the muscle-headed ignora¬
mus about a hundred times, then kiss him on the lips
j u s t to thank him for the sheer pleasure his death had
given me. I was giddy with joy, for sure, but.another
part of me was too hurt, too exhausted, too damn bone
weary to bother doing any of those silly macho things.
So I j u s t sat there quietly on the floor, covered in sticky
blood, not sure what to do next. I might have been in
shock.
My mind went away for a while.
Someplace quiet.
N e x t thing I knew, I was standing at the foot of Red
Beard's bed, looking down at my friend without the
slightest clue how I'd gotten there. One quick glance
behind me confirmed Drake was still lying in a rather
large red puddle—which was a relief because for a sec
ond I thought I might have hallucinated the entire con¬
frontation with Dr. Marshall's security chief.
"You okay, Mike?" Red asked, his bigpuppy dog eyes
red from crying.
I was covered in Drake's blood, and my wrist, ribs
and knee Kurt like hell, but for the most part I was d o
ing all right. Better than Drake, that was for sure.
"Yeah, Red, I'm fine. H o w about y o u ? "
Red j u s t nodded, a small smile touching the corners
of his mouth. "You had me worried there. Thought you
were in over your head with Drake, but damned if you
didn't give him what he deserved. Good for you, buddy.
Couldn't have happened to a bigger asshole, you ask
me. Hope he's already b u r n i n g in Hell."
"You and me both," I said, unzipping my soiled coat
and tossing it on the floor.
My coat had taken the brunt of Drake's bleeding,
and, fond memories aside, it was a sloppy mess and I
wasn't keeping the damn thing on another second. I
spent a few minutes wiping my hands off on Red's bedsheet, more to prepare for what was coming next than
any real need to clean my hands. I also tore a strip off
the sheet to wrap around my damaged left wrist, using
my teeth to help cinch the knot tight. Again, I suppose
I was stalling, but I was starting to feel really good
about all this. My plan was holding up. Killing Drake
was surely a good sign things were meant to work out.
I'd help Red move on, then blow this charnel house as
close to Heaven as all the spreading gas would get me
once it ignited.
"Okay," I said, walking over and grabbing another
pillow, "Let's finish this thing. You ready?"
I wasn't expecting Red to be happy about what was
going to happen, but I never expected him to look at me
with such fear. The first time I'd approached with the
pillow he hadn't looked like this. W h a t had changed?
"What's the matter, man? I thought you wanted
this?"
"You've got m y . . . my ... " Red began, but then he
started to shake, what was left of his body trembling
beneath his thin blanket. He wasn't looking into my
eyes; wasn't looking at my face at all, but lower, at my
left arm. I looked down, saw what was giving him such
grief and nearly screamed. There on my bicep was a
tattoo of a bright red fireman's helmet, with a yellow
ladder and an axe crisscrossing in front of it. The words
N . F . S T A T I O N # 5 were boldly writte n below.
Holy shit!
"Is that mine?" Red asked m e , his strong voice break¬
ing on the last word.
How was I supposed to answer? W h a t could I say to
justify and explain why I was wearing his fucking arm?
How could I have been such an idiot not to have no¬
ticed this before? Sure, I remembered him showing ail
of us how proud he'd been of this tattoo, but I'd been so
busy whining about how ugly my patched-together
body looked, I'd never made the connection. I hadn't
stopped to wonder if I knew any of the donors or what
might happen if they ever found out I'd received their
stolen body parts. I hadn't been the one to take their
limbs from them, but standing in front of Red Beard, I
couldn't help but feel like a thief. Worse, actually, be¬
cause not only was I wearing an arm that didn't belong
to m e , I was holding a pillow with it, about to murder
him using the strength of his own flesh.
"I'm sorry, Red," I said, knowing I had to say some¬
thing to make him understand. "I didn't have a say in
any of this, same as you. It's Dr. Marshall that caused
all this suffering. It's his fault. He put me to sleep and I
woke up looking like this. Please don't hate me."
Red Beard didn't say anything for a long t i m e , but he
was looking into my eyes again. His trembling slowly
subsided, but tears were still streaming out of his swol¬
len eyes. "I don't hate you, Mike. Christ, n o , you know
that. I j u s t can't take it anymore. I've hit the wall and I
wanna go away. Heaven or Hell or j u s t a big black hole
in the ground, I don't much care. Just get me out of
here, okay? Please."
I nodded, not trusting myself to speak right now.
Grabbing the pillow, I moved to the side of his bed and
numbly prepared to commit murder again.
"Promise me something, Mike?" Red Beard asked as
I was lowering the pillow.
"I'll get him, Red," I said, knowing what he needed
to hear. "Count on it, my friend. N a t h a n Marshall will
be dead within an hour."
I didn't have total faith in what I was saying, but ev¬
ery word came straight from my heart and I vowed to
do everything in my power to make it reality—or die
trying. Red Beard nodded and smiled. I smiled back,
then placed the pillow down on his face before he could
see me break down in tears.
C H A P T E R T H I R T Y - N I N E
Red Beard was gone and his death weighed heavily on
my mind. The pillow I'd used was still resting on his
face, a poor man's shroud if ever there was one. I'd been
too distraught—and I'll admit it, afraid—to remove the
pillow and look at him. I didn't want to see if he'd been
suffering in his last few moments. I wanted to believe
he was smiling under there, j u s t like Lucas had been,
but damned if I was going to find out. No way.
My head was spinning. I had to fight to keep my
thoughts moving in the right direction. If I stopped to
think too hard about what I'd j u s t done I'd go mad,
probably He down on the floor between Lucas and Red
and be done with it. I still had a j o b to do, though, and
more importantly, a promise to keep.
Before leaving the Bleeders' room I gathered up my
growing arsenal of weapons and supplies. I now had two
guns: Drake's and Jackson's; two knives: Drake's buck
knife and Junie's switchblade; a Bic lighter; and the
wooden grave marker.
Problem was, I couldn't carry it all. The knives could
slip into my pant pockets, no problem, but with my in¬
jured wrist I could only carry one of the guns. I could
stuff one down the front of my pants but with my luck
I'd probably blow my dick off. N o , one gun was surely
all I'd need. Drake's gun still had a full clip, so I grabbed
it and left Jackson's on one of the spare beds. I almost
left the wooden cross behind, but on a whim I stuck it
down the front of my shirt.
Last but not least, I made sure I cranked on all the
oxygen gas valves—one stationed at the head of every
bed in the room—before saying good-bye to Lucas and
Red and heading out into the fourth-floor hallway.
Thankfully, it was deserted, but I knew I'd really
have to be on my toes now. If Drake had come back to
the castle, no doubt the rest of his boys were back, too,
and none of them would let me walk on by like the
nurse and the orderly had done earlier. If I was spotted
again I was in big, big trouble.
Mind you, so was whoever spotted me because I was
armed and determined to go down fighting. I didn't give
a damn whether I got my throat cut in a fight or was
gunned down in a standoff, but I desperately needed to
get somewhere that I could ignite the gas before I let
them take me down.
And I knew j u s t the place.
I headed for the front stairwell.
My guess was all of the remaining security team
would be congregating down in Drake's office on the
ground floor. They'd be waiting to see what Drake
wanted to do next. They weren't stupid and would soon
start trying to reach their leader on the walkie-talkies,
but they'd stand around talking amongst themselves
for ten or fifteen minutes, at least, before anyone started
to get antsy. Then they'd spread out and start looking
for him, which didn't bother me because I wasn't going
anywhere near Drake's security office, or for that mat¬
ter, anywhere in the labs, operating theaters, or patient
rooms where the guards might eventually start search¬
ing. N o , I was going to the one place I didn't think they'd
bother looking—the tower room above the fourth-floor
stairwell at the front of the building.
Andrew's room.
It had been Drake's room when I first came here, but
now that Dr> Marshall no longer needed his wheelchair,
I'm pretty sure Andrew had been moved up there on a
permanent basis. Maybe they'd all slept in the tower
together. One big happy family. Regardless, if Andrew
was alive I knew that's where he'd be. Partly I wanted to
find him out of curiosity; I'll admit that. I wanted to
know what had happened to him. I needed to see if Dr.
Marshall's son was dead and gone or if he was wearing a
flesh suit the same as me—only his would be Bill Smith's
upgraded model with a hell of a lot less scars on it. The
main reason, though, was I knew the tower room had
several oxygen hookups and its small confined space
would be a perfect spot to spark the first explosion.
I considered trying to hunt down Dr. Marshall first
and pull an incredibly satisfying Rambo on him, ful¬
filling my promise to Red Beard as well as getting the
face-to-face revenge I so richly deserved, but I was smart
enough to know it was a bad idea. I had no idea where
Dr. Marshall might be, and any attempt to locate him
would probably get me killed—either by the insane
doctor himself, or by one of his guards—before I could
ignite the spreading gases. That was a risk I wasn't will¬
ing to take.
Besides, it was pointless. If Dr. Marshall was still in
the building when the explosion went off—and I was
99 percent sure he was—he was going to get what was
coming to him, whether I was standing there to see it
happen or not. Sure, I'd have loved to see the look on
his face knowing I'd gotten the last laugh on the rich
psycho, but knowing without a doubt he was going to
die along with his cruel staff members and his unethi¬
cal medical secrets was good enough for me.
As soon as I opened the door leading into the front
stairwell I heard voices. Two people, their voices muf¬
fled, neither one sounding happy. They were clearly ar¬
guing, but I couldn't make out what about. I prepared
to duck back into the fourth-floor hallway, but no foot¬
steps were coming up the stairs and I figured I could
slip into the tower room before anyone spotted me.
Quiet as a mouse, I climbed the last staircase, and was
halfway around the corner when I realized the voices I
was hearing were getting louder, clearer.
Someone's in the tower room.
Andrew? Who else?
This wasn't good. Definitely not part of the plan. I
inched up the stairs, hearing the voices clear enough
now that I recognized one of them as Dr. Marshall's.
My heart shot into my throat, fear trying to strangle
me, but I fought it hard, swallowing the anxiety down
with the soothing realization that I'd be getting my
chance at personal revenge after all. The other voice
sounded familiar but I couldn't place it yet. My gun at
the ready, I took another few steps up and peered over
the riser to see who Dr. Marshall was arguing with.
It was Andrew, but not the Andrew Marshall I re¬
membered meeting. He was no longer a disembodied
man trapped in a glass tank, but like me, his body had
been made whole again. He sat upright, strapped into a
silver high-backed wheelchair equipped with a head
brace, near the skillfully restored stained glass window
I'd tried to take a header out of on my last visit to this
room.
Although Andrew was fully dressed, wearing a dark
blue wool sweater and baggy j e a n s , I knew he was trans¬
planted into Bill Smith's flesh suit, which accounted for
his familiar voice. It was Bill's voice I was hearing. An¬
drew had inherited his benefactor's vocal chords along
with the rest of his body. I hadn't known Bill for long,
but k was kind of creepy hearing his voice. Made me
wonder again whose voice I was speaking with.
Doesn't matter^ don't get sidetracked. Just run up there
with your gun blasting.
I was full of good ideas today, but that wasn't one of
them. I wasn't sold on the notion of shooting Dr. M a r
shall. A bullet was too clean of a way for him to go out. I
was also worried about the shot being heard all over the
building and Drake's guards coming on the run. Be¬
sides, I wanted to hear what they were shouting about,
so I stayed put, listening in on their argument.
"You're a fool," Dr. Marshall said to his son. "An un
grateful fool. I've spent my life trying to help you walk
and you want to quit on me now when we're this close
to success?"
"Success?" Andrew yelled back. "You call this suc
cess? Look at m e , father. You cut my real body away
piece by piece until there was nothin' left, then you try
sewing me up inside another man's dead body, but guess
what, Dad, I still can't walk."
"I know that, Andrew. And I transplanted you into
another man's living body, not dead. There's a big dfference."
"Not to m e , there isn't."
"The problem was you were in the submersion tank
for too long. The infection spread to your spine and
shut down a lot of your neuropathways, basically leav¬
ing you a quadriplegic in your new body. Don't worry,
though, we aren't out of options yet, son. All we have to
do is take a few steps back. We'll get another flesh suit
for you, only this time what we do is leave the spinal
column of the donor intact and j u s t transplant y o u r
head onto the healthy neck. I can do it, son, I swear I
can!"
"Oh Christ! W h a t ' s next after that, Dad? You gonna
j u s t scoop my brain out and dump it into another
stranger?"
"I won't have to, Andrew. This time it'll work. You
have to trust me."
"No way. Never again. I don't want to live like this
anymore, Dad. Please. I can't handle being cut apart
again. You have to stop this insanity."
"Never! I'm going to make you walk again, Andrew.
One day, you'll thank me."
"No, Dad. I won't. You treat me like a lab animal and
expect me to worship your genius like the other sheep
around here. I hate you for what you've done. You can't
make me go through that again. I'd rather die."
"Don't be so naive. Of course I can make you, and I
will. W h o ' s going to stop m e ? "
From my hiding place on the stairs, I knew that was my
cue. Ii" ever there was a time for me to play the action
hero, this was definitely it. In the movies, this was where
any good secret agent worth his salt steps out into the
open and confidently says, "I will." Unfortunately, this
wasn't the movies. I had no intention of being so civil
and—let's face it—stupid enough to give away the ele¬
ment of surprise I was going to need.
For all my big talk about finding Dr. Marshall and
getting my face-to-face revenge, I would have preferred
to have found this room empty and gone about my plan
of blowing up the castle quietly, without complications.
That obviously wasn't going to happen, but if I was
forced into confronting Marshall, I could at least do it
on my own terms, hopefully sneaking up and taking
him out before he knew I was there. I was too banged
up and exhausted for another fight.
Just shoot him, then, my conscience suggested again,
but I dismissed the notion a second time. It would be a
cowardly thing to do—which I had no problem with at
all—but I couldn't risk having Drake's security team
hearing the shot. N o , the gun was out, which left me
with only two options. Drake's knife was sticky, liter¬
ally painted red with his blood, but so too was Junie's
blade that I'd killed Jackson with. I really didn't have
any desire to touch either one again but I had to so I
went for Drake's. I'd have to push the blade release but¬
ton on Junie's and in this cramped stairwell I was fairly
sure Dr. Marshall would hear the sound of the blade
sliding out. Maybe not, but it wasn't worth the risk.
I laid the gun down on the top stair, grabbed the
buck knife in my right hand, and as quietly as I could,
started creeping toward Dr. Marshall's exposed back. I
only made it five feet before he turned and spotted me.
Noise hadn't given me away; it was Andrew. He'd been
facing me as I stepped clear of the stairwell and let's
j u s t say his poker face needed work. Andrew's eyes shot
wide open and damned if he didn't keep staring at me
until his father had turned around to see what was dis¬
tracting him.
Thanks, Andrew. Just the help I needed.
W h e n Dr. Marshall saw me, he didn't seem nearly as
shocked as his son. He actually looked happy, smiling a
big toothy out-of-his-freaking-mind grin that scared the
bejesus out of me. Fear wasn't an option right now, so I
threw caution to the wind and charged Dr. Marshall in a
wild offensive attack before he had a chance to defend
himself. I think my boldness surprised him, his smile
faltering as I rapidly closed the gap, bloody buck knife
held out in front of me like a medieval knight's jousting
lance.
Dr. Marshall spun around, searching for a weapon,
but there was n o t h i n g within arm's reach. I'd have taken
him right then, quick and easy, if my left knee had held
up for a few more strides. W i t h victory and revenge
literally five feet away, my knee gave out and I dropped
face-first to the carpet at Dr. Marshall's feet. I hit hard,
stars dancing in front of my eyes as my chin bounced
off the floor. My knee was t h r o b b i n g horribly, too, but
I had worse problems than pain. I had to shake it off
and get to my feet—fast.
Dr. Marshall had other ideas.
W h i l e I was sprawled on the floor, he stomped on my
hand, savagely grinding his heel down until I screamed
and released the knife. He kicked the blade under the
neatly made bed off to our left. Then he started kicking
me in the ribs, arms, and legs—anywhere he could get
a swing at—really laying the boots to me. I curled into
a ball and tried to protect my head.
K n o w i n g being defensive would only get me killed, I
uncurled and launched myself at his legs, grabbing
them and tugging him off balance. He tumbled to the
floor, landing with a satisfying thump, but he didn't
miss a beat and was back on top of me in seconds, flail¬
ing away at my head and chest with his fists. I landed a
few good licks of my own, but he was stronger than me
and had me pinned to the floor. My mind wasn't too
clear, what with the beating I was taking, but I was lu¬
cid enough to know I needed to get my hands on one of
my other weapons if I wanted to win this fight. Trouble
was, the gun was sitting on the top stair, out of the
equation. The switchblade was within reach, in my
right pant pocket, but with Dr. Marshall straddling my
lap, it was impossible for me to get at it.
Dr. Marshall smacked me once more in the face,
crushing my nose, nearly k n o c k i n g m e out cold. It didn't
hurt that much, but by the time I shook the cobwebs
from my head, he'd wrapped his long powerful fingers
around my neck and was trying to strangle me. The
surgeon's fingers were strong, digging into my flesh and
tightening like ten baby boa constrictors. I tried to
punch him in the face, but I didn't have much fight left
in my battered body and my punch barely fazed him.
He started smiling again, thinking he had me and there
was n o t h i n g I could do about it.
Wrong, asshole/
As my vision started to blur and my lungs screamed
for oxygen, I slipped my right hand inside my shirt and
grabbed hold of the last hope I had of surviving this
fight. My fingers tightened around the shaft of the
wooden cross, the marker that had been meant to adorn
my grave. Right sentiment—wrong body!
I pulled the cross free, my fist wrapped around the
top bar with the sharpened shaft p r o t r u d i n g out be¬
tween my second and third fingers, looking nasty, like
something Abraham Van Helsing might use on a vam¬
pire hunt. I drove the makeshift weapon up at Dr. Mar¬
shall's body with every ounce of strength I had left. He
saw it coming but couldn't get out of the way. The crude
wooden blade caught him in the throat, under his chin,
and all ten inches of the shaft slid up through the roof
of his mouth and into his brain, j a r r i n g to a stop when
the tip scraped the roof of his skull and my bloody
knuckles slammed into the bottom of his jaw.
Dr. Marshall went rigid for a moment, his fingers
clawing into my throat even tighter than before, but
then his body relaxed and his fingers went limp. I
tugged the cross out of his ruined throat and a torrent
of blood poured out of the wound down onto m e , a
crimson rain mixed with chunks of gray matter that
looked like oatmeal cookie dough. Dr. Marshall fell off
me, tipping over backward, dead long before he hit the
floor.
I should hare felt jubilant, whooping it up, celebrat¬
ing my grand victory over the man who'd ruined my
life, but I didn't. Emotionally, I didn't feel anything.
Spent, maybe. Empty. I lay on the bloody floor, covered
in gore, hurting like hell, and having a hard time catching
my breath. There was still work to do and I should be
getting at it, but man, I was tired. All I could think of
was how nice it would be to close my eyes and take a
nap—a quick power nap to recharge the batteries and
forget about all my problems for fifteen minutes.
Yeah, right. Who are you trying to kid?
If I closed my eyes now I knew the game was over. I'd
never get up again. The next sight I'd see was the barrel
of one of the security guard's guns as he kicked me
awake before putting a bullet in my head. I hadn't come
this far to quit now. Mind you, maybe with Drake and
Dr. Marshall now both dead, I didn't really need to blow
up the castle. I'd killed the two men most responsible
for the crimes committed here, so maybe I could j u s t
crawl over to the stairs, pick up my gun, j a m it in my
mouth and call it a life. N o t a bad idea.
The easy road wasn't in the cards for m e , though.
There would be files, and lab reports, and j o u r n a l s , and
videotapes, and who knew what other proof around
here that would show that what N a t h a n Marshall had
been working on actually worked. He was out of his
mind, insane with his obsession to help his son, but
those things aside—he was a brilliant man. There was
no denying his crazy Frankenstein experiments were a
whopping success. I couldn't bite a bullet and leave all
that documentation lying around for some other scien¬
tist to discover. The police would turn it all over to
someone higher up the ladder, and eventually the gov¬
ernment scientists would swarm this place like ants to a
honey jar. That was unacceptable.
Sure, Dr. Marshall's work had the potential to help a
lot of people but it wouldn't work out that way. Some¬
one with power would corrupt things, maybe see the
potential to create soldiers that could be continually
re-fitted with new bodies after their current ones broke
down or were damaged. They wouldn't need to retrain
troops—all they had to do was take the experienced
soldier's head and give him a nice new strong body to
fight another day with. Maybe none of that would ever
happen and I was j u s t being paranoid, but the thought
of an army of super soldiers scared me, and the vision
of warehouses full of readily available flesh suits danc¬
ing in their watery tanks chilled me to the bone.
No way. Bring this place to the ground, Mike. Don't leave
nothin' but a big smoking hole.
My mind made up, I tried to sit up and get moving.
Bad idea. My k n e e , wrist, ribs, nose, and body hurt so
bad I didn't think there was any way I could ever get to
my feet. For a heartbeat, I seriously worried that I
might be too beaten and battered to carry out my plan,
but I pushed those negative thoughts aside. It was
crunch time.
Get up, man! If not for you, get your ass up and do this for
Junie and for all the other innocent people who've died here
while Marshall and Drake were playing God.
That got me moving, and although I felt like I'd
gone fifteen rounds with Lennox Lewis, I gritted my
teeth and stood up. My head spun again, and I nearly
went down, but I took several deep breaths and man-,
aged to stay on my feet.
I ignored Andrew for the moment. He'd been sitting
silently through everything that j u s t happened, staring
at me now like I was from outer space. I didn't know if
he was relieved I'd killed his father or in massive shock,
but before I dealt with him I had to crack open all the
gas valves in the room while I still had the strength to
do it.
Silently, I went back to work.
C H A P T E R F O R T Y
The tower room was t u r n i n g out to be a better place to
start the chain of explosions than I'd originally thought.
N o t only were there four oxygen gas valve stations in
the room, but there was also a row of six large stand-up
oxygen tanks strapped together against the far wall. It
looked like they were there strictly as a backup to the
plumbed-in system, a fail-safe j u s t in case the regular
system wasn't working. There was also a portable ethylene cylinder hooked to the metal safety rail on the
side of Andrew's bed. I cranked them all wide open,
and then sat down on the bed to wait for the gases to
saturate the room. W h e n this place went up, it was go¬
ing to be one mother of a boom.
Too bad I won't be around to see it.
W i t h the work done, I couldn't ignore Andrew any¬
more. I didn't want t o , anyway. I wanted to talk to him
while we still had the chance. He was sitting in his
chair with a funny look on his face, silently watching
me with an accusing glare that made it hard for me to
know where to start. Sure I was sorry he'd been forced
to watch me kill his father, but I wasn't the least bit
sorry about what I'd done. It would have been nice to
do it cleaner, but it didn't change the fact that N a t h a n
Marshall had to die—that he deserved to die—arid I'd
do it again without hesitation. Hopefully I could ex¬
plain my reasons to Andrew, but I wouldn't blame him
if he hated me.
"Listen, Andrew, my name is Michael Fox and I just
wanted you to know—"
"Are you going to blow this place up?" he asked.
His first question didn't have anything to do with his
dad and that caught me off guard. "Ah, yeah. That's the
plan, anyway. Look, I'm real sorry about—"
"Will it work?" he cut me off again. "I mean, you're
using more than just the gas in this room, I hope. This
is a big building."
I didn't know how to respond to the way Andrew was
acting. Didn't he want to discuss his father's death?
Maybe not. I decided j u s t to play along. "I know it is.
I've opened every gas valve I can find in the building,
and not j u s t the oxygen. I found a shitload of portable
ethylene and ether tanks down on the second and third
floors. Even better, before I started sneaking around, I
caused a massive oxygen and natural gas leak hi the base
ment. Gas has been free-flowing and mixing throughout
the building for quite a while now. I can't guarantee it,
but my guess it there won't be much left of this place
once I'm done."
"Good," Andrew said, and shocked me by smiling.
For a moment I wondered if he might be as crazy as
his old man, but I soon realized it was a genuine smile.
He was honestly happy and relieved to hear what I'd
been up to.
"You're okay with that?" I asked.
"Absolutely. Listen, Michael, if I could step out of
this chair, I'd do the same thing."
That was good to hear. N o w , for the hard question.
"And y o u r father? I hope you understand—"
"He was an evil bastard that got what he deserved,"
Andrew said, his quiet tone layered with years of bitter¬
ness and deep-seated, hatred for the man lying between
us on the blood-soaked floor. "I understand perfectly.
Don't get me wrong, there was a day I loved my father
dearly, thought he could do no wrong and was a saint
for trying so hard to help me. That was before I found
out how many people he was hurting on my behalf. I
begged him to stop, but he j u s t wouldn't listen."
"It's a shame," I said, trying to find some words that
might allay his guilty feelings. "Your father was a bril¬
liant m a n — "
"He was brilliant, sure, but his brilliance took a
detour into madness and crazy obsession somewhere
along the line, a downward spiral that eventually led
to this. I mean, look at us! That man lying on the floor
isn't my father anymore; hasn't been for a long time.
N o t the father I loved and respected, anyway. It might
sound cold, but I'm glad he's dead. Somebody had to
stop him."
I dug into my pocket and showed Andrew the Bic
lighter I had, getting it ready for the big show.
"The job's only half done. We have to blow this place
off the face of the earth so no one else can walk in and
take over where y o u r dad left off. I have no problem dy¬
ing, but what about you, Andrew? I overheard you tell
your father you'd rather die than live like this. Did you
mean that?"
"Of course. I've wanted that for years now but I've
never been able to pull it off. I was either too sick or j u s t
didn't have the body parts to hold a gun or pop a bottle
of pills."
Yeah, I know that feeling. Poor bugger.
"Good, 'cause I don't think there's any way I can get
you out of here. Drake's security team is going to start
looking around soon. We're relatively safe up here, I
think, but I couldn't get you out the door. Besides, I'm
too busted up to carry you, so I guess we'll j u s t wait
here together and take it easy. Sound okay?"
"Sounds fine, but why do you need to die? I agree you
can't take me, I wouldn't go even if you could, but
there's no need for you to stick around."
"Sure there is. W h o ' s going to set off the explosion if
I'm not here?"
"Well, me, obviously."
"You? But you're paralyzed."
"I'm paralyzed for the most part, but not everything.
I can still wiggle my fingers, especially on my right
hand. H e r e , look—"
Sure enough, he could move a few of his fingers on
his left hand, and all of the ones on his right. I watched
him wiggle his right t h u m b rapidly up and down and I
couldn't believe it. It was almost as if fate, or some other
higher power, had preordained that Andrew would need
to use that digit for something important.
Like flicking the Bic.
I shouldn't have thought that. Shouldn't have even
considered it. I'd never for a moment envisioned the
possibility I might live through this day, but now that I
had, my mind started racing, my heart pounding, and
the short hair stood up on the back of my neck. A big
shit-kicker grin was slowly creeping onto my face and I
tried to kid myself it was only the oxygen-saturated air
making me feel so giddy.
Maybe Andrew's, right. If he can operate this lighter, I
could slip down to the fourth-floor hallway, use the back
stairs to get outside, and go hide in the woods. Get a front
row seat to watch the fireworks!
Those were bad thoughts-A-silly thoughts—and I had
to stop right now before they started making sense. There
was no way I could leave Andrew up here to finish this. It
was my j o b to do. My responsibility. Wasn't it?
Seeing the confusion on my face, Andrew pressed
the issue. "I can do it. I know I can. H e r e , let me show
you I can hold it."
Curious, but all the time cursing myself for starting
to get my hopes u p , I handed Andrew the lighter, help¬
ing him get it into the correct position and seeing if he
could hold on. He did. Easily.
"What did I tell ya?" Andrew said, probably more
excited and happy than he'd been in twenty years.
I could tell he really wanted to do this— needed t o ,
maybe.
"Are you sure you want to do this alone?" I asked. I
already knew the answer, but needed to hear Andrew
say it one more time before my conscience would allow
me to leave.
"More than you'll ever know, Michael. I'm the rea¬
son my father became obsessed with transplantation
and if it wasn't for me, none of this would exist. All
those people died because of me."
"That's not true," I said. "Your father's to blame.
Maybe Drake, too, but none of this was your fault."
Andrew sat quietly for a moment, a single tear slid¬
ing down his cheek. "I know that, I really do, but it still
doesn't make me feel any better. There's no denying a
lot of people would be alive today if I'd j u s t died at
birth. I can't do anything about that, but I can at least
do this. My fault or not, I started this madness; it's only
right I be the one that ends it. My life has to have had
some purpose. Maybe this is it."
How could I possibly argue with that? Life had been
cruel to Andrew. He'd been getting the short end of the
stick his entire life. If being the one who triggered the
explosion would give h i m a sense of satisfaction, closure,
or perhaps atonement for all the suffering and death in¬
flicted on his behalf, who was I to stand in his way?
I wheeled his chair over beside the cluster of emer¬
gency oxygen tanks. "Let the gas build up for as long as
you can, okay? The longer, the better. Soon as you see
a security guard's head pop out of this stairwell, let that
t h u m b of yours work its magic. Don't worry about me.
If I'm not out of here by then it's my own bloody fault.
Understand?"
"Get moving, then," Andrew said, a contented smile
on his face. "My trigger finger's getting mighty itchy."
I nodded, and headed for the stairs.
C H A P T E R F O R T Y - O N E
I picked up the gun off the top stair and made my way
down onto the fourth floor as quickly and quietly as I
could. I was in big-time pain, hurting all over, but there
was n o t h i n g I could do except clench my teeth and keep
moving. Turning the bend in the hall I made my way
toward the back stairs and was nearly at the exit when I
heard the sound of heavy boots stamping on the other
side of the door, getting closer.
Guards!
Had to be, which meant the search was on. Sound
echoed in the stairwell, so I wasn't exactly sure if they
were coming to this floor or were still down on level
two or three. Didn't matter; if they were on the way up
it meant I couldn't risk charging down the stairs to get
outside. That would be suicide, and now that I'd been
given the opportunity, I desperately wanted to live to
see this hellhole crumble. As much as I wanted out of
here, I needed to slow down and think. The front stairs
would be j u s t as bad of a choice, maybe worse, because
Drake would have his men trained well and I was sure
they'd post someone to man each stairwell, covering
the exits. There had to be another way—a safer, un¬
guarded way—out of here.
My mind drew a blank. I couldn't think of a single
t h i n g to try and I was seriously considering r e t u r n i n g
to the tower room to see this through to the end along¬
side Andrew. Either that or take the mad dash down
the back stairs and hope for the best. I had Drake's
gun if need b e , but I couldn't really picture myself do¬
ing a Lone Ranger sprint into a crowd of security guards,
gun blazing, and consequences be damned. Just wasn't
my style.
Limping back along the corridor, my heart nearly
stopped when I heard shouting coming from j u s t around
the corner. I tensed up, brought my gun into what I
thought was a respectable policeman's shooting stance,
and waited. Ten grueling seconds went by but n o t h i n g
happened. I lowered my weapon and peeked'around the
corner only to find the hallway empty. I was starting to
relax when I heard the voice again, this time coming
from inside the room on my right.
The Bleeders' room.
I approached the door, noticing that it was half open.
I tried to recall if I'd left it that way when I exited the
room but I couldn't remember. With my heart doing a
drumroll within my chest, I shoved the door wide open
and prepared to shoot anything that moved.
The room was empty. Well, empty of living, breath¬
ing, ready-to-kill-me people, at least. Dr. Marshall's
blood bank looked j u s t the way I'd left it—a sticky red
mess and stinking of death. The phantom voice sounded
again, but this time I realized where it was coming
from and what was happening.
Drake's walkie-talkie.
The voices I kept hearing were the other security
guards shouting for Drake and communicating amongst
themselves via radio. I felt like a goof, wasting precious
minutes and nearly giving myself a heart attack over
nothing, but it wasn't a total loss. If I grabbed Drake's
radio and carried it with m e , I'd have a better idea where
the guards were and where they might be searching next.
That kind of information might get me out of here alive
so I walked in and slipped the walkie-talkie out of the
leather case on Drake's belt.
Maybe I can say something on the radio and send the
guards all running on a wild-goose chase toward the front of
the building. Then I can slip out -
Something caught my attention and shut me u p , midthought. The curtains in the room were pulled open to¬
day and outside of the window I could see the woods off
in the distance across the grass-covered field. I wasn't
looking that far away, though. W h a t caught my eye was
the mass of green ivy leaves visible on the left side of the
window.
The metal trellis!
The same ivy-covered trellis I'd used to climb out of
my guarded room and up here to the fourth floor so
long ago, back when I was j u s t starting to figure out the
truth about Dr. Marshall and his little castle of horrors.
It ran all the way up the side of the building to this
window, and, more importantly, all the way down to the
ground. I could crank open the window, climb down
the trellis and make a dash for the woods. From the
chitchat still going back and forth on Drake's radio, the
guards were busy doing a sweep of the third floor and it
was doubtful anyone would be watching the outside
grounds. Sure, someone might look out a window and
spot m e , but at least I'd be outside and have a chance.
Definitely the best option I was likely to get, so I stuffed
Drake's radio in the front of my pants and decided to
go for it.
W h e n I cranked open the left-hand window, a freez¬
ing blast of air hit me in the face, stealing ray breath.
Man, it was cold out today. I wouldn't make it very far
outside in this weather, not the way I was dressed.
I needed a coat.
Turning around, I glanced at my own old coat I'd
discarded on the floor earlier, but it was ripped and
torn and so covered in Drake's blood I dismissed it im¬
mediately. That left only Drake's big security bomber
jacket. It was bloody, too, but not nearly as bad as my
own. Better yet, it was practically brand-new, and was
made for this kind of frigid weather. I hated the thought
of touching Drake again, but it had to be done. Thirty
seconds later, I'd manhandled Drake's considerable
deadweight and managed to wiggle the coat off his arms.
Wrapped up in my nice warm coat that had a large
gold patch proclaiming me the new chief of security
around here, I headed back to the window and started
to climb out.
Getting onto the trellis was tricky, only having one
good hand, but once I'd swung onto the metal ladder,
climbing down wasn't a problem. I had no way of know¬
ing if anyone would be watching the windows, so I just
started hobbling as fast as I could toward the entrance
to the wooded trail, hoping my luck would hold up for
a few more minutes.
It was a strange feeling, moving toward the relative
safety of the woods, seeing it get closer but with every
painful step fully expecting to get a bullet in my back. I
didn't dare turn around and look, but in my imagina¬
tion I could clearly see the members of Drake's security
team all lined up in the windows taking aim at the cenA
ter of my back, waiting for the signal to let the bullets
fly. I'd hear someone shout, "FIRE!" on the radio tucked
in my pants and half a second later feel the sting of a
dozen bullets rip through my body, the sharpshooters
peppering me with lead even after I went down and
sprawled face-first in the frozen grass.
I reached the wooded trail without incident.
As I'd done earlier to stay out of sight, I lay down on
the ground off to the side of the path and spent a few
seconds camouflaging myself with a blanket of leaves
before finally looking back in the direction of the cas
tle. Everything looked quiet. No one was rushing out
into the cold after m e , and n o t h i n g that was being said
on the radio indicated that I'd been spotted. Somewhat
surprised, I congratulated myself on a clean getaway.
All I had to do now was lay still and wait for the big
bang.
Let 'er rip, Andrew, Blow her straight to hell!
This was exciting stuff. I could hardly wait to see the
first fireball and I didn't want to miss any of the show so
I kept my eyes riveted on Andrew's tower. W h e n he
sparked the lighter, that room would be the first to go.
Ten minutes passed and n o t h i n g happened.
Even the guards were staying silent on the radio and
that was starting to worry me. W h a t if they'd discov¬
ered my plan and were quickly and quietly going around
shutting the gas valves and opening windows to air out
the rooms? Or what if t h e guards had rushed the tower
room and grabbed the lighter before Andrew could ig¬
nite the gas? Or Andrew had accidentally dropped the
lighter onto the floor, and being paralyzed, couldn't
move to pick it back up?
All of those scenarios were valid reasons for worry,
and with every passing minute, the tension in me was
cranked up a notch. Leaving Andrew alone might have
been a big mistake.
Dammit! Should I go hack?
Maybe.
Probably.
Yes.
Leaving my bed of leaves behind, I started back
across the grassy field, not having a clue what I in¬
tended to do once I made it back to the castle. I could
head for one of the basement windows and—
BOOM!
The tower room detonated, the sudden explosion
catching me unprepared, a mighty crack of thunder
smashing into my eardrums from what seemed like two
feet away. It was a good thing I still had most of the
field between the building and m e , or I'd be a goner.
Andrew's room was there one second, gone the next,
and then the sky darkened and started to rain chunks of
brick. Chunks of Andrew and a guard or two, as well,
I'd imagine, but I tried not to think about that. I hit the
deck, curling into a ball on the grass, protecting my
head with my arms.
Seconds later, there was a huge explosion on the
fourth floor, followed immediately by an overlapping
series of minidetonations throughout the building. W h e n
the basement blew, it appeared that the entire fourstory structure—foundation and all—lifted fifteen feet
into the air, the superheated gases expanding and push¬
ing upward in the same way volcanic eruptions occur.
There was no lava flow from the basement, but fires
raged and the thickest, blackest smoke I'd ever seen
came p o u r i n g out to obscure the final explosions that
tore N a t h a n Marshall's research facility apart at the
seams.
I never saw the castle come back down to earth, but I
sure heard it. There was a tremendous growl within the
swirling smoke, then a volley of j a r r i n g thuds that shook
the ground under me like an earthquake. I had my head
buried and my eyes tightly shut, praying none of the
thousands of pounds of concrete, brick, steel, plaster,
and glass being torn apart and thrown skyward would
land on m e , crushing me in my moment of triumph.
I kept my eyes closed for a long t i m e , feeling very
much like Chicken Little as the sky fell all around m e .
N o t h i n g touched me. N o t a thing. W h e n I opened my
eyes, the billowing smoke was so thick over where the
building had been, I couldn't tell how much damage I'd
actually done. Had I demolished the entire structure,
or did some of it still stand, untouched? As black and
acrid-smelling as the smoke was, it had to be the oil
furnace reservoirs that were burning. If that were the
case, the fire might rage for a while yet. I sat up with
my legs crossed at my ankles, and waited.
It gets awfully quiet after a large explosion. Too quiet.
Once the fires and smoke died down a little, I could see
that my hopes had been granted—there was n o t h i n g
left of the castle except a large hole in the ground. I
should have felt ecstatic, but in all honesty, what I felt
most was empty. Everyone that I'd channeled my ha¬
tred, fear, and anger into for so long, as now gone. Dr.
Marshall, Drake, the security team, whichever of the
cruel doctors, nurses, and orderlies unlucky enough to
have been on duty today—all gone in the destruction
that had just ended. I felt like the sole survivor of a ter—
rible plane crash, sitting here amid the debris scattered
over a three-hundred-foot blast radius. It was a creepy
feeling, alone among the charred pieces of the dead, so
I tried thinking about me and what I should do next to
get my mind focused on something different.
Bad idea.
My thoughts about the people who'd j u s t been blown
apart started me t h i n k i n g about my own new body and
how it was also made from pieces of the dead. From
there, my thoughts swirled darker and darker, wonder¬
ing where I was supposed to go from here. W h e r e could
a freak like me possibly fit in? And would I even be
given a choice? W h e n the authorities finally showed
u p , it wouldn't take long for them to realize I wasn't
exactly an innocent bystander. One look at my body by
a policeman or an ambulance attendant and the gig
was up. I'd soon find myself hurried off—for my own
protection, of course—to some hospital room, where
they'd poke and prod me until someone with more
power got wind of me and sent his own people to poke
and prod me more thoroughly.
I had a bleak vision of my life b e c o m i n g a never-ending
series of tests and medical examinations, every doctor,
scientist, and government official in the country vying
for the right to keep me as their own personal oversized
lab rat. It would happen, too, I wasn't just being para¬
noid this time. N a t h a n Marshall had been a brilliant
man and his success with me was a huge leap forward in
nerve regeneration and transplantation research. For
science, finding me would be the equivalent of the
Wright brothers getting their hands on a space shuttle.
They wouldn't stop testing, scanning, questioning, ex¬
amining, pushing, pulling and molesting every square
inch of me—body and mind—until they uncovered all
of Dr. Marshall's secrets. The same secrets, I'd vowed to
destroy along with the rest of this place.
Son of a bitch/
W h a t had I done? Here I thought I'd had the last
laugh on everyone, the bum who had defied the odds
to defeat the mad scientist and destroy his research
forever. Only now was I realizing I should have stayed
in the building and went up in smoke along with ev¬
eryone else.
Briefly, I considered taking off, disappearing before
anyone showed up to investigate the explosions. No one
knew I was here so all I had to do was slip away and
never say a word to anyone. People who saw me would
cringe at my scars but with the crowd I h u n g out with it
wouldn't really matter much. Blue j would still be my
friend, regardless of how hideous I looked.
It was a nice dream but I knew it couldn't happen. For
one, someone would rat me out eventually and someone
would come to check out the mysterious reports of the
homeless Frankenstein monster. Even if that didn't
happen, and people j u s t left me alone, I was on several
antirejection medications to keep my body from attack¬
ing all the foreign parts. They were expensive drugs
that I'd have no way of getting my hands on. Without
them, my body's immune system would start waging
war in a hurry. If I went back to live with Blue J and
Puckman, within a few weeks I'd start getting sick and
I'd be dead before Christmas.
Stay here or take off? Either way I was screwed.
I had no idea what to do. No idea what I could do.
Then I heard a noise coming from a long way off in the
woods. It was a familiar sound that put a smile on my
face and erased the nagging questions in my mind. I rose
to my feet, instantly knowing what I had to do. Turning
away for the smoking chaos I'd created, I started hob¬
bling back toward the woods, hearing the sound again,
only closer this time.
The lonely sound of an approaching train whistle.
PART FIVE
T H E E N D
C H A P T E R F O R T Y - T W O
Full circle.
For obvious reasons, those words were stuck in my
head and I couldn't shake them. The idea of things al¬
ways returning to where they'd begun was a total crock,
but there was no denying the notion appealed to me.
After all, if I was going to kill myself I had a perfectly
good gun that would do the trick with one pull of the
trigger. There was no reason for me to lug my battered,
aching body through the woods on a freezing cold day
j u s t to achieve the same goal on a railroad track I might
never find, much less find beibre the train passed me by.
But something inside of me wanted to try.
Swallowing Drake's gun would be quicker, easier,
and far less messy, but that was part of the reason I
didn't want to end my sad excuse of a life that way. The
bullet would ruin my head and send my soul packing—if
I still had a soul left—but it would leave the scientists
my body intact to slice, dice and dissect at will and I
wasn't going to let that happen. The train, although
harder to get to and a potentially agonizing death if it
didn't kill me on first impact, would at least leave noth¬
ing behind bigger than a bread box. I'd seen pictures of
train wreck victims and, man oh man, most had to be
scraped up off the tracks and put into little plastic freezer
baggies. Let the government scientists try do their r e
search on me that way. Good luck.
More importantly, when they identified my remains
on the railway track, my daughter Arlene would still get
her college fund from my life insurance policy. Good
old dental records. At least my teeth were still my own.
Arlene and Gloria would have no idea why I was out
wandering in the woods so far from Buffalo, but nei¬
ther would anyone else. No one knew I had ever been
here, which was good. The insurance people could
squawk but in the end they'd have to pay. That thought
put a smile on my face.
I couldn't remember crossing any train tracks when
Jackson had been marching me to my death along the
wooded trail, and I'd walked a fair distance along it. My
guess was Dr. Marshall and Drake had known where
the tracks were and made the trail out to their macabre
graveyard in the opposite direction. It wouldn't do to
have the railroad crews passing by j u s t as Drake was
dumping a fresh body into a shallow grave. People tend
to remember things like that. N o , the tracks would be
nowhere near the trail, so when the path veered to the
right, I cut into the trees and headed left.
I was fairly confident I'd find the tracks, but not at all
sure if I'd make it on time. Judging from its whistle, the
tram had seemed to be fairly close, but the way sound
travels in the open woods, there was a better chance it
might still be miles away.
I hurried as fast as I could manage, my knee throbbing
in time with each step across the uneven, leaf-shrouded
terrain. The trail far behind me now, my sense of direc¬
tion was getting all screwed up. There was n o t h i n g to
see but trees and bushes. No wonder people always got
l o s t in the woods. Every bloody thing looked the same.
For ten minutes I charged forward, one foot in front of
the other, hoping I was headed in a reasonably straight
line. Ahead of me, the land started to slope upward, and
when I crested the hill the trees fell away and I suddenly
found myself standing on large chunks of rock and
gravel instead of frozen dirt.
The tracks were twelve feet in front of me.
Bingo!
Had the train passed already? That was the question.
I walked out into the center of the tracks and looked
both ways. Nothing. The track was straight as an arrow
and clear for miles on my right. I was on a bit of a curve
heading to my left, but I could still see for a long dis¬
tance down the line. I considered going down on my
knees and putting my ear to the track like I'd seen train
robbers and Indians do countless times in the old West¬
ern movies, but my knee hurt too much to bend and I
didn't know what to do once I got down there. Were you
supposed to put your ear to the track and listen for the
chug-a-chug-a sound of the approaching train wheels,
or was the purpose to feel the silent vibrations along
the steel rail?
Either way, it wasn't necessary. One look at the top
of the rails told me everything I needed to know—the
train hadn't passed yet. There was rust on them, which
would have been scratched and buffed shiny had a cou¬
ple of hundred steel wheels jostled and rolled over them
recently.
As if to confirm my deduction, the train whistle
blared again, louder this t i m e , m a k i n g me j u m p and
twist my bad knee again. I fell to the ground between
the tracks and tried getting back up but it hurt like a
bugger and wasn't really worth the effort. I made it to a
sitting position, straddling the one rail, and decided to
stay there. I'd be less likely to be seen low to the ground
like this, and the engineer wouldn't slam on the brakes
to try stopping the train. I wanted him going -full bore
when we had our first kiss. It had to be less painful that
way, and the damage to my body would be much greater.
Especially the way I was sitting, one leg on either side of
the rail.
The whistle had sounded off to my left, and just now
I could see the front cowcatcher and the louvered steel
radiator grille of the big diesel engine rumble into view.
Despite the curve, I had a fairly unimpeded line of sight
in that direction but it was still hard to tell how far away
the train was, or how long I had until it was on top of
me. All I could do was wait it out.
Do you really want to do it this way?
Good question. I was nervous and scared. There was
no sense denying that. Far more scared than I'd been
on the Carver Street tracks back in Buffalo. There was
no reason why—I was more than ready to die, glad I
might finally be helping Arlene, and more than a little
excited about the possibility of seeing my wife and son
again—but deliberately sitting in the path of a speed¬
ing locomotive takes a lot of balls and makes even the
bravest of men rethink their plans.
Maybe I should just shoot myself now, let the train destroy
my body when I'm already dead and gone.
N o w that was tempting, but it might not work. I
wasn't a big guy and I was seriously worried I'd fall be¬
tween the tracks and the train would scoot right over
the top without touching me. It might clip a leg or a
foot off, but again, that would leave the scientists more
of me than was acceptable. N o , I'd come this far; I was
determined to see it through to the end.
As far back as I can remember, even as a y o u n g boy,
I'd always loved trains, and being run over by one wasn't
as bad of a way to die as you might think. The after¬
math is nasty, absolutely, but death would be instanta¬
neous and relatively painless. One quick SLAM, and
it's over. My body might be strewn over a mile of track,
but my suffering would only last a second. That's not so
bad. I could get through that.
The train was getting closer, smoking along the track,
maybe two hundred yards away. I closed my eyes and
tried to conjure up a picture of Jackie, thinking the sight
of my wife would be the perfect way to end things, but
I couldn't do it knowing the train was barreling down
on me the way it was. I couldn't keep my eyes closed,
some masochistic need forcing me to watch my death
approaching.
One hundred and twenty yards to go.
So far there'd been no whistles or the shrill screech
of brakes to indicate that anyone had spotted me. That
was good. At the speed they were traveling, even if some¬
one did see me sitting here, there wouldn't be enough
track left between us to safely stop the train now. We'd
passed the point of no return, as they say, which brought
a smile to my face. I'd suffered a lot in the last four and
a half years—from my family's tragic car accident, to
my subsequent downward spiral that left my daughter
hating me and me living on the streets, to my time in
Hell here with Dr. Marshall and D r a k e — and it was all
finally coming to an end. It should have ended back in
Buffalo, back before I let Drake and the promise of easy
wealth lure me into this crazy detour, but I wasn't even
unhappy about that mistake.
If I'd killed myself as originally planned, Dr. Mar¬
shall and Drake would still be alive, carrying on their
warped sense of scientific advancement for years—maybe
decades—to come. Countless people would have suf¬
fered and died at their cruel hands, but that wouldn't
happen now I didn't consider myself a hero, no way, but
I'd proven to myself I was more than the worthless ex¬
pendable burn they'd thought I was. It was useless to
think it now, but maybe my daughter would have been
proud of me. It made me feel better to think so, anyway.
Good-bye, Arlene. Take care of yourself, sweetie.
Fifty yards, and still coming hard.
There wasn't much left to say. N o t really. No words
of wisdom or epic conclusions about life sprang into
my head. My life didn't even flash in front of my eyes
the way you always hear it does at times like this. That
sucked. I'd been looking forward to that. I wasn't sure if
this was the end of everything, or perhaps the begin¬
n i n g of the next phase in my existence. I'd never been
big on religion, but in my heart of hearts I'd also never
really given up hope God was out there somewhere,
keeping an eye on me even if I wasn't worthy of his at¬
tention.
Thirty yards, and closing.
W i t h death racing toward me on multiple steel
wheels, and the wooden ties below me vibrating with the
approaching thunder, I began to pray. If anyone was
listening, I asked for only one thing. I wanted to hold
my wife and son in my arms again, hold Jackie and little
Daniel close and kiss them and try my best to apologize
for the damage I'd done. I'd made a mess of Arlene's life
but I'd outright destroyed theirs. They'd both deserved
far better than me but perhaps I could make it up to
them in the afterlife. For one chance at that, for a shot
at redemption in their eyes, I'd sit here and face a thou¬
sand trains. Ten thousand. Love can be funny that way.
Ten yards away.
Five yards.
Two.
Comments